Szótár

(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)

su, 8752 találat.

su →

bodhirasa

(interrogative particle)

SN 1.71 chetvāsuttaṃ

kiṃ-su chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kiṃ-su chetvā na socati, kissas'su ekadhammassa, vadhaṃ rocesi gotamā'ti.

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

piyā su lokasmiṃ kutonidānā, ye vā'pi lobhā vicaranti loke, āsā ca niṭṭhā ca kutonidānā, ye samparāyāya narassa honti.

su →

bodhirasa

well, easy, right, good

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

su-gatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā'ti

su →

pts

… ■ Denom susumāyati (q.v.).

onomat.

Su-2

indeclinable a particle, combined with adj., nouns, and certain verb…

sū →

pts

indeclinable an onomat. part. “shoo,” applied to hissing sounds: see su1. Also doubled: sū sū Dhp-a.i.171 Dhp-a.iii.352. Cp. sūkara & sūsūyati.

abhavissaṃsu →

bodhirasa

if they would be, if they could be

SN 22.59 anattalakkhaṇasuttaṃ

saṅkhārā ca h'idaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṃsu, na'y'idaṃ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun'ti.

MN 73 mahāvacchasuttaṃ

sace hi, bho gotama, imaṃ dhammaṃ bhavaṃ'y'eva gotamo ārādhako abhavissa, no ca kho bhikkhū ārādhakā abhavissaṃsu, evam'idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ aparipūraṃ abhavissa ten'aṅgena.

abhaviṃsu →

bodhirasa

they were

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

te ca h'āvuso, āyusaṅkhārā abhaviṃsu te vedaniyā dhammā, na'y'idaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyetha.

abhibhavitvā →

bodhirasa

having conquered, having overpowered, having forced into submission

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

so satthārā dinnanaye ṭhatvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ajja ādiṃ katvā mama santakaṃ dasikasuttamattam'pi maṃ abhibhavitvā anekasatā'pi rājāno vā corā vā gaṇhituṃ samatthā nāma mā hontu, agginā'pi mama santakaṃ mā ḍayhatu, udakena'pi mā vuyhatū'ti patthanaṃ akāsi.

abhigīta →

bodhirasa

sung over, chanted over

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

gāth'ābhigītaṃ me abhojaneyyaṃ, sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n'esa dhammo, gāth'ābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā, dhamme satī brāhmaṇa vutti'r'esā.

abhijjamāna →

bodhirasa

not being broken, not breaking (the surface of water)

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

pathaviyā'pi ummujjanimujjaṃ kareyyaṃ, seyyathā'pi udake, udake'pi abhijjamāno gaccheyyaṃ, seyyathā'pi pathaviyaṃ, ākāse'pi pallaṅkena kameyyaṃ, seyyathā'pi pakkhī sakuṇo

abhikkanta →

bodhirasa

superb, surpassing, excellent, lit. gone forward

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

evaṃ abhikkanta-dassāviṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ, kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passati.

AN 4.100 potaliyasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. taṃ kissa hetu? abhikkantā h'esā, bho gotama, yad'idaṃ upekkhā'ti.

abhinandana →

bodhirasa

taking delight (in), getting pleasure (from) thoroughly enjoying, relishing

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

kathaṃ pan'āvuso, āyatiṃ punabbhav'ābhinibbatti hotī'ti? avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ kho, āvuso, sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ tatratatra-abhinandanā, evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhav'ābhinibbatti hotī'ti.

abhinandanta →

bodhirasa

delighting (in), being pleased (with), finding pleasure (in), looking forward (to)

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, vedanaṃ na-abhinandato, evaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī'ti.

abhinandati →

bodhirasa

delights (in), is pleased (with), approves (of), is happy (with), finds pleasure (in), looks forward (to)

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

ahañ'c'eva kho pana anāgataṃ rūpaṃ abhinandeyyaṃ, anāgatam'p'āhaṃ addhānaṃ evam'eva rūpena khajjeyyaṃ, seyyathā'pi etarahi paccuppannena rūpena khajjāmī'ti

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

tañ'c'āhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi dhammam'uttamaṃ, yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.

abhinandī →

bodhirasa

taking delight (in), getting pleasure (from) thoroughly enjoying, relishing

DN 22.16 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatra-abhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā

abhiniggaṇhitabba →

bodhirasa

should be should be forcibly seized, should be forced into submission, should be forcibly restrained

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā dante'bhidantam'ādhāya jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhitabbaṃ abhinippīḷetabbaṃ abhisantāpetabbaṃ.

abhiniggaṇhāti →

bodhirasa

firmly grabs hold (of), seizes tightly, forces into submission, forcibly restrains

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, balavā puriso dubbalataraṃ purisaṃ sīse vā gale vā khandhe vā gahetvā abhiniggaṇheyya abhinippīḷeyya abhisantāpeyya.

abhinipphajjati →

bodhirasa

is accomplished, is successfully attained

MN 13 mahā dukkhakkhandhasuttaṃ

tassa ce, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa evaṃ uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato te bhogā na-abhinipphajjanti. so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati, moghaṃ vata me uṭṭhānaṃ, aphalo vata me vāyāmo'ti

abhiramati →

bodhirasa

enjoys, delights (in), takes pleasure (in)

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

aṭṭh'ime, bhikkhave, mahāsamudde acchariyā abbhutā dhammā, ye disvā disvā asurā mahāsamudde abhiramanti. katame aṭṭha?

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

ekāsanassa sikkhetha, samaṇ'ūpāsanassa ca, ekattaṃ monam'akkhātaṃ, eko ce abhiramissasi, atha bhāhisi dasadisā.

abhirami →

bodhirasa

enjoyed, delighted (in), took pleasure (in)

SNP 63 hemaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 8

ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu, huraṃ gotamasāsanā, icc'āsi iti bhavissati, sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ, n'āhaṃ tattha abhiramiṃ.

abhirati →

bodhirasa

pleasure, delight, contentment, happiness

DHP 88 paṇḍitavaggo

tatra-abhiratim'iccheyya, hitvā kāme akiñcano, pariyodapeyya attānaṃ, cittaklesehi paṇḍito.

SN 8.2 aratisuttaṃ

taṃ kut'ettha labbhā yaṃ me paro anabhiratiṃ vinodetvā abhiratiṃ uppādeyya

abhivaḍḍhati →

bodhirasa

increases more and more, surpasses, outgrows

DHP 24 appamādavaggo

uṭṭhānavato satīmato, sucikammassa nisammakārino, saññatassa dhammajīvino, appamattassa yaso-abhivaḍḍhati.

AN 4.183 sutasuttaṃ

yañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭhaṃ bhāsato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ na bhāsitabban'ti vadāmi.

accagamā →

bodhirasa

one has overcome, one has surpassed, one has got past

AN 9.11 sīhanādasuttaṃ

taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yo n'āccasārī na paccasārī, sabbaṃ accagamā imaṃ papañcaṃ, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

accagā →

bodhirasa

one has overcome, one has surpassed, one has got past

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

yo ubhonte viditvāna, majjhe mantā na lippati, taṃ brūmi mahāpuriso'ti, sodha sibbinim'accagā'ti.

accayati →

bodhirasa

goes beyond, gets past, transcends, surpasses

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

sakañ'hi diṭṭhiṃ katham'accayeyya, chand'ānunīto ruciyā niviṭṭho, sayaṃ samattāni pakubbamāno, yathā hi jāneyya tathā vadeyya.

acchādesi →

bodhirasa

pleased, gave pleasure (to the palate)

DN 27.3 aggaññasuttaṃ

tesaṃ rasapathaviṃ aṅguliyā sāyataṃ acchādesi, taṇhā ca tesaṃ okkami.

adaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they gave, they offered

BV 2 sumedha patthanā kathā

adaṃsu te mam'okāsaṃ, sodhetuṃ añjasaṃ tadā, buddho buddho'ti cintento, maggaṃ sodhem'ahaṃ tadā.

JAa 4 cūḷaseṭṭhi jātakavaṇṇanā

so araññato āgacchante mālākāre disvā thokaṃ thokaṃ phāṇitakhaṇḍaṃ datvā uḷuṅkena pānīyaṃ adāsi, te c'assa ekekaṃ pupphamuṭṭhiṃ adaṃsu.

addasuṃ →

bodhirasa

they saw

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anattani anattā'ti, asubhaṃ asubhat'addasuṃ, sammādiṭṭhisamādānā, sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ upaccagun'ti.

addhā →

bodhirasa

certainly, surely

AN 9.33 anupubba vihāra samāpattisuttaṃ

yattha kāmā nirujjhanti, ye ca kāme nirodhetvā nirodhetvā viharanti, addhā te āyasmanto nicchātā nibbutā tiṇṇā pāraṅgatā tad'aṅgenā'ti vadāmi

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa ce taṃ samijjhati, addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchati.

addhā →

bodhirasa

most certainly! for sure! definitely!

DN 9.7 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, poṭṭhapāda, nanu evaṃ sante sappāṭihīrakataṃ bhāsitaṃ sampajjatī'ti? addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante sappāṭihīrakataṃ bhāsitaṃ sampajjatī'ti

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

et'ābhinandāmi vaco mahesino, sukittitaṃ gotam'anūpadhīkaṃ, addhā hi bhagavā pahāsi dukkhaṃ, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo.

adhi →

bodhirasa

towards, up to, above, on top, higher, superior, very

AN 3.91 dutiya sikkhattayasuttaṃ

adhi-sīlaṃ adhi-cittaṃ, adhi-paññañ'ca vīriyavā, thāmavā dhitimā jhāyī, sato guttindriyo care.

adhicca →

bodhirasa

unlikely, chance, lit. without support

SN 56.48 dutiyachiggaḷayugasuttaṃ

adhiccam'idaṃ, bhante, yaṃ so kāṇo kacchapo vassasatassa vassasatassa accayena sakiṃ sakiṃ ummujjanto amusmiṃ ekacchiggaḷe yuge gīvaṃ paveseyyā'ti.

SN 56.48 dutiyachiggaḷayugasuttaṃ

evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ manussattaṃ labhati. evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo loke dibbati.

adhoṭhita →

bodhirasa

following, succeeding, lit. standing below

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

pubbam'adhoṭhitam'assaraṃ sarena viyojaye'ti

adhīna →

bodhirasa

belonging (to), subject (to), subservient (to)

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave puriso dāso assa an-atta-adhīno parādhīno na yenakāmaṃgamo

adu →

bodhirasa

that, such, so and so

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ. kiṭṭh'ārakkho ca pamatto, goṇo ca kiṭṭh'ādo aduṃ kiṭṭhaṃ otaritvā yāva'd'atthaṃ madaṃ āpajjeyya pamādaṃ āpajjeyya.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

aduñ'hi, bhante, parittaṃ udakamallake udakaṃ, taṃ amunā loṇaphalena loṇaṃ assa apeyyan'ti.

adukkha →

bodhirasa

unafflicted, free from trouble, without suffering

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, yam'idaṃ ataramānassa bhāsitaṃ, adukkho eso dhammo anupaghāto anupāyāso apariḷāho, sammāpaṭipadā. tasmā eso dhammo araṇo.

adukkhamasukha →

bodhirasa

neutral, neither unpleasant nor pleasant, neither comfortable nor uncomfortable

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

kiñ'ca, bhikkhave, vedanaṃ vadetha? vedayatī'ti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā vedanā'ti vuccati. kiñ'ca vedayati? sukham'pi vedayati, dukkham'pi vedayati, adukkhamasukham'pi vedayati

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, sukhā, āvuso, vedanā eko anto, dukkhā vedanā dutiyo anto, adukkhamasukhā vedanā majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

adukkhamasukhantipi →

bodhirasa

this is neutral, this neither pleasant nor unpleasant

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

kiñca vijānāti? sukhan'ti'pi vijānāti, dukkhan'ti'pi vijānāti, adukkhamasukhan'ti'pi vijānāti. vijānāti vijānātī'ti kho, āvuso, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccatī'ti.

aduñhi →

bodhirasa

such indeed

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu tassa purisassa tasmiṃ vante puna bhottu'kamyatā assā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante. taṃ kissa hetu'? aduñ'hi, bhante, vantaṃ paṭikūlasammatan'ti.

agamaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they went

DN 14.10 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassī bodhisatto aparena samayena eko gaṇamhā vūpakaṭṭho vihāsi, aññeneva tāni caturāsīti pabbajitasahassāni agamaṃsu, aññena maggena vipassī bodhisatto.

DHPa 1.1.8 sāriputtatthera vatthu

tehi'pi saddhiṃ gacchantesu pañcasu paribbājakasatesu sañcayassa aḍḍhateyyasatāni nivattiṃsu, atha kho te attano antevāsikehi aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi saddhiṃ veḷuvanaṃ agamaṃsu.

agga →

bodhirasa

most, very, extremely, superbly

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

ambil'aggehi'pi, tittak'aggehi'pi, kaṭuk'aggehi'pi, madhur'aggehi'pi, khārikehi'pi, akhārikehi'pi, loṇikehi'pi, aloṇikehi'pi.

aggidaḍḍha →

bodhirasa

burned by fire, consumed by fire

DHP 136 daṇḍavaggo

atha pāpāni kammāni, karaṃ bālo na bujjhati, sehi kammehi dummedho, aggidaḍḍho'va tappati.

agocara →

bodhirasa

unsuitable place

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṃ yathārūpe agocare carantaṃ yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṃ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṃ, so tañ'ca anāsanaṃ tañ'ca agocaraṃ te ca pāpake mitte paṭisaṅkhā yoniso parivajjeti

ahesuṃ →

bodhirasa

there were, they were

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

evaṃ abhisaddahati, ime kho te dhammā ye me pubbe sutavā ahesuṃ, ten'āhaṃ etarahi kāyena ca phusitvā viharāmi, paññāya ca ativijjha passāmī'ti.

DN 2.4 mahāsudassanasuttaṃ

kusāvatiyā, ānanda, rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.

aho →

bodhirasa

surely, indeed, truly

MN 79 cūḷasakuludāyisuttaṃ

aho nūna bhagavā, aho nūna sugato yo imesaṃ dhammānaṃ sukusalo'ti

ajjhohāreti →

bodhirasa

instils, suffuses, lit. causes to feed

MN 36 mahāsaccakasuttaṃ

ahañ'c'eva kho pana sabbaso ajaddhukaṃ paṭijāneyyaṃ, imā ca me devatā dibbaṃ ojaṃ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṃ, tāya c'āhaṃ yāpeyyaṃ, taṃ mamassa musā'ti.

akappiya →

bodhirasa

not allowable, unsuitable, inappropriate

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

kappiyaṃ te khāditabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na khāditabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te bhuñjitabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na bhuñjitabbaṃ

akaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they did, they made

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

na v'āham'etaṃ tathiyan'ti brūmi, yam'āhu bālā mithu aññamaññaṃ, sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhim'akaṃsu saccaṃ, tasmā hi bālo'ti paraṃ dahanti.

akhetta →

bodhirasa

unsuitable place, lit. bad field

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

majjhatto majjhattaṭṭhāne'y'eva, appiyo appiyaṭṭhāne'y'eva, verī veriṭṭhāne'y'eva tiṭṭhati, liṅgavisabhāgakālakatā akhettam'eva.

akkodha →

bodhirasa

suppression of anger, meekness

DHP 223 kodhavaggo

akkodhena jine kodhaṃ, asādhuṃ sādhunā jine, jine kadariyaṃ dānena, saccen'ālikavādinaṃ.

akkosa →

bodhirasa

verbal abuse, insult

MN 82 raṭṭhapālasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo sakapitu nivesane n'eva dānaṃ alattha na paccakkhānaṃ, aññadatthu akkosam'eva alattha

akkosati →

bodhirasa

verbally abuses, insults

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo ajjhupekkhitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. taṃ kissa hetu? akkoseyya'pi maṃ paribhāseyya'pi maṃ anattham'pi maṃ kareyyā'ti.

NIDD1 16 sāriputta sutta niddeso

te bhikkhuṃ pañhaṃ vā puccheyyuṃ vādaṃ vā āropeyyuṃ akkoseyyuṃ paribhāseyyuṃ roseyyuṃ viroseyyuṃ hiṃseyyuṃ vihiṃseyyuṃ heṭheyyuṃ viheṭheyyuṃ ghāteyyuṃ upaghāteyyuṃ upaghātaṃ vā kareyyuṃ.

akkuṭṭha →

bodhirasa

verbally abused, insulted

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

samānabhāgaṃ kubbetha, gāme akkuṭṭha-vanditaṃ, manopadosaṃ rakkheyya, santo anuṇṇato care.

akkuṭṭhavandita →

bodhirasa

insulted or honoured

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

samānabhāgaṃ kubbetha, gāme akkuṭṭhavanditaṃ, manopadosaṃ rakkheyya, santo anuṇṇato care.

akāla →

bodhirasa

inappropriate, unsuitable, wrong time

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, akālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.

akālena →

bodhirasa

at the wrong moment, at an unsuitable time, at an improper time

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi, no dosantaro'ti, ime pañca dhammā ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbā

akāmakāmī →

bodhirasa

who has no desire for sensual pleasure

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

sutvān'ahaṃ vīram'akāmakāmiṃ, oghātigaṃ puṭṭhum'akāmam'āgamaṃ, santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta, yathātacchaṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa →

bodhirasa

distinction in knowledge and vision suitable for a noble person, attainment of understanding and outlook proper for a noble one

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

atthi nu kho me uttari manussadhammo alam'ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato, yen'āhaṃ pacchime kāle sabrahmacārīhi puṭṭho na maṅku bhavissāmī'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ

alaṃ →

bodhirasa

it is suitable (to), it is proper (to), fit (to)

AN 3.66 kesamuttisuttaṃ

alañ'hi vo, kālāmā, kaṅkhituṃ alaṃ vicikicchituṃ

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

appañ'hi etaṃ na alaṃ samāya, duve vivādassa phalāni brūmi, etam'pi disvā na vivādayetha, khem'ābhipassaṃ avivādabhūmiṃ.

alaṃkammaniya →

bodhirasa

suitable for the purpose

VIN 1.3.1 paṭhamāniyata sikkhāpadaṃ

atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena sā kumārikā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā tassā kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaniye nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto

alaṅkata →

bodhirasa

dressed up, decorated, adorned, lit. made suitable

DHP 142 daṇḍavaggo

alaṅkato ce'pi samaṃ careyya, santo danto niyato brahmacārī, sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, so brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhu.

DHPa 1.5.1 aññatarapurisa vatthu

rājā kira pasenadi kosalo ekasmiṃ chaṇadivase alaṅkata-paṭiyattaṃ sabbasetaṃ ekaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ nāma hatthiṃ abhiruyha mahantena rājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti

amacca →

bodhirasa

councillor, consul, advisor

JAa 542 umaṅga jātakavaṇṇanā

tatth'eva vasanto paṇḍitaṃ vīmaṃsatū'ti amaccassa dūtaṃ paṭipesesi. taṃ sutvā amacco tatth'eva vasanto paṇḍitaṃ vīmaṃsi

JAa 126 asilakkhaṇa jātakavaṇṇanā

rājā'pi amacce pakkosāpetvā, mayhaṃ bhāgineyyo'pi imassa rajjassa sāmiko'va, dhītaraṃ etass'eva datvā abhisekam'assa karomī'ti.

amattaññū →

bodhirasa

immoderate, lit. not knowing the measure

DHP 7 yamakavaggo

subh'ānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ, bhojanamhi ca-amattaññuṃ, kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ, taṃ ve pasahati māro, vāto rukkhaṃ'va dubbalaṃ.

amhesu →

bodhirasa

in us

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yesañ'ca mayaṃ cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma, tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā

SN 20.12 dutiyasiṅgālasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, kataññuno bhavissāma katavedino, na ca no amhesu appakam'pi kataṃ nassissatī'ti. evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabban'ti.

amu →

bodhirasa

that, such (person or place or thing), so and so

MN 75 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, māgaṇḍiya, api nu so jacc'andho puriso jānanto passanto amuṃ telamalikataṃ sāhuḷicīraṃ paṭiggaṇheyya ... udāhu cakkhumato saddhāyā'ti?

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇaphalaṃ paritte udakamallake pakkhipeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu taṃ parittaṃ udakaṃ amunā loṇaphalena loṇaṃ assa apeyyan'ti? evaṃ, bhante.

amuka →

bodhirasa

that, such and such (person or place)

DN 23.5 pāyāsisuttaṃ

labheyya nu kho so coro coraghātesu, āgamentu tāva bhavanto coraghātā, amukasmiṃ me gāme vā nigame vā mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā, yāvāhaṃ tesaṃ uddisitvā āgacchāmī'ti

amunā →

bodhirasa

by that, by such, by so and so

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇaphalakaṃ gaṅgāya nadiyā pakkhipeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu sā gaṅgā nadī amunā loṇaphalena loṇaṃ assa apeyyā'ti?

amutra →

bodhirasa

there, in such-and-such a place

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ

an →

bodhirasa

wrong, bad, unsuitable

SN 16.1 santuṭṭhasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādino, na ca cīvarahetu an-esanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissāma.

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yathārūpe an-āsane nisinnaṃ yathārūpe agocare carantaṃ yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṃ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṃ

anabhisamaya →

bodhirasa

not getting, non-comprehension, misunderstanding, lit. not arrived at

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjā'ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ … yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asaṃgāhanā apariyogāhanā asamapekkhanā

anamatagga →

bodhirasa

with inconceivable beginning, lit. without measuring point

SN 56.35 sattisatasuttaṃ

anamataggo'yaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃsāro. pubbā koṭi nappaññāyati sattippahārānaṃ asippahārānaṃ usuppahārānaṃ pharasuppahārānaṃ

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

saddhassa hi, bhante, ariyasāvakassa āraddhavīriyassa upaṭṭhitassatino samāhitacittassa etaṃ pāṭikaṅkhaṃ yaṃ evaṃ pajānissati, anamataggo kho saṃsāro.

ananubodha →

bodhirasa

non-comprehension, misunderstanding

DN 16.22 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evam'idaṃ dīgham'addhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañ'c'eva tumhākañ'ca

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjā'ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ … yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asaṃgāhanā apariyogāhanā asamapekkhanā

ananucchavika →

bodhirasa

unfitting (to), unsuitable (to), improper (to)

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

taṃ sutvā itaro saṃvegajāto, bhāriyaṃ vata me sāhasikaṃ ananucchavikaṃ kammaṃ katan'ti bāhā paggayha kandanto vanasaṇḍaṃ pakkhanditvā tathā pakkanto'va ahosi.

ananuyoga →

bodhirasa

non-practice, non-devotion, non-pursuit, non-doing

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

asussūsā aparipucchā paññāya paripantho, ananuyogo apaccavekkhaṇā dhammānaṃ paripantho, micchāpaṭipatti saggānaṃ paripantho

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yo kāmapaṭisandhisukhino somanassānuyogaṃ ananuyogo hīnaṃ gammaṃ pothujjanikaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, adukkho eso dhammo anupaghāto anupāyāso apariḷāho, sammāpaṭipadā.

anariyasukha →

bodhirasa

ignoble pleasure

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ puthujjanasukhaṃ anariyasukhaṃ.

anatta →

bodhirasa

impersonal, not oneself, non-subjective

MN 35 cūḷa saccakasuttaṃ

rūpaṃ bhikkhave anattā vedanā anattā saññā anattā saṅkhārā anattā viññāṇaṃ anattā

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anattani, bhikkhave, attā'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. asubhe, bhikkhave, subhan'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso.

anavajjasukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of being blameless, happiness of being faultless

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, gahapati, anavajjasukhaṃ? idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti.

anavassuta →

bodhirasa

not seeping, not oozing (with lust)

DHP 39 cittavaggo

anavassuta-cittassa, ananvāhatacetaso, puññapāpapahīnassa, n'atthi jāgarato bhayaṃ.

andha →

bodhirasa

blind, sightless, visually imapaired

MN 75 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, māgaṇḍiya, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā andhā acakkhukā ajānantā ārogyaṃ, apassantā nibbānaṃ, atha ca pan'imaṃ gāthaṃ bhāsanti

anekasākha →

bodhirasa

many spokes, many ribs (of a sunshade)

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anekasākhañ'ca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, chattaṃ marū dhārayum'antalikkhe, suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā, na dissare cāmara-chatta-gāhakā.

anicca →

bodhirasa

rare, irregular, unusual

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

anicca-dassāvī kho pan'āhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato manobhāvanīyānañ'ca bhikkhūnaṃ.

anissita →

bodhirasa

(of speech) free flowing, unhindered, lit. unsupported

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti ... poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya

anoma →

bodhirasa

superior, supreme, exalted, lit. not inferior

TH 264 vaṅgīsa theragāthā

paroparaṃ ariyadhammaṃ viditvā, mā mohayī jānam'anoma-vīriya, vāriṃ yathā ghammani ghammatatto, vāc'ābhikaṅkhāmi sutaṃ pavassa.

anubhāva →

bodhirasa

supernatural ability

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so gantvā taṃ bhattaṃ pañcahi paccekabuddhasatehi saddhiṃ saṃvibhaji. taṃ tass'ānubhāvena sabbesam'pi pahoti. te olokentā'y'eva aṭṭhaṃsu.

anucchavika →

bodhirasa

suitable (to), proper (to), right (to), appropriate (to), lit. following one’s skin

DHPa 2.17.3 uttarāupāsikā vatthu

atha naṃ, idaṃ sītalaṃ bhavissatī'ti kaṭacchuṃ pūretvā ādāya āgacchantiṃ uttarāya dāsiyo disvā, apehi dubbinīte, na tvaṃ amhākaṃ ayyāya pakkuthitaṃ sappiṃ āsiñcituṃ anucchavikā'ti.

anuddhata →

bodhirasa

calm, subdued, unruffled, not agitated

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti

TH 2 mahākoṭṭhika theragāthā

upasanto uparato, mantabhāṇī anuddhato, dhunāti pāpake dhamme, dumapattaṃ'va māluto'ti.

anuggaha →

bodhirasa

support, help, assistance, nurturing

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

cattāro'me āvuso āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya

anuggahita →

bodhirasa

helped (by), assisted (by), supported (by)

SN 21.1 kolitasuttaṃ

yañ'hi taṃ, āvuso, sammā vadamāno vadeyya, satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṃ patto'ti, mamaṃ taṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya, satthārā anuggahito sāvako mahābhiññataṃ patto'ti.

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katihi pan'āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā cā'ti?

anukkamena →

bodhirasa

successively, in order, by degrees, progressively, gradually

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

evaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ karuṇāyitvā tato paraṃ eten'eva upāyena piyapuggale, tato majjhatte, tato verimhī'ti anukkamena karuṇā pavattetabbā.

JAa 14 vātamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

uyyānapālo tassa madhumakkhitatiṇesu paluddhabhāvaṃ ñatvā anukkamena attānaṃ dassesi.

anukkhitta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) not suspended

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

anumīyati →

bodhirasa

is measured (by), is defined (by)

SN 22.36 dutiyāññatarabhikkhusuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, anuseti taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati. yaṃ n'ānuseti na taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ n'ānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatī'ti. aññātaṃ, bhagavā, aññātaṃ, sugatā'ti.

anupalitta →

bodhirasa

not smeared (by), not sullied (by), untainted (by), unstained (by)

AN 10.81 vāhanasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, vāhana, uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā udake jātaṃ udake saṃvaḍḍhaṃ udakā paccuggamma ṭhitaṃ anupalittaṃ udakena.

anupanisa →

bodhirasa

without a supporting condition, lit. with not foundation

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā saupaniso yadi vā anupaniso'ti. anohitasoto, bhikkhave, anupaniso hoti, ohitasoto saupaniso hoti.

anupavādaka →

bodhirasa

who does not blame, who does not insult, who does not abuse

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā

anuppavecchati →

bodhirasa

give, bestow, offer support

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

devo ca na kālena kālaṃ sammādhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya

anupubbatā →

bodhirasa

succession, lit. state of one following the next

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

iccā'ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā pada-anupubbatā-apetaṃ, iccā'ti.

anupubbena →

bodhirasa

gradually, step-by-step, successively, stage-by-stage

DHP 239 malavaggo

anupubbena medhāvī, thokaṃ thokaṃ khaṇe khaṇe, kammāro rajatass'eva, niddhame malam'attano.

VIN 4.1.41 rāhula vatthu

atha kho bhagavā kapilavatthusmiṃ yath'ābhirantaṃ viharitvā yena sāvatthi tena cārikaṃ pakkāmi. anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena sāvatthi tad'avasari.

anurūpa →

bodhirasa

conforming, suitable, proper

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattayuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

anuseti →

bodhirasa

underlies, lies dormant, lies under the surface

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

yathā ca pana kāmehi visaṃyuttaṃ viharantaṃ taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ akathaṃkathiṃ chinnakukkuccaṃ bhav'ābhave vītataṇhaṃ saññā na-anusenti, evaṃvādī kho ahaṃ, āvuso, evamakkhāyī'ti

anussarati →

bodhirasa

follows, pursues, chases after

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā, pavādiyāse kusalā vadānā, saccāni sutāni bahūni nānā, udāhu te takkam'anussaranti.

anussuka →

bodhirasa

not zealously desiring, not ambitious, not anxiously striving, i.e. calm, relaxed, unagitated

DHP 199 sukhavaggo

susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, ussukesu anussukā, ussukesu manassesu, viharāma anussukā.

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

vītakodhā anāyāsā, vītalobhā anussukā, dantā kodhaṃ pahantvāna, parinibbanti anāsavā'ti.

anusūyāyamāna →

bodhirasa

not causing jealousy, not causing irritation

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

anusūyāyamāno so, samma'd'aññāya bhāsati, subhāsitaṃ anumodeyya, dubbhaṭṭhe n'āpasādaye.

anutappati →

bodhirasa

regrets, suffers remorse, lit. is burned

DHP 67 bālavaggo

na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati, yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.

TH 172 bākula theragāthā

yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, pacchā so kātum'icchati, sukhā so dhaṃsate ṭhānā, pacchā ca m'anutappati.

anuttara →

bodhirasa

highest (of), unsurpassed (by), incomparable (to), superior (to)

DHP 55 pupphavaggo

candanaṃ tagaraṃ vā'pi, uppalaṃ atha vassikī, etesaṃ gandhajātānaṃ, sīlagandho anuttaro.

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

kathañ'c'ānanda ariyassa vinaye anuttarā indriyabhāvanā hoti?

anuvattati →

bodhirasa

follows, submits (to), lit. proceeds after

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṃ pāṇakānaṃ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṃ, anuvidhāyeyyuṃ vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ.

anuvidhāyati →

bodhirasa

follows, submits (to), yields (to), conforms (to)

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṃ pāṇakānaṃ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṃ, anuvidhāyeyyuṃ vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ.

anuviloketi →

bodhirasa

looks around, survey

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

no ce te evaṃ viharato taṃ middhaṃ pahīyetha tato tvaṃ moggallāna uṭṭhāy'āsanā udakena akkhīni anumajjitvā disā anuvilokeyyāsi nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni ullokeyyāsi

anuyanta →

bodhirasa

vassal, subordinate, dependent, lit. following

AN 10.15 appamādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuḍḍarājāno, sabbe te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṃ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati

anuyantā bhavanti →

bodhirasa

they are vassals, they are subordinate to

AN 10.15 appamādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuḍḍarājāno, sabbe te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṃ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati

anuyoga →

bodhirasa

praxis, practice of, devotion to, pursuit of, doing

DN 1.6 brahmajālasuttaṃ

idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappam'anvāya padhānam'anvāya anuyogam'anvāya appamādam'anvāya sammā-manasikāram'anvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati yathā-samāhite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati

SN 22.101 vāsijaṭasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, bhāvanā-anuyogaṃ anuyuttassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti, ettakaṃ vata me ajja āsavānaṃ khīṇaṃ, ettakaṃ hiyyo, ettakaṃ pare'ti, atha khv'assa khīṇe khīṇantv'eva ñāṇaṃ hoti.

anācāra →

bodhirasa

misconduct, wrongdoing, bad behaviour, unsuitable behaviour

VIN 1.2.13 kuladūsaka sikkhāpadaṃ

muṭṭhīhi'pi yujjhanti, raṅgamajjhe'pi saṅghāṭiṃ pattharitvā naccakiṃ evaṃ vadanti, idha, bhagini, naccassū'ti, nalāṭikam'pi denti, vividham'pi anācāraṃ ācaranti.

anāsana →

bodhirasa

unsuitable seat

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṃ yathārūpe agocare carantaṃ yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṃ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṃ

anātura →

bodhirasa

healthy, free from suffering, lit. not diseased

DHP 198 sukhavaggo

susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, āturesu anāturā, āturesu manussesu, viharāma anāturā.

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha te, gahapati, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, āturakāyassa me sato cittaṃ anāturaṃ bhavissatī'ti. evañ'hi te, gahapati, sikkhitabban'ti.

anāḷhika →

bodhirasa

without a measure of rice, i.e. poor, impoverished

AN 6.57 chaḷabhijātisuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, ānanda, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiko, tassa akāmakassa bilaṃ olaggeyyuṃ, idaṃ te, ambho purisa, maṃsañ'ca khāditabbaṃ, mūlañ'ca anuppadātabban'ti.

anūpavāda →

bodhirasa

not blaming, not insulting, nor abusing

DHP 185 buddhavaggo

anūpavādo anūpaghāto, pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro, mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ, pantañ'ca sayanāsanaṃ, adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.

aparimeyya →

bodhirasa

immeasurable, lit. could not be measured

BV 28 buddha pakiṇṇaka kaṇḍaṃ

aparimeyy'ito kappe, caturo āsuṃ vināyakā, taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro, atho'pi saraṇaṅkaro, dīpaṅkaro ca sambuddho, ekakappamhi te jinā.

aparimita →

bodhirasa

immeasurable, limitless

UDa 43 suppabuddhakuṭṭhi suttavaṇṇanā

suppabuddha tvaṃ manussadaliddo manussakapaṇo manussavarāko, ahaṃ te aparimitaṃ dhanaṃ dassāmi, buddho na buddho, dhammo na dhammo, saṅgho na saṅgho, alaṃ me buddhena, alaṃ me dhammena, alaṃ me saṅghenā'ti vadehī'ti

aparimāṇa →

bodhirasa

measureless, boundless

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

mātā yathā niyaṃ puttaṃ, āyusā ekaputtam'anurakkhe, evam'pi sabbabhūtesu, mānasaṃ bhāvaye aparimāṇaṃ.

aparisuddha →

bodhirasa

impure, unclean, dirty

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

aparisuddhā, ānanda, parisā'ti

aparisuddhatta →

bodhirasa

(state of) impurity, dirtiness

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? aparisuddhattā, bhikkhave, vatthassa

aparisuddhavaṇṇa →

bodhirasa

dirty in colour

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ rajako yasmiṃ yasmiṃ raṅgajāte upasaṃhareyya, yadi nīlakāya yadi pītakāya yadi lohitakāya yadi mañjeṭṭhakāya durattavaṇṇam'ev'assa aparisuddhavaṇṇam'evassa.

apariyādinna →

bodhirasa

is not used up, is not exhausted, is not consumed

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṃ mātā’ti, apariyādinnā'va bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya.

apariyādiṇṇa →

bodhirasa

is used up, is exhausted, is consumed

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṃ mātā’ti, apariyādiṇṇā'va bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya.

aparādhīna →

bodhirasa

not belonging to another, not subject to another

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so aparena samayena tamhā dāsabyā mucceyya attādhīno aparādhīno

aparāpara →

bodhirasa

one after the next, successive

SN 3.17 attabyābādhasuttaṃ

āyuṃ arogiyaṃ vaṇṇaṃ, saggaṃ uccākulīnataṃ, ratiyo patthayantena, uḷārā aparāparā.

apaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they drank

UD 69 udapānasuttaṃ

atha kho te thūṇeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā udapānaṃ tiṇassa ca bhusassa ca yāva mukhato pūresuṃ, mā te muṇḍakā samaṇakā pānīyaṃ apaṃsū'ti

aphāsu →

bodhirasa

trouble, difficulty, discomfort

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

mā, samaṇa, etaṃ dāyaṃ pāvisi. santettha tayo kulaputtā attakāmarūpā viharanti. mā tesaṃ aphāsum'akāsī'ti

aphāsuka →

bodhirasa

illness, trouble, discomfort, difficulty

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

kiṃ te aphāsukan'ti akkhīhi na passāmī'ti bhesajjaṃ te karissāmī'ti karohi sāmī'ti kiṃ me dassasī'ti

aphāsuṃ karoti →

bodhirasa

troubles, disturbs, causes difficulty (for)

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

mā, samaṇa, etaṃ dāyaṃ pāvisi. santettha tayo kulaputtā attakāmarūpā viharanti. mā tesaṃ aphāsumakāsī'ti

apissu →

bodhirasa

and then, and furthermore

MN 26 pāsarāsisuttaṃ

apissu maṃ, bhikkhave, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā

apissudaṃ →

bodhirasa

so much so that

SN 4.17 chaphassāyatanasuttaṃ

atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahantaṃ bhayabheravaṃ saddamakāsi, apissudaṃ pathavī maññe undrīyati

appagabbha →

bodhirasa

not cheeky, courteous, respectful, unassuming

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

santussako ca subharo ca, appakicco ca sallahukavutti, santindriyo ca nipako ca, appagabbho kulesu ananugiddho.

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

patilīno akuhako, apihālu amaccharī, appagabbho ajeguccho, pesuṇeyye ca no yuto.

appamatta →

bodhirasa

small, insignificant, lit. small measure

DHP 56 pupphavaggo

appamatto ayaṃ gandho, yv'āyaṃ tagaracandanaṃ, yo ca sīlavataṃ gandho, vāti devesu uttamo.

AN 4.3 paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ

appamatto ayaṃ kali, yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo, sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, ayam'eva mahantataro kali.

appamattaka →

bodhirasa

small, insignificant, minute, tiny, lit. small measure

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa appamattakam'pi pāpakammaṃ kataṃ tam'enaṃ nirayaṃ upaneti.

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

etad'eva, bhante, bahutaraṃ yad'idaṃ mahāpathavī. appamattako'yaṃ bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu āropito.

appamattika →

bodhirasa

small, insignificant, lit. small measure

AN 1.78 kalyāṇamittādivaggo

appamattikā esā, bhikkhave, parihāni yad'idaṃ bhogaparihāni. etaṃ patikiṭṭhaṃ, bhikkhave, parihānīnaṃ yad'idaṃ paññāparihānī'ti.

appameyya →

bodhirasa

immeasurable, inestimable

APA 27 annasaṃsāvaka therāpadānaṃ

siddhatthaṃ lokapajjotaṃ, appameyyaṃ anopamaṃ, alatthaṃ paramaṃ pītiṃ, disvā dantaṃ jutindharaṃ.

appamāṇa →

bodhirasa

immeasurable, unlimited, limitless, boundless

AN 3.91 dutiya sikkhattayasuttaṃ

yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā, abhibhuyya disā sabbā, appamāṇa-samādhinā.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

iti uddham'adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.

appamāṇacetasa →

bodhirasa

with immeasurable mind, with unrestricted mind

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe n'ādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso

appamāṇavihārī →

bodhirasa

living a life beyond measure

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī.

appassuta →

bodhirasa

ignorant, uneducated, unlearned, lit. heard little

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

mā me kadāci pāpiccho, kusīto hīnavīriyo, appassuto anādaro, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā.

DHP 152 jarāvaggo

appassuta-ayaṃ puriso, balibaddho'va jīrati, maṃsāni tassa vaḍḍhanti, paññā tassa na vaḍḍhati.

appasāda →

bodhirasa

distrust, suspicion

AN 2.135 āyācanavaggo

ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti

appatirūpa →

bodhirasa

unsuitable, improper, inappropriate

SN 16.1 santuṭṭhasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, santuṭṭhā bhavissāma itarītarena cīvarena, itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādino, na ca cīvarahetu anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ āpajjissāma.

appossukka tuṇhībhūta →

bodhirasa

calm and quiet

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

addasā kho, bhikkhave, kummo kacchapo siṅgālaṃ dūrato'va gocarapasutaṃ. disvāna soṇḍipañcamāni aṅgāni sake kapāle samodahitvā appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati.

appossukka →

bodhirasa

calm, unconcerned, relaxed, still

DHP 330 nāgavaggo

ekassa caritaṃ seyyo, natthi bāle sahāyatā, eko care na ca pāpāni kayirā, appossukko mātaṅg'araññ'eva nāgo.

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

addasā kho, bhikkhave, kummo kacchapo siṅgālaṃ dūrato'va gocarapasutaṃ. disvāna soṇḍipañcamāni aṅgāni sake kapāle samodahitvā appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati.

apīḷetvā →

bodhirasa

having not crushed, having not subjugated

DNa 19.8 mahāgovinda suttavaṇṇanā

kālena kālaṃ rājānaṃ passituṃ āgacchantā aññassa rajjaṃ apīḷetvā attano attano rajjapadeseneva āgamissanti c'eva gamissanti ca

arahati →

bodhirasa

should, ought (to), suitable (for), befitting (for)

DHP 230 kodhavaggo

nikkhaṃ jambonadass'eva, ko taṃ ninditum'arahati, devā'pi naṃ pasaṃsanti, brahmunā'pi pasaṃsito.

DN 5.2 kūṭadantasuttaṃ

na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. samaṇo tv'eva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ

arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu →

bodhirasa

attained the state of enlightenment

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

upakaṭṭhāya pavāraṇāya sabb'eva saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu

ariya →

bodhirasa

(abhidhamma) supra-mundane

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiṃ'p'ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ vadāmi. atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā, atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

arūpa →

bodhirasa

formless, immaterial, insubstantial

AN 10.13 saṃyojanasuttaṃ

rūparāgo, arūpa-rāgo, māno, uddhaccaṃ, avijjā, imāni pañcuddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.

DN 33.6 saṅgītisuttaṃ

aparā'pi, tisso taṇhā kāmataṇhā rūpataṇhā arūpa-taṇhā

asantuṭṭhi →

bodhirasa

discontent, displeasure

AN 8.53 saṃkhittasuttaṃ

asantuṭṭhiyā saṃvattanti no santuṭṭhiyā

asappāya →

bodhirasa

not suitable, not beneficial, unhealthy

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

ālasyaṃ anuṭṭhānaṃ bhogānaṃ paripantho, amaṇḍanā avibhūsanā vaṇṇassa paripantho, asappāya-kiriyā ārogyassa paripantho

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

so yāni sammā nibbān'ādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuñjeyya

asisūnā →

bodhirasa

slaughter-house, butchery, lit. sword and chopping block

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

asisūna-upamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. sattisūl'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.

assandati →

bodhirasa

oozes, suppurates, seeps

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, duṭṭhāruko kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭito bhiyyosomattāya assandati.

assosuṃ →

bodhirasa

they heard

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū, ariṭṭhassa kira nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ

DN 16.14 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto'ti

assu →

bodhirasa

tears

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye … pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan'ti.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo āpogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ … assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttaṃ … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā āpodhātu.

assu →

bodhirasa

they should be, they may be, they would be, may they be

DHP 74 bālavaggo

mam'eva kata maññantu, gihīpabbajitā ubho, mam'ev'ātivasā assu, kicc'ākiccesu kismici. iti bālassa saṅkappo, icchā māno ca vaḍḍhati.

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṃ pāṇakānaṃ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṃ, anuvidhāyeyyuṃ vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ.

assumha →

bodhirasa

we heard

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

assumha kho mayaṃ, bhante, ariṭṭhassa kira nāma bhikkhuno gaddhabādhipubbassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ

assumukha →

bodhirasa

with tear-stained face, with a face lined with tears, lit. tear face

DHP 67 bālavaggo

na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati, yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.

DN 4.3 soṇadaṇḍasuttaṃ

samaṇo khalu, bho, gotamo akāmakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rudantānaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito

assuta →

bodhirasa

unheard

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ye te sotaviññeyyā saddā assutā assutapubbā, na ca suṇāsi, na ca te hoti suṇeyyanti? atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

AN 5.202 dhammassavanasuttaṃ

pañc'ime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dhammassavane. katame pañca? assutaṃ suṇāti, sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṃ vitarati, diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti, cittam'assa pasīdati.

assutapubba →

bodhirasa

never heard before

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti?

MN 26 pāsarāsisuttaṃ

apissu maṃ, bhikkhave, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā

assutavantu →

bodhirasa

unlearned, untaught, uninitiated, untrained

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

diṭṭhisaṃyojanasaṃyutto, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccati dukkhasmā'ti vadāmi

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

idha, gahapati, assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpaṃ attato samanupassati

assuti →

bodhirasa

without learning, lit. not hearing

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, sīlabbatenā'pi na suddhim'āha, adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā añāṇā, asīlatā abbatā no'pi tena, ete ca nissajja anuggahāya, santo anissāya bhavaṃ na jappe.

assuttha →

bodhirasa

you all heard

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

assuttha no tumhe, bhikkhave, rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā'ti? evaṃ, bhante.

assāda →

bodhirasa

enjoyment, satisfaction, pleasure

SN 22.109 sotāpannasuttaṃ

yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako imesaṃ pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañ'ca atthaṅ'gamañ'ca assādañ'ca ādīnavañ'ca nissaraṇañ'ca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

yaṃ rūpaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ rūpassa assādo. yaṃ rūpaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo.

assāvī →

bodhirasa

suppurating, festering, emitting fluid

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

sappāyāni c'eva bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa.

asu →

bodhirasa

that, such, so and so

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

kiñc'āpi so bhikkhave bhikkhu taṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjitvā jighacchā-dubbalyaṃ paṭivinodetvā evaṃ taṃ rattin'divaṃ vītināmeyya, atha kho asu-y'eva me purimo bhikkhu pujjataro ca pāsaṃsataro ca

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? asu hi bhante gaṅgāya nadiyā mahā udakakkhandho so amunā loṇaphalena loṇo na assa apeyyo'ti.

asubha →

bodhirasa

ugly, disgusting, foul, unattractive, lit. not beautiful

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

asubhaṃ, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvehi. asubhañ'hi te, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvayato yo rāgo so pahīyissati.

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anattani, bhikkhave, attā'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. asubhe, bhikkhave, subhan'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso.

asubha →

bodhirasa

(meditation on) ugliness, foulness, unattractiveness, lit. not beauty

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti, asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.

asubhabhāvanā →

bodhirasa

meditation on ugliness, meditation on unattractiveness, lit. development of ugliness

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti, asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.

asubhakathā →

bodhirasa

discourse on ugliness, discussion on foulness

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

atha kho te bhikkhū, bhagavā anekapariyāyena asubhakathaṃ katheti, asubhāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, asubhabhāvanāya vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī'ti anek'ākāravokāraṃ asubhabhāvan'ānuyogam'anuyuttā viharanti.

asubhanimitta →

bodhirasa

repulsive sight, unattractive appearance

AN 1.16 nīvaraṇappahānavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando n'uppajjati uppanno vā kāmacchando pahīyati yatha'y'idaṃ, bhikkhave, asubhanimittaṃ

asubhato →

bodhirasa

as ugly, as disgusting, as unattractive

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anattani anattā'ti, asubhaṃ asubhat'addasuṃ, sammādiṭṭhisamādānā, sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ upaccagun'ti.

asubhānupassī →

bodhirasa

observing as impure, seeing as not beautiful

DHP 8 yamakavaggo

asubh'ānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu susaṃvutaṃ, bhojanamhi ca mattaññuṃ, saddhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ, taṃ ve nappasahati māro, vāto selaṃ'va pabbataṃ.

asuci →

bodhirasa

impure, unclean, filthy, foul

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ dussīlaṃ pāpadhammaṃ asuciṃ saṅkassarasamācāraṃ paṭicchannakammantaṃ asamaṇaṃ samaṇapaṭiññaṃ

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

tassa imissā ca asappāyakiriyāya, asuci visadoso apanīto saupādiseso tad'ubhayena vaṇo puthuttaṃ gaccheyya.

asuci →

bodhirasa

impurity, filth

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam'eva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

yathā pana aññe sattā mātukucchito nikkhamantā paṭikūlena asucinā makkhitā nikkhamanti, na evaṃ bodhisatto.

asuci →

bodhirasa

impure thing, dirty thing, foul thing

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, pathaviyā sucim'pi nikkhipanti, asucim'pi nikkhipanti, gūthagatam'pi nikkhipanti, muttagatam'pi nikkhipanti, kheḷagatam'pi nikkhipanti, pubbagatam'pi nikkhipanti, lohitagatam'pi nikkhipanti, na ca tena pathavī aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā.

asuddha →

bodhirasa

dirty, impure

SN 3.11 sattajaṭilasuttaṃ

patirūpako mattikākuṇḍalova, loh'aḍḍhamāso'va suvaṇṇachanno, caranti loke parivārachannā, anto asuddhā bahi sobhamānā'ti.

asuddhi →

bodhirasa

impurity, unholiness

DHP 165 attavaggo

attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā saṃkilissati, attanā akataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā'va visujjhati, suddhī asuddhi paccattaṃ, n'āñño aññaṃ visodhaye.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sīlabbataṃ vā'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, kammañ'ca sāvajj'anavajjam'etaṃ, suddhiṃ asuddhin'ti apatthayāno, virato care santim'anuggahāya.

asura →

bodhirasa

Dark One, enemy of the devas

DN 18.4 janavasabhasuttaṃ

tena sudaṃ, bhante, devatā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-somanassajātā dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā'ti

JA 492 tacchasūkara jātakaṃ

eko'va indo asure jināti, eko'va seno hanti dije pasayha, eko'va byaggho migasaṅghapatto, varaṃ varaṃ hanti balañ'hi tādisaṃ.

asurakāya →

bodhirasa

host of Dark Ones

DN 18.4 janavasabhasuttaṃ

tena sudaṃ, bhante, devatā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā'ti

asurinda →

bodhirasa

Lord of the Dark Ones

SN 11.23 sambarimāyāsuttaṃ

addasā kho, bhikkhave, vepacitti asurindo sakkaṃ devānam'indaṃ dūrato'va āgacchantaṃ. disvāna sakkaṃ devānam'indaṃ etad'avoca, tikiccha maṃ devānam'indā'ti

asussūsā →

bodhirasa

not wanting to listen

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

visaṃvādanā mittānaṃ paripantho, asajjhāyakiriyā bāhusaccassa paripantho, asussūsā aparipucchā paññāya paripantho

asuta →

bodhirasa

unheard

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

disā catasso vidisā catasso, uddhaṃ adho dasa disā imāyo, na tuyhaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ asutaṃ amutaṃ, atho aviññātaṃ kiñcanam'atthi loke, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

asāra →

bodhirasa

essence-less, substance-less, worthless, useless

DHP 11 yamakavaggo

asāre sāramatino, sāre c'āsāradassino, te sāraṃ n'ādhigacchanti, micchāsaṅkappagocarā.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

samantam'asāro loko, disā sabbā sameritā, icchaṃ bhavanam'attano, n'āddasāsiṃ anositaṃ.

asāraka →

bodhirasa

essence-less, insubstantial

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

tassa taṃ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññ'eva khāyeyya, tucchakaññ'eva khāyeyya, asārakaññ'eva khāyeyya.

asārato →

bodhirasa

as unessential, as insubstantial, as valueless, as essenceless

DHP 12 yamakavaggo

sārañ'ca sārato ñatvā, asārañ'ca asārato, te sāraṃ adhigacchanti, sammāsaṅkappagocarā.

asāta →

bodhirasa

pain, suffering, unpleasantness

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāyasamphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ

atibrahma →

bodhirasa

beyond god, even higher god, more superior god

DHPa 1.5.11 jambukatthera vatthu

kiṃ pana tvaṃ mahābrahmato'pi uttaritaro'ti? āma, jambuka, ahañ'hi brahmunā'pi atibrahmā'ti

aticca →

bodhirasa

beyond, longer, more than usual, exceeding

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ, oraṃ vassasatā'pi miyyati, yo ce'pi aticca jīvati, atha kho so jarasāpi miyyati.

atiga →

bodhirasa

overcome, surmounted, crossed, gone past

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

sutvān'ahaṃ vīram'akāmakāmiṃ, ogha-atigaṃ puṭṭhum'akāmam'āgamaṃ, santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta, yathātacchaṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

sīmā-atigo brāhmaṇo tassa n'atthi, ñatvā va disvā va samuggahītaṃ, na rāgarāgī na virāgaratto, tass'īdha natthī param'uggahītan'ti.

atikkama →

bodhirasa

surpassing, transcending, going beyond, overcoming

DHP 191 buddhavaggo

dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ, ariyaṃ c'aṭṭh'aṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkh'ūpasamagāminaṃ.

atikkanta →

bodhirasa

gone beyond, surpassed

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

so dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta-mānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi

BV 2.77 sumedha patthanā kathā

dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake, sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.

atikkantamānusaka →

bodhirasa

surpassing (normal) human (ability)

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi

atireka →

bodhirasa

surplus, excess, leftover

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

idh'āhaṃ bhikkhave bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito paripuṇṇo pariyosito suhito yāva'd'attho, siyā ca me piṇḍapāto atireka-dhammo chaḍḍanīyadhammo

ativattati →

bodhirasa

exceed, overstep, surpass, go beyond, cross

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ṭhitadhammo velaṃ na-ativattati

attabhara →

bodhirasa

self-supported, self-sustained

UD 27 sakkudānasuttaṃ

piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno, attabharassa anaññaposino, devā pihayanti tādino, upasantassa sadā satīmato'ti.

attamanatā →

bodhirasa

(state of) pleasure, delight, lit. joyful mentality

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhante, cetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko, yato yato imassa dhammapariyāyassa paññāya atthaṃ upaparikkheyya, labhetheva attamanataṃ, labhetheva cetaso pasādaṃ

attha →

bodhirasa

matter, affair, legal case, lawsuit

DHP 256 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena hoti dhammaṭṭho, yen'atthaṃ sāhasā naye, yo ca atthaṃ anatthañ'ca, ubho niccheyya paṇḍito.

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, sace maṃ koci kiñci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī'ti.

atthagama →

bodhirasa

settling down, subsiding, disappearance, vanishing, lit. going home

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthagamo, iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthagamo, iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthagamo'ti

atthaṅgama →

bodhirasa

disappearance, vanishing, settling down, subsiding, lit. going home

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

iti saññā, iti saññāya samudayo, iti saññāya atthaṅ'gamo, iti saṅkhārā, iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo, iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅ'gamo, iti viññāṇaṃ, iti viññāṇassa samudayo, iti viññāṇassa atthaṅ'gamo'ti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

pañcasu kho pana upādānakkhandhesu udayabbay'ānupassī viharati, iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅ'gamo. iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅ'gamo.

atthaṅgata →

bodhirasa

disappeared, gone out, set (sun), lit. gone home

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

atthaṅ'gato so uda vā so n'atthi, udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo, taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo?

DNa 2.4.2 mahāsudassanasutta vaṇṇanā

kiṃ ummatto'si, nanu idān'eva divākaro atthaṅ'gato, so kathaṃ imaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ anubandhamāno uggacchissati?

atthika →

bodhirasa

suitable, fit for, proper

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

kappiyaṃ taṃ ce chādeti, cīvaraṃ idam'atthikaṃ, alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahit'attassa bhikkhuno.

atthisukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of having, happiness of ownership, lit. comfort of “there is”

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

atthāya hitāya sukhāya →

bodhirasa

for the good, the benefit and the happiness (of)

DN 14.6 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ, mā ekena dve agamittha

atula →

bodhirasa

immeasurable, uncountable, personal name

DHP 227 kodhavaggo

porāṇam'etaṃ atula, n'etaṃ ajjatanām'iva, nindanti tuṇhim'āsīnaṃ, nindanti bahubhāṇinaṃ, mitabhāṇim'pi nindanti, n'atthi loke anindito.

VV 30 ucchudāyikā vimānavatthu

tuvañ'ca bhante anukampakaṃ viduṃ, upecca vandiṃ kusalañ'ca pucchisaṃ, tato te ucchussa adāsi khaṇḍikaṃ, pasannacitā atulāya pītiyā'ti.

avassuta →

bodhirasa

seeping, oozing (with lust)

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto, assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti avassuto kasambujāto.

aviddasu →

bodhirasa

ignorant, foolish, lit. doesn’t know

DHP 268 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na monena munī hoti, mūḷharūpo aviddasu, yo ca tulaṃva paggayha, varam'ādāya paṇḍito.

avinipātadhamma →

bodhirasa

not liable to states of suffering, lit. not bad fall nature

SN 55.24 paṭhama saraṇānisakkasuttaṃ

ime ce'pi, mahānāma, mahāsālā subhāsitaṃ dubbhāsitaṃ ājāneyyuṃ, ime c'āhaṃ mahāsāle byākareyyaṃ, sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā'ti, kimaṅgaṃ pana saraṇāniṃ sakkaṃ

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ pajānāti evaṃ passati, ayaṃ vuccati, sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano'ti.

avūpasanta →

bodhirasa

not subsided, not calmed, not settled

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yo c'āyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno tassa'pi kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu na parikkhīṇo, usmā avūpasantā, indriyāni vippasannāni.

ayoga →

bodhirasa

(something) unsuitable, to be avoided, lit. which should not be joined with

DHP 209 piyavaggo

ayoge yuñjam'attānaṃ, yogasmiñ'ca ayojayaṃ, atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī, pihet'att'ānuyoginaṃ.

aṅgārakāsu →

bodhirasa

pit of burning coals

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā puṇṇā aṅgārānaṃ vītaccikānaṃ vītadhūmānaṃ

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

aṅgārakās'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. supinak'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.

aṇu →

bodhirasa

subtle, fine

DHP 31 appamādavaggo

appamādarato bhikkhu, pamāde bhayadassi vā, saṃyojanaṃ aṇuṃ thūlaṃ, ḍahaṃ aggī'va gacchati.

TH 4 puṇṇa theragāthā

sabbhi'r'eva samāsetha, paṇḍiteh'atthadassibhi, atthaṃ mahantaṃ gambhīraṃ, duddasaṃ nipuṇaṃ aṇuṃ, dhīrā samadhigacchanti, appamattā vicakkhaṇā'ti.

aṇuka →

bodhirasa

subtle, tiny, minute, atomic

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

ye keci pāṇabhūtatthi, tasā vā thāvarā vā anavasesā, dīghā vā y'eva mahantā vā, majjhimā rassakā aṇuka-thūlā.

aṭṭhakavaggika →

bodhirasa

Aṭṭhakavagga, fourth chapter of the Sutta Nipāta

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

evaṃ, bhante'ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paṭissutvā soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sabbān'eva sarena abhaṇi.

aṭṭhaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they stood

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so gantvā taṃ bhattaṃ pañcahi paccekabuddhasatehi saddhiṃ saṃvibhaji. taṃ tass'ānubhāvena sabbesam'pi pahoti. te olokentā'y'eva aṭṭhaṃsu.

bahudukkha →

bodhirasa

full of suffering, much suffering

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. aṭṭhikaṅkal'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.

bahussuta →

bodhirasa

well learned, knowledgeable, lit. much heard

DHP 208 sukhavaggo

tasmā hi dhīrañ'ca paññañ'ca bahussutañ'ca, dhorayhasīlaṃ vatavantam'ariyaṃ, taṃ tādisaṃ sappurisaṃ sumedhaṃ, bhajetha nakkhattapathaṃ'va candimā.

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti … evaṃ so ten'aṅgena paripūro hoti.

bahussutaka →

bodhirasa

great little scholar

DN 3.13 ambaṭṭhasuttaṃ

aho vata re amhākaṃ paṇḍitaka, aho vata re amhākaṃ bahussutaka, aho vata re amhākaṃ tevijjaka

bhabbarūpatā →

bodhirasa

suitable appearance, looking the part

AN 3.66 kesamuttisuttaṃ

etha tumhe, kālāmā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garū'ti.

bhacca →

bodhirasa

to be supported, to be nurtured

VIN 4.8.205 rājagahaseṭṭhi vatthu

atha kho jīvako komāra-bhacco seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ mañcake nipātetvā sambandhitvā sīsacchaviṃ uppāṭetvā sibbiniṃ vināmetvā dve pāṇake nīharitvā mahājanassa dassesi.

bhagavantu →

bodhirasa

sublime, blessed, fortunate, lucky, auspicious

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

evaṃ vutte verañjo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

bhagavā →

bodhirasa

Sublime One, Blessed One, Fortunate One, Buddha

DN 16.36 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi, handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā'ti. ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

idam'avoca bhagavā. attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandun'ti.

bhara →

bodhirasa

supporting, bearing, carrying

UD 27 sakkudānasuttaṃ

piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno, atta-bharassa anaññaposino, devā pihayanti tādino, upasantassa sadā satīmato'ti.

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

santussako ca su-bharo ca, appakicco ca sallahukavutti, santindriyo ca nipako ca, appagabbho kulesu ananugiddho.

bharati →

bodhirasa

bears, supports, maintains

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

yo mātaraṃ vā pitaraṃ vā, jiṇṇakaṃ gatayobbanaṃ, pahu santo na bharati, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

bharaṇa →

bodhirasa

support, maintenance

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

siyā c'assa uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ dāra-bharaṇāya

bhariyā →

bodhirasa

wife, lit. who is supported

DHPa 1.6.4 mahākappinatthera vatthu

tasmiṃ khaṇe jeṭṭhapesakārassa bhariyā kenaci'd'eva karaṇīyena bārāṇasiṃ gacchantī te paccekabuddhe disvā vanditvā

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

tadā seṭṭhino bhariyā garugabbhā hoti. tasmā so sīghaṃ gehaṃ purisaṃ pesesi, gaccha bhaṇe, jānāhi naṃ vijātā vā, no vā'ti.

bhata →

bodhirasa

nurtured, raised, supported, borne

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

yāya mātu bhato poso, imaṃ lokaṃ avekkhati, tam'pi pāṇadadiṃ santiṃ, hanti kuddho puthujjano.

bhavasātabaddha →

bodhirasa

tied to the pleasure of existence

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

icchānidānā bhavasātabaddhā, te duppamuñcā na hi aññamokkhā, pacchā pure vā'pi apekkhamānā, ime'va kāme purime'va jappaṃ.

bhavituṃ vaṭṭati →

bodhirasa

it is suitable to be …

JAa 4 cūḷaseṭṭhi jātakavaṇṇanā

kataññunā me bhavituṃ vaṭṭatī'ti ekaṃ satasahassaṃ gāhāpetvā cūḷaseṭṭhissa samīpaṃ gato

bhesajjamattā →

bodhirasa

dose of medicine, measure of medicine

DN 10.1 subhasuttaṃ

atthi me ajja bhesajjamattā pītā

bhoga →

bodhirasa

pleasure, enjoyment

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

ayaṃ varāko kiñcā'pi idāni sukhito susajjito bhoge paribhuñjati, atha kho tīsu dvāresu ekenā'pi katassa kalyāṇakammassa abhāvā idāni apāyesu anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedissatī'ti.

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhoga-sukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

bhogasukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of enjoyment, happiness of using

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

bhogga →

bodhirasa

suitable for use, useful, profitable, lit. could be enjoyed

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhaddo assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rāja-bhoggo, rañño aṅgant'eva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. katamehi aṭṭhahi?

bhuñjanta →

bodhirasa

eating, consuming, using, enjoying

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

ānaṇyasukhaṃ ñatvāna, atho atthisukhaṃ paraṃ, bhuñjaṃ bhogasukhaṃ macco, tato paññā vipassati.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

sappāyāni c'eva bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa.

bhuñjati →

bodhirasa

eats, consumes

MN 65 bhaddālisuttaṃ

etha, tumhe'pi, bhikkhave, ekāsanabhojanaṃ bhuñjatha. ekāsanabhojanaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tumhe'pi bhuñjamānā app'ābādhatañ'ca sañjānissatha app'ātaṅkatañ'ca lahuṭṭhānañ'ca balañ'ca phāsuvihārañcā'ti.

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

ahaṃ kho, samaṇa, kasāmi ca vapāmi ca. kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjāmi. tvam'pi, samaṇa, kasassu ca vapassu ca. kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhuñjassū'ti.

brahmavihāra →

bodhirasa

sublime state, heavenly state, lit. divine dwelling, heavenly mansion

MN 83 maghadevasuttaṃ

so cattāro brahmavihāre bhāvetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā brahmalok'ūpago ahosi.

byākaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they stated, they declared, they announced

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kacci te, bhante, bhikkhū samma'd'eva aññaṃ byākaṃsu udāhu sant'etth'ekacce bhikkhū adhimānena aññaṃ byākaṃsū'ti?

byāma →

bodhirasa

fathom, measure of two arms extended

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

api c'āhaṃ, āvuso, imasmiṃ'y'eva byāma-matte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañ'ca paññāpemi lokasamudayañ'ca lokanirodhañ'ca lokanirodhagāminiñ'ca paṭipadan'ti.

byāmamatta →

bodhirasa

fathom long, lit. fathom measure

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

api c'āhaṃ, āvuso, imasmiṃ'y'eva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañ'ca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadan'ti.

cakkhusamphassa →

bodhirasa

contact with the eye, visual experience

DN 22.16 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

cakkhusamphasso... sotasamphasso... ghānasamphasso... jivhāsamphasso... kāyasamphasso... manosamphasso loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etth'esā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati

SN 35.68 suññatalokasuttaṃ

yam'p'idaṃ cakkhusamphassa-paccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam'pi suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā.

cakkhusamphassaja →

bodhirasa

caused by eye contact, produced by visual experience

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, vedanākāyā, cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.

cakkhuviññāṇa →

bodhirasa

eye consciousness, visual awareness

SN 35.149 sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahānasuttaṃ

cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, viññāṇakāyā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃ.

candimasuriya →

bodhirasa

moon and sun

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

ime'pi candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṃ parimajjeyyaṃ, yāva brahmalokā'pi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyyan'ti, tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

candimasūriya →

bodhirasa

moon and sun

SN 56.46 andhakārasuttaṃ

atthi, bhikkhave, lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yattham'imesaṃ candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃ mahānubhāvānaṃ ābhāya n'ānubhontī'ti.

SN 20.6 dhanuggahasuttaṃ

yathā ca, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa javo, yathā ca candimasūriyānaṃ javo, tato sīghataro.

catupaccaya →

bodhirasa

four requisites, four supports, four necessities

DHPa 1.5.11 jambukatthera vatthu

atīte kira kassapasammāsambuddhakāle gāmavāsī eko kuṭumbiko ekassa therassa vihāraṃ katvā taṃ tattha viharantaṃ catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahi

caturaṅgula →

bodhirasa

(measuring) four fingers

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso yaṃ imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ taṃ chetvā ekajjhaṃ saṃharitvā caturaṅgulaṃ caturaṅgulaṃ ghaṭikaṃ katvā nikkhipeyya

APA 44 soṇakoḷivisa therāpadānaṃ

vuṭṭhamhi deve caturaṅgulamhi, tiṇe anileritāṅgaṇamhi, ṭhatvāna yogassa payuttatādino, tatottariṃ pāramatā na vijjati.

catūsu →

bodhirasa

in four, among four

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

evaṃ sabbathā'pi karuṇāyitvā vuttanayen'eva attani piyapuggale majjhatte verimhī'ti catūsu janesu sīmāsambhedaṃ katvā

cetaso →

bodhirasa

for (one having such a) mind

DHP 39 cittavaggo

anavassutacittassa, ananvāhata-cetaso, puññapāpapahīnassa, n'atthi jāgarato bhayaṃ.

cetovimuttiphala →

bodhirasa

with liberation of mind as fruit, with emancipation of heart as result

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katihi pan'āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā cā'ti?

cetovimuttiphalānisaṃsa →

bodhirasa

with liberation of mind as fruit and benefit, with emancipation of heart as result and advantage

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katihi pan'āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā cā'ti?

chandaparisuddhi →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) consent and purity, consent and innocence

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

chandaparisuddhi, utukkhānaṃ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca, ovādo, uposathassa etāni, pubbakiccan'ti vuccati.

chandarāgavasūpeta →

bodhirasa

under the control of desire and craving, under the influence of want and lust

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

ye ca rūpe pamāṇiṃsu, ye ca ghosena anvagū, chandarāgavas'ūpetā, n'ābhijānanti te janā.

chasu →

bodhirasa

in six

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yato kho bhikkhuno chasu phass'āyatanesu cittaṃ udujitaṃ hoti sudujitaṃ, ajjhattam'eva santiṭṭhati, sannisīdati, ekodi hoti, samādhiyati.

UD 25 mahāmoggallānasuttaṃ

sati kāyagatā upaṭṭhitā, chasu phass'āyatanesu saṃvuto, satataṃ bhikkhu samāhito, jaññā nibbānam'attano'ti.

chatta →

bodhirasa

sunshade, parasol (symbol of prestige)

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anekasākhañ'ca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, chattaṃ marū dhārayum'antalikkhe, suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā, na dissare cāmara-chatta-gāhakā.

chādeti →

bodhirasa

pleases, gives pleasure (to the palate)

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

somhi etarahi tamhā ābādhā mutto bhattañ'ca me chādeti

cittalatāvana →

bodhirasa

Variegated Creeper Wood, pleasure park in Tāvatimsa Heaven

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

sakalaṃ lumbinīvanaṃ cittalatāvana-sadisaṃ, mahānubhāvassa rañño susajjitaṃ āpānamaṇḍalaṃ viya ahosi.

damita →

bodhirasa

tamed, trained, subdued, mastered

THI 32 dantikā therīgāthā

disvā adantaṃ damitaṃ, manussānaṃ vasaṃ gataṃ, tato cittaṃ samādhesiṃ, khalu tāya vanaṃ gatā'ti.

dasikasutta →

bodhirasa

tassel, loose thread, lit. fringe thread

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

so satthārā dinnanaye ṭhatvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ajja ādiṃ katvā mama santakaṃ dasikasutta-mattam'pi maṃ abhibhavitvā anekasatā'pi rājāno vā corā vā gaṇhituṃ samatthā nāma mā hontu, agginā'pi mama santakaṃ mā ḍayhatu, udakena'pi mā vuyhatū'ti patthanaṃ akāsi.

dava →

bodhirasa

pleasure, fun, play, sport

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

n'eva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya

daḍḍha →

bodhirasa

burnt, consumed

AN 11.13 nandiyasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi vā pana nandiya sukkhe tiṇadāye aggi mutto ḍahaññ'eva gacchati no daḍḍhaṃ paccudāvattati

dhammadīpa →

bodhirasa

with Dhamma as one’s support

SN 47.14 ukkacelasuttaṃ

dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā

dhammamuttama →

bodhirasa

supreme teaching, highest Dhamma

DHP 115 sahassavaggo

yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, apassaṃ dhammam'uttamaṃ, ek'āhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, passato dhammam'uttamaṃ.

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

tañ'c'āhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi dhammam'uttamaṃ, yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.

dhammappamāṇa →

bodhirasa

who measures by teaching, appraising by Dhamma, who judges on the basis of instruction

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasanno. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin'ti.

dhammasaraṇa →

bodhirasa

who relies on the Dhamma, who’s support is the Dhamma

SN 47.14 ukkacelasuttaṃ

tasmā'tih'ānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā

dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ →

bodhirasa

among doctrines grasped after evaluation, in ideas adopted after consideration

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

yass'ūbhay'ante paṇidh'īdha n'atthi, bhav'ābhavāya idha vā huraṃ vā, nivesanā tassa na santi keci, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ.

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

diṭṭhīnivesā na hi svātivattā, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ, tasmā naro tesu nivesanesu, nirassatī ādiyatī ca dhammaṃ.

dhammārāma →

bodhirasa

who takes pleasure in the Dhamma, who lives in the Dhamma

DHP 364 bhikkhuvaggo

dhamm'ārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ, dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati.

dhana →

bodhirasa

wealth, riches, treasure

DHP 26 appamādavaggo

pamādam'anuyuñjanti, bālā dummedhino janā, appamādañ'ca medhāvī, dhanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ'va rakkhati.

DHP 204 sukhavaggo

ārogyaparamā lābhā, santuṭṭhiparamaṃ dhanaṃ, vissāsaparamā ñāti, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ sukhaṃ.

dhanapāla →

bodhirasa

protector of wealth, guardian of treasure, name of an elephant

DHP 324 nāgavaggo

dhanapālo nāma kuñjaro, kaṭukabhedano dunnivārayo, baddho kabaḷaṃ na bhuñjati, sumarati nāgavanassa kuñjaro.

dibbacakkhu →

bodhirasa

supernatural vision, lit. divine eye

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamānaṃ nisinnaṃ

divākara →

bodhirasa

sun, lit. day maker

DNa 2.4.2 mahāsudassanasutta vaṇṇanā

kiṃ ummatto'si, nanu idān'eva divākaro atthaṅ'gato, so kathaṃ imaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ anubandhamāno uggacchissati?

diṭṭha suta muta →

bodhirasa

seen heard and sensed, seen heard and perceived

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

n'āhaṃ sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, jātijarāya nivutā'ti brūmi, ye s'īdha diṭṭhaṃva sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vā'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, anekarūpam'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse, te ve narā oghatiṇṇā'ti brūmi.

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ, aṭṭhakavaggo 4

sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, tam'eva dassiṃ vivaṭaṃ carantaṃ, ken'īdha lokasmi vikappayeyya.

diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāra →

bodhirasa

comfortable existence here and now, pleasant dwelling in this very life

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu … catunnañ'ca jhānānaṃ ābhicetasikānaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānaṃ nikāmalābhī hoti akicchalābhī akasiralābhī ... evaṃ so ten'aṅgena paripūro hoti.

diṭṭhassuta →

bodhirasa

what is seen and heard

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

ye kec'ime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, diṭṭhassuten'āpi vadanti suddhiṃ, sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ, kacci'ssu te bhagavā tattha yatā carantā, atāru jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ, phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho, yad'attagarahī tad'akubbamāno, na lippatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro.

diṭṭhasuta →

bodhirasa

what is seen and heard

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

udabindu yathā'pi pokkhare, padume vāri yathā na limpati, evaṃ muni nopalimpati, yad'idaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ mutesu vā.

diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabba →

bodhirasa

which can be seen, heard, thought and known

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ettha ca te, māluṅkyaputta, diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute sutamattaṃ bhavissati, mute mutamattaṃ bhavissati, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissati.

SNP 63 hemaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 8

idha diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu, piyarūpesu hemaka, chandarāgavinodanaṃ, nibbānapadam'accutaṃ.

diṭṭhinissaya →

bodhirasa

support for views, foundation for opinions, basis for views

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ diṭṭhinissayaṃ yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

diṭṭhivisūka →

bodhirasa

twisting of views, writhing of views, contortion of views

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, diṭṭhigataṃ diṭṭhigahanaṃ diṭṭhikantāraṃ diṭṭhivisūkaṃ diṭṭhivipphanditaṃ diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ

domanassa →

bodhirasa

(mental) suffering, distress, dissatisfaction

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkha-domanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad'idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

pahānaṃ kāmacchandānaṃ, domanassāna c'ūbhayaṃ, thinassa ca panūdanaṃ, kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇaṃ.

dosūpasaṃhita →

bodhirasa

associated with aversion, connected with hatred, to do with hatred

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno yaṃ nimittaṃ āgamma yaṃ nimittaṃ manasikaroto uppajjanti pāpakā akusalā vitakkā chand'ūpasaṃhitā'pi dos'ūpasaṃhitā'pi moh'ūpasaṃhitā'pi, tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tamhā nimittā aññaṃ nimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ kusal'ūpasaṃhitaṃ.

doṇa →

bodhirasa

large measure, bucket, trough, vat

DHPa 1.5.1 aññatarapurisa vatthu

andhabālo'si, mahārāja, kiñcāpi mahābhakkho'si, anekasūpabyañjanavikatikaṃ doṇa-pākaṃ bhojanaṃ bhuñjasi, dvīsu raṭṭhesu rajjaṃ kāresi, paññā pana te mandā'ti

dubbhara →

bodhirasa

difficult to support

JA 529 soṇaka jātakaṃ

evaṃ taṃ anugacchāmi, puttamādāya pacchato, subharo te bhavissāmi, na te hessāmi dubbharo.

dubbharata →

bodhirasa

difficult to support

AN 8.53 saṃkhittasuttaṃ

dubbharatāya saṃvattanti no subharatāyā'ti

duddama →

bodhirasa

difficult to tame, difficult to control, hard to subdue

DHP 159 attavaggo

attānaṃ ce tathā kayirā, yath'āññam'anusāsati, sudanto vata dametha, attā hi kira duddamo.

duggata →

bodhirasa

faring badly, poor, miserable, suffering, unfortunate

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

kathañ'ca bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati? seyyathā'pi nāma ekaṃ puggalaṃ duggataṃ durūpetaṃ disvā karuṇāyeyya, evam'eva sabbasatte karuṇāya pharatī'ti

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

so, duggataṃ durūpetan'ti pāḷiyā na sameti, tasmā vuttanayen'ev'ettha bhāvanam'ārabhitvā sīmāsambhedaṃ katvā appanā vaḍḍhetabbā.

duhitika →

bodhirasa

in bad condition, unsuitable

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

sabhayo c'eso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca sagahano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca. asappurisasevito c'eso maggo, na c'eso maggo sappurisehi sevito.

dukkha →

bodhirasa

discomfort, suffering, pain, unease, something unsatisfactory, problem, trouble

MN 4 bhayabheravasuttaṃ

so idaṃ dukkhan'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkha-samudayo'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ayaṃ dukkha-nirodho'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ

DHP 277 maggavaggo

sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā'ti, yadā paññāya passati, atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.

dukkhadhamma →

bodhirasa

misfortune, painful experience, state of suffering

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, soko? yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, soko

dukkhadomanassa →

bodhirasa

discomfort and distress, pain and stress, physical pain and mental suffering

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evañ'hi so, bhikkhave, puriso bhiyyosomattāya tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha.

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad'idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā

dukkhakkhandha →

bodhirasa

heap of suffering, mountain of suffering

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

app'eva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa antakiriyā paññāyethā'ti.

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

evam'etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti

dukkhakkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of suffering, termination of tension

SN 48.9 paṭhama vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya, sammā dukkhakkhaya-gāminiyā. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññindriyaṃ

SN 22.96 gomayapiṇḍasuttaṃ

ettako ce'pi, bhikkhu, attabhāvapaṭilābho abhavissa nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, na'y'idaṃ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.

dukkhanirodha →

bodhirasa

cessation of suffering, disappearance of suffering

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ.

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ayaṃ dukkhanirodho'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ

dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā →

bodhirasa

path of practice leading to the cessation of suffering

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ.

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ

dukkhanirodhagāminī →

bodhirasa

leading to the cessation of suffering

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ.

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ

dukkhapareta →

bodhirasa

afflicted with suffering, overcome by misery

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, otiṇṇo'mhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkh'otiṇṇo dukkhapareto.

dukkhappaṭikūla →

bodhirasa

averse to suffering, opposed to pain

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitu'kāmo amaritu'kāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo.

dukkhasamudaya →

bodhirasa

origin of suffering, source of stress

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ.

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ

dukkhasamuppāda →

bodhirasa

origin of suffering, arising of discomfort

DHP 191 buddhavaggo

dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ, ariyaṃ c'aṭṭh'aṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkh'ūpasamagāminaṃ.

dukkhasaññā →

bodhirasa

perception of difficulty, recognition of suffering

AN 6.103 ukkhittāsikasuttaṃ

cha, bhikkhave, ānisaṃse sampassamānena alam'eva bhikkhunā sabbasaṅkhāresu anodhiṃ karitvā dukkhasaññaṃ upaṭṭhāpetuṃ. katame cha?

dukkhassanta →

bodhirasa

end of suffering

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya sallakantanaṃ.

SN 6.14 aruṇavatīsuttaṃ

yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati, pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatī'ti.

dukkhassantakara →

bodhirasa

who makes an end of suffering

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

so sabbaso rāg'ānusayaṃ pahāya paṭigh'ānusayaṃ paṭivinodetvā asmī'ti diṭṭhimān'ānusayaṃ samūhanitvā avijjaṃ pahāya vijjaṃ uppādetvā diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hoti

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṃ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hotī'ti.

dukkhato →

bodhirasa

from suffering

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

evaṃ kirassa ahosi, saddhā tāva dhammaṃ sotu'kāmā gamissanti'y'eva, assaddhā'pi pana dhanalobhena gantvā dhammaṃ sutvā dukkhato muccissantī'ti.

dukkhato →

bodhirasa

as suffering

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda, dukkham'addakkhi sallato, ubhay'antarena n'āhosi, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā.

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

tesaṃ sutvāna sappaññā, sacittaṃ paccaladdhā te, aniccaṃ aniccato dakkhuṃ, dukkham'addakkhu dukkhato.

dukkhavipāka →

bodhirasa

result in suffering, with painful results

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

samitāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ kho ahaṃ idaṃ kāyena kammaṃ kattukāmo idaṃ me kāyakammaṃ attabyābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṃvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṃvatteyya, akusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākan'ti

dukkhayati →

bodhirasa

suffers pain, suffers anguish

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

bālo puttataṇhāya c'eva dhanataṇhāya ca haññati vihaññati dukkhayati

dukkhita →

bodhirasa

afflicted, miserable, suffering

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave puriso ābādhiko assa dukkhito bāḷhagilāno

AN 3.36 devadūtasuttaṃ

ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷhagilānaṃ, sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ, aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ, aññehi saṃvesiyamānan'ti?

dukkhotiṇṇa →

bodhirasa

immersed in suffering, afflicted with suffering, fallen into misery

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, otiṇṇo'mhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkh'otiṇṇo dukkhapareto.

dukkhudraya →

bodhirasa

with painful consequences, lit. yielding suffering

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

akusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākan'ti?

dukkhānupatita →

bodhirasa

afflicted with suffering, stricken by pain, fallen into misery

DHP 302 pakiṇṇakavaggo

duppabbajjaṃ durabhiramaṃ, durāvāsā gharā dukhā, dukkhosamānasaṃvāso, dukkh'ānupatit'addhagū, tasmā na c'addhagū siyā, na ca dukkh'ānupatito siyā.

dukkhūpanīta →

bodhirasa

led into suffering, drawn into difficulty, brought into misery

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā, avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā, dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti, kiṃ'sū bhavissāma ito cutāse.

dukkhūpasama →

bodhirasa

calming of suffering, relief from suffering, alleviation of suffering

DHP 191 buddhavaggo

dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ, ariyaṃ c'aṭṭh'aṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkh'ūpasama-gāminaṃ.

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

yadā ca buddhā lokasmiṃ, uppajjanti pabhaṅ'karā, te imaṃ dhammaṃ pakāsenti, dukkh'ūpasama-gāminaṃ.

dukkhūpasamagāmī →

bodhirasa

leading to the calming of suffering, leading to relief from suffering, leading to alleviation of suffering

DHP 191 buddhavaggo

dukkhaṃ dukkhasamuppādaṃ, dukkhassa ca atikkamaṃ, ariyaṃ c'aṭṭh'aṅgikaṃ maggaṃ, dukkh'ūpasamagāminaṃ.

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

yadā ca buddhā lokasmiṃ, uppajjanti pabhaṅ'karā, te imaṃ dhammaṃ pakāsenti, dukkh'ūpasamagāminaṃ.

durabhirama →

bodhirasa

difficult to enjoy, hard to find pleasure in

DHP 302 pakiṇṇakavaggo

duppabbajjaṃ durabhiramaṃ, durāvāsā gharā dukhā, dukkhosamānasaṃvāso, dukkh'ānupatit'addhagū, tasmā na c'addhagū siyā, na ca dukkh'ānupatito siyā.

dussayuga →

bodhirasa

suit of clothes, pair of garments

MN 52 aṭṭhaka nāgarasuttaṃ

ekamekañ'ca bhikkhuṃ paccekaṃ dussayugena acchādesi, āyasmantañ'ca ānandaṃ ticīvarena acchādesi, āyasmato ca ānandassa pañcasatavihāraṃ kārāpesī'ti.

duṭṭhāruka →

bodhirasa

festering sore, suppurating wound, lit. angry wound

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, duṭṭhāruko kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭito bhiyyosomattāya āsavaṃ deti.

dvārakoṭṭhaka →

bodhirasa

gateway of the surrounding wall

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṃ datvā yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami

dārabharaṇa →

bodhirasa

maintenance of a wife, supporting a family

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

siyā c'assa uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ dārabharaṇāya

dīgha →

bodhirasa

long vowel, metrically more than one measure long

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

5. aññe dīghā.

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha saresu rasseh'aññe dīghā.

dīpa →

bodhirasa

terra firma, solid ground, support, help, refuge, lit. island

DHP 25 appamādavaggo

uṭṭhānen'appamādena, saṃyamena damena ca, dīpaṃ kayirātha medhāvī, yaṃ ogho n'ābhikīrati.

SNP 65 kappa māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 10

majjhe sarasmiṃ tiṭṭhataṃ, oghe jāte mahabbhaye, jarāmaccuparetānaṃ, dīpaṃ pabrūmi kappa te.

edisa →

bodhirasa

such, with such qualities

THI 71 vacchapāla theragāthā

āsādiya edisaṃ janaṃ, aggiṃ pajjalitaṃ va liṅgiya, gaṇhiya āsīvisaṃ viya, api nu sotthi siyā khamehi no.

ekantasukha →

bodhirasa

completely comfortable, totally happy, perfectly at ease

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

te ce me evaṃ puṭṭhā, āmā'ti paṭijānanti, ty'āhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi, api pana tumhe āyasmanto ekantasukhaṃ lokaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharathā'ti? iti puṭṭhā, no'ti vadanti.

ekantasukhī →

bodhirasa

completely comfortable, totally happy, perfectly at ease

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, poṭṭhapāda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino, ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā'ti.

ekantena →

bodhirasa

certainly, surely, definitely, invariably

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

nissaṃsayena tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, mayam'p'etaṃ jānāma, yass'etāni nimittāni paññāyanti, ekantena so buddho hoti

ekaṃsa →

bodhirasa

definite, sure, straight, lit. one part

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

atthi bhikkhave pañho ekaṃsa-vyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho vibhajjavyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho paṭipucchāvyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho ṭhapanīyo

esanī →

bodhirasa

surgeon’s probe

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

tassa so bhisakko sallakatto satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikanteyya. satthena vaṇamukhaṃ parikantitvā esaniyā sallaṃ eseyya.

etaṃ →

bodhirasa

this, this thing (subject)

DHP 185 buddhavaggo

anūpavādo anūpaghāto, pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro, mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ, pantañ'ca sayanāsanaṃ, adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā'ti kho, bhikkhave, kāyagatāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. tasmā't'iha vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, kāyagatā no sati bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā'ti.

etesu →

bodhirasa

in these, among these

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcā'pi majjhe, etesu nandiñ'ca nivesanañ'ca, panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe.

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

ete vivādā samaṇesu jātā, etesu ugghāti nighāti hoti, etam'pi disvā virame kathojjaṃ, na h'añña'd'atth'atthi pasaṃsalābhā.

ettāvatagga →

bodhirasa

such is the highest, this far is the ultimate

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tad'iṅgha brūhi, ettāvat'aggaṃ nu vadanti h'eke, yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse, udāhu aññam'pi vadanti etto.

etādisa →

bodhirasa

of this kind, of this type, such as this

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

etādisāni katvāna, sabbatthamaparājitā, sabbattha sotthiṃ gacchanti, taṃ tesaṃ maṅgalam'uttaman'ti.

SNP 38 dvayatānupassanāsuttaṃ mahāvaggo 12

yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā, etādiso vinābhāvo, passa lokassa pariyāyaṃ.

evamassa →

bodhirasa

thus of one, such about one

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

so evam'assa veditabbo, āneñjasaṃyojanena hi kho visaṃyutto lok'āmis'ādhimutto purisapuggalo'ti.

evamassu vacanīyā →

bodhirasa

should be answered thus, should be replied to in this way

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃvādino, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā, yasmiṃ, āvuso, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ akālo bhāvanāya, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ kālo bhāvanāya?

evamāhaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they had said thus

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ bhikkhū evam'āhaṃsu, m'āyasmā ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamī'ti. so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno evam'āha, ime hi nāma therā bhikkhū kulāni upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññissanti, kimaṅgaṃ pan'āhan'ti?

DHPa 1.1.10 cundasūkarika vatthu

bhikkhū tassa gharadvārena gacchantā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā, sūkarasaddo'ti saññino hutvā vihāraṃ gantvā satthu santike nisinnā evamāhaṃsu.

evarūpa →

bodhirasa

of such kind, of such quality

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti, lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, yo'haṃ evarūpehi sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmī'ti

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

evarūpo bhikkhave aḍḍhakahāpaṇena'pi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇena'pi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatena'pi bandhanaṃ nigacchati.

evaṃ me sutaṃ →

bodhirasa

I heard it like this, lit. thus heard by me

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṃ nāma aṅgānaṃ nigamo.

evaṃ →

bodhirasa

thus, this, like this, just as, such

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, vedanaṃ n'ābhinandato, evaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī'ti.

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

accī yathā vātavegena khittā, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ, evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ.

evaṃdhamma →

bodhirasa

of such nature, of such character

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃsīlo evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño sālīnaṃ ce'pi piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjati vicitakāḷakaṃ anekasūpaṃ anekabyañjanaṃ, nev'assa taṃ hoti antarāyāya.

evaṃdiṭṭhī →

bodhirasa

of such view, who holds the theory that, who thinks that

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, poṭṭhapāda, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino, ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā'ti.

AN 4.183 sutasuttaṃ

ahañ'hi, bho gotama, evaṃvādī evaṃdiṭṭhī, yo koci diṭṭhaṃ bhāsati, evaṃ me diṭṭhan'ti, n'atthi tato doso

evaṃkārī →

bodhirasa

acting like this, doing such things, lit. thus doer

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco bhikkhu gāmagato vā araññagato vā labhati vattāraṃ, ayañ'ca kho āyasmā evaṃkārī evaṃsamācāro asucigāmakaṇṭako'ti.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso evaṃkārī tasmiṃ kulle kiccakārī assā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

evaṃpañña →

bodhirasa

of such wisdom

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃsīlo evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño sālīnaṃ ce'pi piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjati vicitakāḷakaṃ anekasūpaṃ anekabyañjanaṃ, nev'assa taṃ hoti antarāyāya.

evaṃrūpa →

bodhirasa

of such form, like this

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

evaṃrūpo ahosiṃ atītam'addhānan'ti, iti vā hi, bhikkhave, anussaramāno rūpaṃ'y'eva anussarati

evaṃsamācāra →

bodhirasa

behaving like this, lit. such behaviour

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco bhikkhu gāmagato vā araññagato vā labhati vattāraṃ, ayañ'ca kho āyasmā evaṃkārī evaṃsamācāro asucigāmakaṇṭako'ti.

evaṃsīla →

bodhirasa

of such virtue, of such moral excellence

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃsīlo evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño sālīnaṃ ce'pi piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjati vicitakāḷakaṃ anekasūpaṃ anekabyañjanaṃ, nev'assa taṃ hoti antarāyāya.

garuṭṭhāniya →

bodhirasa

standing in for the teacher, substituting the teacher

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatth'assa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañ'ca gāravo ca.

ghosappamāṇa →

bodhirasa

who measures by fame, appraising by reputation, who judges on the basis of fame

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasanno. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin'ti.

gilānappaccaya →

bodhirasa

support for the sick, healthcare

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yesañ'ca mayaṃ cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma, tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā

gimha →

bodhirasa

hot season, summer

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

utun'idha pana sāsane hemanta-gimha-vassānānaṃ vassena tīṇi honti. ayaṃ gimhāna utu

gimhi →

bodhirasa

hot season, summer

DHP 286 maggavaggo

idha vassaṃ vasissāmi, idha hemanta-gimhisu, iti bālo vicinteti, antarāyaṃ na bujjhati.

gimhika →

bodhirasa

hot, related to the summer season

DN 14.4 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa tayo pāsāde kārāpesi, ekaṃ vassikaṃ ekaṃ hemantikaṃ ekaṃ gimhikaṃ, pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi

VIN 4.1.7 pabbajjākathā

tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. tassa tayo pāsādā honti, eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko.

gimhāna →

bodhirasa

hot season, summer

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṃ pacchime māse ūhataṃ rajojallaṃ, tam'enaṃ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṃ pacchime māse ṭhite majjhanhike kāle marīcikā phandati.

gocara →

bodhirasa

field of work, range of activity, suitable place, suitable alms resort, lit. pasture

MN 107 gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṃ

ācāra-gocara-sampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhassu sikkhāpadesū'ti

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

ky'āssa byappathayo assu, ky'āss'assu idha gocarā, kāni sīlabbatān'āssu, pahit'attassa bhikkhuno.

gocarapasuta →

bodhirasa

looking for food, in search of grazing

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, kummo kacchapo sāyanhasamayaṃ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi. siṅgālopi kho, bhikkhave, sāyanhasamayaṃ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi.

gādhati →

bodhirasa

finds a footing, stands firmly, is well grounded, finds a support

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

kattha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati, kattha dīghañ'ca rassañ'ca, aṇuṃ thūlaṃ subhāsubhaṃ, kattha nāmañ'ca rūpañ'ca, asesaṃ uparujjhatī'ti.

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ... rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā, te suppaṭipannā. ye suppaṭipannā, te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti.

hattha →

bodhirasa

cubit, measure from elbow to finger-tip

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

puthulato pana diyaḍḍharatanaṃ dvīsu passesu ratanamatt'ānucaṅkamaṃ dīghato saṭṭhi-hatthaṃ mudutalaṃ samavippakiṇṇavālukaṃ caṅkamaṃ vaṭṭati cetiyagirimhi dīpappasādakamahindattherassa caṅkamanaṃ viya, tādisaṃ taṃ ahosi.

have →

bodhirasa

indeed, surely

DHP 103 sahassavaggo

yo sahassaṃ sahassena, saṅgāme mānuse jine, ekañ'ca jeyyam'attānaṃ, sa ve saṅgāmaj'uttamo, attā have jitaṃ seyyo, yā c'āyaṃ itarā pajā.

SN 11.4 vepacittisuttaṃ

yo have balavā santo, dubbalassa titikkhati, tam'āhu paramaṃ khantiṃ, niccaṃ khamati dubbalo.

hete →

bodhirasa

these certainly, those surely

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

sātaṃ asātañ'ca kutonidānā, kismiṃ asante na bhavanti h'ete, vibhavaṃ bhavañ'cā'pi yam'etam'atthaṃ, etaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidānaṃ.

hetukappa →

bodhirasa

suitable condition (for), appropriate cause (for)

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yassa vanathajā na santi keci, vinibandhāya bhavāya hetukappā, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

idañcidañca →

bodhirasa

such and such, this and that

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

sīghaṃ dāruādīni āharathā'ti gahapatike vatvā gāmamajjhe vuttapakāraṃ gehaṃ kārāpetvā gāmasatato paṇṇākāraṃ āharāpetvā janapadaseṭṭhino santikā dhītaraṃ ānetvā maṅgalaṃ katvā seṭṭhissa sāsanaṃ pahiṇi, idañ'c'idañca mayā katan'ti.

idaṃ kira me →

bodhirasa

it seems to me, I presume, lit. this possibly for me

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

iti yathā yathā naṃ tesu tesu janapadesu sañjānanti, idaṃ kira me āyasmanto sandhāya voharantī'ti, tathā tathā voharati aparāmasaṃ.

iddhipāda →

bodhirasa

basis for psychic power, lit. basis for success

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

cittasmiṃ vasībhūt'āmhi, iddhipādā subhāvitā, sabbabandhanamutt'āmhi, na taṃ bhāyāmi āvuso'ti.

DN 16.14 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci ānanda cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā

iddhividhā →

bodhirasa

kinds of psychic power, types of supernatural ability

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

so sace ākaṅkhati, anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhaveyyaṃ, eko'pi hutvā bahudhā assaṃ, bahudhā'pi hutvā eko assaṃ, āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ

issukī →

bodhirasa

who is jealous, who is envious

DHP 262 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na vākkaraṇamattena, vaṇṇapokkharatāya vā, sādhurūpo naro hoti, issukī maccharī saṭho.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

upanāhissa upanāho appahīno hoti, makkhissa makkho appahīno hoti, paḷāsissa paḷāso appahīno hoti, issukissa issā appahīnā hoti, maccharissa macchariyaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti

itibhavābhavakathā →

bodhirasa

such talk about existence or non-existence, talk about this or that state of existence

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

rājakathaṃ corakathaṃ mahāmattakathaṃ senākathaṃ bhayakathaṃ yuddhakathaṃ annakathaṃ pānakathaṃ vatthakathaṃ sayanakathaṃ mālākathaṃ gandhakathaṃ ñātikathaṃ yānakathaṃ gāmakathaṃ nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ sūrakathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lok'akkhāyikaṃ samudd'akkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vāti

itthabhāva →

bodhirasa

present state of existence, earthly existence, such an existence, lit. state of being here

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

ye kec'ime isayo manujā, khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ, yaññam'akappayiṃsu puthū'dha loke, āsīsamānā puṇṇaka itthabhāvaṃ, jaraṃ sitā yaññam'akappayiṃsu.

itthannāma →

bodhirasa

called so-and-so, with such-and-such a name

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

suṇātu me bhante saṅgho. yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmantaṃ (itthannāmaṃ) bhikkhuṃ vinayaṃ puccheyyaṃ.

itthatta →

bodhirasa

present state of existence, earthly existence, such an existence, lit. state of being here

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ n'āparaṃ itthattāyā'ti pajānāti

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

ye kec'ime isayo manujā, khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ, yaññam'akappayiṃsu puthū'dha loke, āsīsamānā puṇṇaka itthattaṃ, jaraṃ sitā yaññam'akappayiṃsu.

jhānapasuta →

bodhirasa

intent on meditation, devoted to meditation, engrossed in meditation

DHP 181 buddhavaggo

ye jhānapasutā dhīrā, nekkhamm'ūpasame ratā, devā'pi tesaṃ pihayanti, sambuddhānaṃ satīmataṃ.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa jhānapasuto dhīro, vanante ramito siyā, jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānam'abhitosayaṃ.

jhāyati →

bodhirasa

is burned, is on fire, is consumed

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

saṅkappehi pareto so, kapaṇo viya jhāyati, sutvā paresaṃ nigghosaṃ, maṅku hoti tathāvidho.

jimheyya →

bodhirasa

crookedness, dishonesty, subterfuge

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

yāni kho pan'assa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu.

jināti →

bodhirasa

surpasses, beats, wins (over)

DHP 354 taṇhāvaggo

sabbadānaṃ dhammadānaṃ jināti, sabbarasaṃ dhammaraso jināti, sabbaratiṃ dhammarati jināti, taṇhakkhayo sabbadukkhaṃ jināti.

jīvanta →

bodhirasa

living, surviving

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

gacchatha, tātā, pabbatapādaṃ pavisitvā jīvantā subhikkhakāle mama santikaṃ āgantu'kāmā āgacchatha, anāgantu'kāmā tattha tatth'eva jīvathā'ti.

jīvati →

bodhirasa

lives, survives

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

gacchatha, tātā, pabbatapādaṃ pavisitvā jīvantā subhikkhakāle mama santikaṃ āgantu'kāmā āgacchatha, anāgantu'kāmā tattha tatth'eva jīvathā'ti.

jīvituṃ →

bodhirasa

to live, to remain alive, to survive

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

atha naṃ piṇḍāya caritvā jīvituṃ samatthakāle sā kapālakaṃ hatthe ṭhapetvā.

jīyati →

bodhirasa

is defeated (in), is conquered (in), suffers loss (in)

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, yassa n'atthi mamāyitaṃ, asatā ca na socati, sa ve loke na jīyati.

kacci →

bodhirasa

I hope, I trust, I doubt, I suspect, I wonder

AN 3.35 hatthakasuttaṃ

kacci, bhante, bhagavā sukhamasayitthā'ti? evaṃ, kumāra, sukhamasayitthaṃ. ye ca pana loke sukhaṃ senti, ahaṃ tesaṃ aññataro'ti

kaccissu →

bodhirasa

I hope, I trust, I doubt, I suspect, I wonder

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

ye kec'ime isayo manujā, khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ, yaññam'akappayiṃsu puthū'dha loke, kacci'ssu te bhagavā yaññapathe appamattā, atāruṃ jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

ye kec'ime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ, kacci'ssu te bhagavā tattha yatā carantā, atāru jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

kallaṃ →

bodhirasa

it is suitable (to), it is proper (to), it is fit (for), lit. healthy

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

yaṃ pan'āniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ, etaṃ mama, eso'ham'asmi, eso me attā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, n'etaṃ abhavissa kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

kallaṃ vacanāya →

bodhirasa

it is suitable to say, it is correct to say

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatr'eva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā hoti brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, tasmā etaṃ kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

kama →

bodhirasa

order, sequence, succession

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

aṅguttar'aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana paṭhamaṃ veripuggalo karuṇāyitabbo, tasmiṃ cittaṃ muduṃ katvā duggato, tato piyapuggalo, tato attā'ti, ayaṃ kamo vutto.

kambalasukhuma →

bodhirasa

finest woollen goods

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ

kamma →

bodhirasa

action, deed, work (subject)

DHP 96 arahantavaggo

santaṃ tassa manaṃ hoti, santā vācā ca kamma ca, samma'd'aññā vimuttassa, upasantassa tādino.

kammaniya →

bodhirasa

ready, workable, suitable for use

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

pañc'ime, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya.

kammapaṭisaraṇa →

bodhirasa

protected by actions, supported by actions, lit. action refuge

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

kammassakomhi kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ

kammavisuddhimattano →

bodhirasa

one’s own pure deeds

DHP 16 yamakavaggo

idha modati pecca modati, katapuñño ubhayattha modati, so modati so pamodati, disvā kammavisuddhim'attano.

kammañña →

bodhirasa

ready, workable, suitable for use

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu taṃ tad'eva samāpattiṃ samāpajjati'pi vuṭṭhāti'pi, tassa mudu cittaṃ hoti kammaññaṃ. mudunā kammaññena cittena appamāṇo samādhi hoti subhāvito.

kammaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

(commentary) meditation subject, lit. place of work

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

thaddha-visama-bhūmibhāgasmiñ'hi caṅkame caṅkamantassa pādā rujjanti, phoṭā uṭṭhahanti, cittaṃ ekaggaṃ na labhati, kammaṭṭhānaṃ vipajjati.

kammaṭṭhānika →

bodhirasa

(commentary) practising a certain meditation subject

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

evam'eva karuṇā-kammaṭṭhānikena bhikkhunā sukhito'pi puggalo evaṃ karuṇāyitabbo

kantana →

bodhirasa

(act of) cutting out, excision, surgical removal

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya salla-kantanaṃ.

kappa →

bodhirasa

fitting, suitable, appropriate

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yassa vanathajā na santi keci, vinibandhāya bhavāya hetu-kappā, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

kappati →

bodhirasa

it is suitable (for), it is proper (for), it is fitting (for), it is allowable

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ jātarūparajataṃ, sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ, paṭiggaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajatan'ti!

kappitakesamassu →

bodhirasa

neatly trimmed hair and beard

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhano'yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodh'ābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano, atha kho so dubbaṇṇo'va hoti kodh'ābhibhūto.

kappiya →

bodhirasa

allowable, suitable, appropriate

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

kappiyaṃ taṃ ce chādeti, cīvaraṃ idam'atthikaṃ, alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahit'attassa bhikkhuno.

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

kappiyaṃ te khāditabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na khāditabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te bhuñjitabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na bhuñjitabbaṃ

kappāsikasukhuma →

bodhirasa

fine cotton cloth

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ

kasiravuttika →

bodhirasa

with tough existence, with difficulty in surviving

AN 4.85 tamotamasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde app'annapānabhojane kasiravuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati.

kathaṃkathī →

bodhirasa

who is confused, who is not sure, who is in doubt, lit. asking how?

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

etarahi vā paccuppannam'addhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ kathaṃkathī hoti, ahaṃ nu kho'smi? no nu kho'smi? kiṃ nu kho'smi? kathaṃ nu kho'smi? ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato? so kuhiṃ gāmī bhavissatī'ti?

SNP 60 dhotaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 5

n'āhaṃ sahissāmi pamocanāya, kathaṃkathiṃ dhotaka kañci loke, dhammañ'ca seṭṭhaṃ abhijānamāno, evaṃ tuvaṃ ogham'imaṃ taresi.

kathaṃsu →

bodhirasa

how?

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

santi loke munayo, janā vadanti ta'y'idaṃ kathaṃsu, ñāṇ'ūpapannaṃ no muniṃ vadanti, udāhu ve jīviten'ūpapannaṃ.

kaṇhasukka →

bodhirasa

black and white, dark and light

MN 75 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, māgaṇḍiya, jacc'andho puriso, so na passeyya kaṇhasukkāni rūpāni, na passeyya nīlakāni rūpāni, na passeyya pītakāni rūpāni, na passeyya lohitakāni rūpāni

kaṇṇasukha →

bodhirasa

easy on the ear, pleasant to hear

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

kaṭukapphala →

bodhirasa

with painful results, with bitter fruit

DHP 66 bālavaggo

caranti bālā dummedhā, amitten'eva attanā, karontā pāpakaṃ kammaṃ, yaṃ hoti kaṭukapphalaṃ.

kenassu →

bodhirasa

by what? with what? because of what? why?

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

kena'ssu nivuto loko, kena'ssu nappakāsati, kiss'ābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ'su tassa mahabbhayaṃ.

SN 1.62 cittasuttaṃ

kena'ssu nīyati loko, kena'ssu parikassati, kissa'ssu ekadhammassa, sabb'eva vasamanvagū'ti.

kesamassu →

bodhirasa

hair and beard

DN 19.15 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

atha kho bho mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattāhassa accayena kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji

khalu →

bodhirasa

indeed, surely

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito verañjāyaṃ viharati

THI 32 dantikā therīgāthā

disvā adantaṃ damitaṃ, manussānaṃ vasaṃ gataṃ, tato cittaṃ samādhesiṃ, khalu tāya vanaṃ gatā'ti.

khama →

bodhirasa

fit for, capable of, suitable for

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu appābādho hoti appātaṅko, samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā samannāgato n'ātisītāya n'āccuṇhāya majjhimāya padhāna-kkhamāya. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo samayo padhānāya.

khamati →

bodhirasa

seems good, is acceptable, is suitable

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

tena hi, gāmaṇi, taññ'ev'ettha paṭipucchissāmi. yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsī'ti.

AN 4.100 potaliyasuttaṃ

imesaṃ kho, potaliya, catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ katamo te puggalo khamati abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro cā'ti?

khetta →

bodhirasa

suitable place, lit. field (of merit)

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

aññena ca kevalinaṃ mahesiṃ, khīṇ'āsavaṃ kukkuccavūpasantaṃ, annena pānena upaṭṭhahassu, khettaṃ hi taṃ puññapekkhassa hotī'ti.

kho →

bodhirasa

indeed, surely, certainly, truly

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, phasso kho, āvuso, eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi, bhikkhavo'ti. bhadante'ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. bhagavā etad'avoca

khu →

bodhirasa

indeed, surely, certainly

THI 73 sumedhā therīgāthā

kāmaṃ kāmesu damassu, tāva sunakho'va saṅkhalābaddho, kāhinti khu taṃ kāmā, chātā sunakhaṃ'va caṇḍālā.

khāditabba →

bodhirasa

should be consumed, consumable

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

idaṃ te khāditabbaṃ, idaṃ te na khāditabbaṃ, idaṃ te bhuñjitabbaṃ, idaṃ te na bhuñjitabbaṃ, idaṃ te sāyitabbaṃ, idaṃ te na sāyitabbaṃ

AN 6.57 chaḷabhijātisuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, ānanda, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiko, tassa akāmakassa bilaṃ olaggeyyuṃ, idaṃ te, ambho purisa, maṃsañ'ca khāditabbaṃ, mūlañ'ca anuppadātabban'ti.

khīrapaka →

bodhirasa

suckling, nursing, lit. drinking milk

DHP 284 maggavaggo

yāva hi vanatho na chijjati, aṇumatto'pi narassa nārisu, paṭibaddhamano'va tāva so, vaccho khīrapako'va mātari.

khīṇa →

bodhirasa

consumed, spent, finished, exhausted, destroyed

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ n'āparaṃ itthattāyā'ti pajānāti

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

mamāyite passatha phandamāne, macche'va app'odake khīṇa-sote, etam'pi disvā amamo careyya, bhavesu āsattimakubbamāno.

kiṃ su →

bodhirasa

who? what? which? why?

SN 1.10 araññasuttaṃ

kiṃ su-idha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukham'āvahāti, kiṃ su have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, kathaṃ jīviṃ jīvitam'āhu seṭṭhaṃ.

kiṃsu →

bodhirasa

what?

SN 1.73 vittasuttaṃ

kiṃ'sū'dha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ'su suciṇṇo sukhamāvahati, kiṃ'su have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, kathaṃjīviṃ jīvitam'āhu seṭṭhan'ti.

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

kena'ssu nivuto loko, kena'ssu nappakāsati, kiss'ābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ'su tassa mahabbhayaṃ.

kiṃsuka →

bodhirasa

Bastard Teak, Parrot Tree, Butea Monosperma

SN 35.245 kiṃsukopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhu, purisassa kiṃsuko adiṭṭhapubbo assa. so yen'aññataro puriso kiṃsukassa dassāvī tenupasaṅkameyya.

kiṃsūdha →

bodhirasa

what here?

SN 1.73 vittasuttaṃ

kiṃ'sū'dha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ'su suciṇṇo sukhamāvahati, kiṃ'su have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, kathaṃjīviṃ jīvitam'āhu seṭṭhan'ti.

kosa →

bodhirasa

treasury, storeroom

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhanassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa kodh'ābhibhūtassa kodhaparetassa, ye'pi'ssa te honti bhogā uṭṭhānavīriy'ādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sed'āvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā, te'pi rājāno rāja-kosaṃ pavesenti kodh'ābhibhūtassa.

koseyyasukhuma →

bodhirasa

finest silk

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ

kosu nāma →

bodhirasa

who has definitely? someone has certainly

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

yehi manussā āgataṃ bhikkhuṃ na manasi karonti, tatra bhikkhussa evaṃ hoti, kosu nāma idāni maṃ imasmiṃ kule paribhindi, virattarūpā dān'ime mayi manussā'ti

koṭṭhaka →

bodhirasa

surrounding wall, fort

SN 48.44 pubbakoṭṭhakasuttaṃ

ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubba-koṭṭhake

kukkuṭasūkarā →

bodhirasa

chickens and pigs

DN 5.10 kūṭadantasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe n'eva gāvo haññiṃsu, na ajeḷakā haññiṃsu, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññiṃsu, na vividhā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjiṃsu, na rukkhā chijjiṃsu yūpatthāya, na dabbhā lūyiṃsu barihisatthāya

kula →

bodhirasa

supporter, lit. family

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

santussako ca subharo ca, appakicco ca sallahukavutti, santindriyo ca nipako ca, appagabbho kulesu ananugiddho.

kusubbha →

bodhirasa

puddle, small pool of water

SN 12.23 upanisasuttaṃ

pabbata-kandara-padara-sākhā-paripūrā kusubbhe paripūrenti, kusubbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti, mahāsobbhā paripūrā, kunnadiyo paripūrenti, kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti, mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṃ paripūrenti

kākasūra →

bodhirasa

brave as a crow, lit. heroic crow

DHP 244 malavaggo

sujīvaṃ ahirikena, kākasūrena dhaṃsinā, pakkhandinā pagabbhena, saṃkiliṭṭhena jīvitaṃ.

kāla →

bodhirasa

suitable, appropriate, right time

DHP 280 maggavaggo

uṭṭhāna-kālamhi anuṭṭhahāno, yuvā balī ālasiyaṃ upeto, saṃsannasaṅkappamano kusīto, paññāya maggaṃ alaso na vindati.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

yasmiñ'ca kho, bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.

kāladāna →

bodhirasa

suitable time for giving a gift, lit. giving time

AN 5.36 kāladānasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, bhikkhave, kāladānāni. katamāni pañca?

kālena →

bodhirasa

timely, at the right moment, at a suitable time, at the proper time

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

etesu dhammesu vineyya chandaṃ, bhikkhu satimā suvimuttacitto, kālena so sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno, ekodibhūto vihane tamaṃ so'ti.

kāma →

bodhirasa

pleasure, sensual pleasure, sexual pleasure

THI 73 sumedhā therīgāthā

kāmaṃ kāmesu damassu, tāva sunakho'va saṅkhalābaddho, kāhinti khu taṃ kāmā, chātā sunakhaṃ'va caṇḍālā.

DHP 186 buddhavaggo

na kahāpaṇavassena, titti kāmesu vijjati, app'assādā dukhā kāmā, iti viññāya paṇḍito.

kāma →

bodhirasa

(objects of) pleasure, sensual pleasure, sexual pleasure

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

satto guhāyaṃ bahun'ābhichanno, tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho, dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so, kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā.

kāmabhava →

bodhirasa

existence in the realm of sense desire, sensual existence

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

kati pan'āvuso, bhavā'ti? tayo'me, āvuso, bhavā, kāmabhavo, rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo'ti.

AN 3.66 kesamuttisuttaṃ

kāmadhātuvepakkañ'ca ānanda kammaṃ n'ābhavissa, api nu kho kāmabhavo paññāyethā'ti? no h'etaṃ bhante

kāmabhava →

bodhirasa

sensual desire and existence

SNP 64 todeyya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 9

nirāsaso so na ca āsasāno, paññāṇavā so na ca paññakappī, evam'pi todeyya muniṃ vijāna, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattan'ti.

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vedagum'ābhijaññā, akiñcanaṃ kāmabhave asattaṃ, addhā hi so ogham'imaṃ atāri, tiṇṇo ca pāraṃ akhilo akaṅkho.

kāmabhogī →

bodhirasa

who enjoys sensual pleasures

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

kāmacchanda →

bodhirasa

urge for sensual pleasure, sexual impulse

DN 22.10 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ, atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando'ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ kāmacchandaṃ, n'atthi me ajjhattaṃ kāmacchando'ti pajānāti

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

pahānaṃ kāmacchandānaṃ, domanassāna c'ūbhayaṃ, thinassa ca panūdanaṃ, kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇaṃ.

kāmadhātu →

bodhirasa

realm of desire, world of sense pleasure, lit. sensual state

AN 3.66 kesamuttisuttaṃ

kāmadhātu-vepakkañca ānanda kammaṃ n'ābhavissa, api nu kho kāmabhavo paññāyethā'ti? no h'etaṃ bhante

kāmagavesī →

bodhirasa

seeking sensual pleasure, seeking the objects of sensual pleasure

DHP 98 arahantavaggo

ramaṇīyāni araññāni, yattha na ramatī jano, vītarāgā ramissanti, na te kāmagavesino.

kāmaguṇa →

bodhirasa

object of sensual pleasure, sensual stimulation, lit. sensual strings

DN 14.4 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa tayo pāsāde kārāpesi, ekaṃ vassikaṃ ekaṃ hemantikaṃ ekaṃ gimhikaṃ, pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, ime kho, sunakkhatta, pañca kāmaguṇā.

kāmakāma →

bodhirasa

who desires sensual pleasure

DHP 83 paṇḍitavaggo

sabbattha ve sappurisā cajanti, na kāmakāmā lapayanti santo, sukhena phuṭṭhā atha vā dukhena, na ucc'āvacaṃ paṇḍitā dassayanti.

kāmapaṭisandhisukhī →

bodhirasa

who’s happiness is tied to sensual pleasure, who’s pleasure is linked to sensual desire

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yo kāmapaṭisandhisukhino somanass'ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, sadukkho eso dhammo saupaghāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho, micchāpaṭipadā.

kāmarati →

bodhirasa

delight in sensual pleasure, enjoying sex

DHP 27 appamādavaggo

mā pamādam'anuyuñjetha, mā kāmarati-santhavaṃ, appamatto hi jhāyanto, pappoti vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

API 19 uppalavaṇṇā therīapadānaṃ

sattisūl'ūpamā kāmā, khandhāsaṃ adhikuṭṭanā, yaṃ tvaṃ kāmaratiṃ brūsi, aratī dāni sā mama.

kāmaratisanthava →

bodhirasa

intimacy with the delight of sensual pleasure, close association with sexual pleasure

DHP 27 appamādavaggo

mā pamādam'anuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ, appamatto hi jhāyanto, pappoti vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

kāmarāga →

bodhirasa

passion for sensual pleasure, sensual desire, sensual pleasure

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

yasmiṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, samaye kāmarāga-pariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

evam'eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samūhanati.

kāmasaññā →

bodhirasa

perceptions of sensual pleasure

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

so vata, bhikkhave, aññatr'eva kāmehi aññatra kāmasaññāya aññatra kāmavitakkehi kāme paṭisevissatī'ti, n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

kāmasaṅkappa →

bodhirasa

intention for sensual pleasure

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, micchāsaṅkappo? kāmasaṅkappo, byāpādasaṅkappo, vihiṃsāsaṅkappo, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, micchāsaṅkappo.

kāmasukha →

bodhirasa

comfort of sense pleasures, happiness of sense pleasure

DHP 346 taṇhāvaggo

etaṃ daḷhaṃ bandhanam'āhu dhīrā, ohārinaṃ sithilaṃ duppamuñcaṃ, etam'pi chetvāna paribbajanti, anapekkhino kāmasukhaṃ pahāya.

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ puthujjanasukhaṃ anariyasukhaṃ.

kāmataṇhā →

bodhirasa

craving for sensual pleasure

DN 22.16 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatr'ābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ, kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā

kāmavitakka →

bodhirasa

sensual thought, sexual thought

MN 2.7 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ n'ādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi adhicittam'anuyuttassa bhikkhuno majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko, tam'enaṃ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti.

kāmaṃ →

bodhirasa

indeed, surely, lit. according to desire

MN 60 apaṇṇakasuttaṃ

kāmaṃ kho pana m'āhu paro loko, hotu nesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, atha ca pan'āyaṃ bhavaṃ purisapuggalo diṭṭh'eva dhamme viññūnaṃ gārayho

kāmesu gedhaṃ →

bodhirasa

greedy for sensual pleasures

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

diṭṭhiñ'ca anupaggamma, sīlavā dassanena sampanno, kāmesu vineyya gedhaṃ, na hi jātu gabbhaseyya punaretī'ti.

kāmesumicchācāra →

bodhirasa

sexual misconduct, wrong behaviour in sexual matters

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idh'assa puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato

AN 3.80 gandhajātasuttaṃ

pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

kāmesumicchācārī →

bodhirasa

adulterous, who engages in sexual misconduct

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idh'assa puriso pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko.

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kāmesumicchācārī hoti. yā tā māturakkhitā piturakkhitā mātāpiturakkhitā bhāturakkhitā bhaginirakkhitā ñātirakkhitā gottarakkhitā dhammarakkhitā sasāmikā saparidaṇḍā antamaso mālāguḷaparikkhittāpi, tathārūpāsu cārittaṃ āpajjitā hoti

kāmupādāna →

bodhirasa

grasping sensual pleasures, clinging to objects of sensual delight

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ? cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, upādānāni, kām'upādānaṃ, diṭṭh'upādānaṃ, sīlabbat'upādānaṃ, attavād'upādānaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ.

kāmāsava →

bodhirasa

effluent of sensual pleasure

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavā'pi cittaṃ vimuccati bhavāsavā'pi cittaṃ vimuccati avijjāsavā'pi cittaṃ vimuccati

kāmī →

bodhirasa

who enjoys sensual pleasure

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

sutvān'ahaṃ vīram'akāma-kāmiṃ, oghātigaṃ puṭṭhum'akāmam'āgamaṃ, santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta, yathātacchaṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

kāmūpasaṃhita →

bodhirasa

sensual, lit. connected with sensual desire, to with desire

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

pañca kho ime, sunakkhatta, kāmaguṇā. katame pañca? cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā

kāsu →

bodhirasa

pit, trench

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, aṅgāra-kāsu sādhikaporisā puṇṇā aṅgārānaṃ vītaccikānaṃ vītadhūmānaṃ

kāyasucarita →

bodhirasa

good physical conduct, virtuous bodily behaviour

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā

lahumatta →

bodhirasa

(of a vowel) quick in measure, short

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

4. lahumattā tayo rassā.

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha saresu lahumattā a, i, u iti tayo rassā.

lokuttara →

bodhirasa

supra-mundane, transcendental, lit. beyond the world

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiṃ'p'ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ vadāmi. atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā, atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīr'atthā lok'uttarā suññatappaṭisaṃyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti na sotaṃ odahissanti

lokāmisa →

bodhirasa

material pleasure, worldly pleasure, lit. meat of the world

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

ṭhānaṃ kho pan'etaṃ, sunakkhatta, vijjati yaṃ idh'ekacco purisapuggalo lokāmisa-adhimutto assa.

lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me →

bodhirasa

it’s certainly a gain for me a benefit for me, it’s my good luck my good fortune, it’s a blessing for me a great blessing

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti, lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, yo'haṃ evarūpehi sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmī'ti

lūkhappamāṇa →

bodhirasa

who measures by austerity, appraising by simplicity, who judges on the basis of asceticism, lit. measuring by roughness

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasanno. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin'ti.

maccuparāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

subject to death, lit. ending in death

SN 48.41 jarādhammasuttaṃ

yo'pi vassasataṃ jīve, so'pi maccuparāyaṇo, na kiñci parivajjeti, sabbam'ev'ābhimaddatī'ti.

maccutara →

bodhirasa

who surpasses death, who passes beyond death

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato, att'ānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā, evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī'ti.

mada →

bodhirasa

excess, pleasure, intoxication, indulgence

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ. kiṭṭh'ārakkho ca pamatto, goṇo ca kiṭṭh'ādo aduṃ kiṭṭhaṃ otaritvā yāva'd'atthaṃ madaṃ āpajjeyya pamādaṃ āpajjeyya.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

bhojane mattaññuno bhavissāma paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āharissāma n'eva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāva'd'eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya

maggaphala →

bodhirasa

path and fruit, practice and result

DHPa 1.6.4 mahākappinatthera vatthu

attano sāmike kāsāvadhare muṇḍakasīse disvā cittaṃ ekaggaṃ na bhaveyya, tena maggaphalāni pattuṃ na sakkuṇeyyuṃ. tasmā acalasaddhāya patiṭṭhitakāle tāsaṃ te bhikkhū arahattappatte'y'eva dassesi

mahapphala →

bodhirasa

of great fruit, yielding good results

DHP 356 taṇhāvaggo

tiṇadosāni khettāni, rāgadosā ayaṃ pajā, tasmā hi vītarāgesu, dinnaṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

disvāna āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ āmantesi, ānāpānassatiṃ, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvehi. ānāpānassati, rāhula, bhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā'ti.

mahapphalatara →

bodhirasa

even more fruitful (than), yielding better results (than)

SN 20.4 okkhāsuttaṃ

yo vā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ antamaso gadduhanamattam'pi mettacittaṃ bhāveyya … idaṃ tato mahapphalataraṃ.

mahiddhika →

bodhirasa

of great supernatural power, magically powerful

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

imesaṃ ce tumhe, bhikkhave, dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ upādāyupādāya kathaṃ katheyyātha, imesam'pi candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃ mahiddhikānaṃ evaṃ mahānubhāvānaṃ tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyyātha, ko pana vādo aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānan'ti!

APA 28 yasodharā therīapadānaṃ

suddhodano mahārājā, gotamī ca pajāpatī, abhiññātā mahātherā, theriyo ca mahiddhikā.

mahābrahma →

bodhirasa

Great God Almighty, Supreme Spirit

DHPa 1.5.11 jambukatthera vatthu

kiṃ pana tvaṃ mahābrahmato'pi uttaritaro'ti? āma, jambuka, ahañ'hi brahmunā'pi atibrahmā'ti

mahārāja →

bodhirasa

great king, supreme ruler

SN 3.11 sattajaṭilasuttaṃ

saṃvāsena kho mahārāja sīlaṃ veditabbaṃ

DN 2.19 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, mahārāja, puriso iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojeyya. tassa te kammantā samijjheyyuṃ.

mahāsamuddapiṭṭha →

bodhirasa

surface of the great ocean

JAa 31 kulāvaka jātakavaṇṇanā

atha te, jarasakko amhe matte katvā mahāsamuddapiṭṭhe khipitvā amhākaṃ devanagaraṃ gaṇhi, te mayaṃ tena saddhiṃ yujjhitvā amhākaṃ devanagarameva gaṇhissāmā'ti kipillikā viya thambhaṃ sineruṃ anusañcaramānā uṭṭhahiṃsu.

mamāyati →

bodhirasa

takes as “mine”, makes “mine”, treasures, cherishes

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

cakkhūhi n'eva lol'assa, gāmakathāya āvaraye sotaṃ, rase ca n'ānugijjheyya, na ca mamāyetha kiñci lokasmiṃ.

mamāyita →

bodhirasa

(something) treasured, cherished, taken as “mine”, made “mine”

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

evaṃvihārī sato appamatto, bhikkhu caraṃ hitvā mamāyitāni, jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañ'ca, idh'eva vidvā pajaheyya dukkhaṃ.

mamāyita →

bodhirasa

treasured, cherished, taken as “mine”, made “mine”

SN 12.61 assutavāsuttaṃ

dīgharattañ'h'etaṃ bhikkhave assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ mamāyitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ

manasa →

bodhirasa

intent on, set on, focused on, inclining towards, lit. with such a mind

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

niddaṃ tandiṃ sahe thīnaṃ, pamādena na saṃvase, atimāne na tiṭṭheyya, nibbāna-manaso naro.

manosucarita →

bodhirasa

good mental conduct, wholesome thought

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā

mantanā →

bodhirasa

discussion, counsel, consultation

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

etad'atthā, bhikkhave, kathā, etad'atthā mantanā, etad'atthā upanisā, etad'atthaṃ sot'āvadhānaṃ, yad'idaṃ anupādā cittassa vimokkhoti.

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

mantayamāna →

bodhirasa

discussing, consulting

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānassa

mantayati →

bodhirasa

consults, discusses, takes counsel

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

VV 53 chattamāṇavaka vimānavatthu

kim'idaṃ kusalaṃ kim'ācarema, icc'eke hi samecca mantayanti, te mayaṃ puna'r'eva laddha mānusattaṃ, paṭipannā viharemu sīlavanto.

mantayi →

bodhirasa

consulted, discussed, took counsel

DHPa 2.22.1 sundarī paribbājikā vatthu

ayaṃ pan'ettha saṅkhepo, bhagavato kira bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pañcannaṃ mahānadīnaṃ mahoghasadise lābhasakkāre uppanne hatalābhasakkārā aññatitthiyā sūriy'uggamanakāle khajjopanakā viya nippabhā hutvā ekato sannipatitvā mantayiṃsu.

manussesu →

bodhirasa

among men, among human beings

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye manussesu paccājāyanti. atha kho ete'y'eva bahutarā sattā ye aññatra manussehi paccājāyanti.

DHP 85 paṇḍitavaggo

appakā te manussesu, ye janā pāragāmino, ath'āyaṃ itarā pajā, tīram'eva anudhāvati.

maraṇamatta →

bodhirasa

deadly, close to death, near to death, lit. death measure

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

evañ'hi, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa hoti, imaṃ c'āhaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ papatissāmi, tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhan'ti

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

so rāg'ānuddhaṃsitena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ.

marīcidhamma →

bodhirasa

insubstantial, illusory, lit. mirage like nature

DHP 46 pupphavaggo

pheṇ'ūpamaṃ kāyam'imaṃ viditvā, marīcidhammaṃ abhisambudhāno, chetvāna mārassa papupphakāni, adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche.

massu →

bodhirasa

beard

DN 19.15 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

atha kho bho mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattāhassa accayena kesa-massuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji

matta →

bodhirasa

as many as, as much as, a measure of, consisting of, only as much as

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

tadā sāvatthiyaṃ satta manussakoṭiyo vasanti. tesu satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā pañca-koṭi-mattā manussā ariyasāvakā jātā, dvekoṭimattā manussā puthujjanā.

mattaso →

bodhirasa

from a measure (of), from a modicum (of)

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yassa kho, bhikkhave, ime dhammā evaṃ paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti, ayaṃ vuccati dhammānusārī, okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ, sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto, vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ

mattaññū →

bodhirasa

knowing the correct measure, knowing the limit, moderate

DHP 8 yamakavaggo

asubh'ānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu susaṃvutaṃ, bhojanamhi ca mattaññuṃ, saddhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ, taṃ ve nappasahati māro, vāto selaṃ'va pabbataṃ.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

bhojane mattaññuno bhavissāma paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āharissāma n'eva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāva'd'eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya

mattā →

bodhirasa

measure, measurement, quantity, modicum

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, n'etaṃ abhavissa kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yassa kho, bhikkhave, ime dhammā evaṃ paññāya mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti, ayaṃ vuccati dhammānusārī, okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ, sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto, vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ

mattāsukha →

bodhirasa

limited happiness, small comfort, lit. measure of ease

DHP 290 pakiṇṇakavaggo

mattāsukha-pariccāgā, passe ce vipulaṃ sukhaṃ, caje mattāsukhaṃ dhīro, sampassaṃ vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

maññati →

bodhirasa

thinks, imagines, presumes

DHP 74 bālavaggo

mam'eva kata maññantu, gihīpabbajitā ubho, mam'ev'ātivasā assu, kicc'ākiccesu kismici. iti bālassa saṅkappo, icchā māno ca vaḍḍhati.

SNP 38 dvayatānupassanāsuttaṃ mahāvaggo 12

yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā, etādiso vinābhāvo, passa lokassa pariyāyaṃ.

metteyyapañha →

bodhirasa

questions of Mettaya, a sutta in the Pārāyanavagga of the Sutta Nipāta, also known as tissametteyya-māṇava-pucchā

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

mita →

bodhirasa

measured, balanced, limited

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

ūn'ūdaro mita-āhāro, app'icchassa alolupo, sadā icchāya nicchāto, aniccho hoti nibbuto.

mitabhāṇī →

bodhirasa

who speaks in moderation, who is measured in speech

DHP 227 kodhavaggo

porāṇam'etaṃ atula, n'etaṃ ajjatanām'iva, nindanti tuṇhim'āsīnaṃ, nindanti bahubhāṇinaṃ, mitabhāṇim'pi nindanti, n'atthi loke anindito.

mitāhāra →

bodhirasa

moderate in food, limited in eating, with lean diet, lit. measured food

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

allaṃ sukkhaṃ vā bhuñjanto, na bāḷhaṃ suhito siyā, ūn'ūdaro mit'āhāro, sato bhikkhu paribbaje.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

ūn'ūdaro mit'āhāro, app'icchassa alolupo, sadā icchāya nicchāto, aniccho hoti nibbuto.

mudubhūta →

bodhirasa

become soft, pliable, supple

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti

mā ahesuṃ →

bodhirasa

may they not be, may they not exist

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

byāpannacitto hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo, ime sattā haññantu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesun'ti.

SN 22.59 anattalakkhaṇasuttaṃ

saṅkhārā ca h'idaṃ, bhikkhave, attā abhavissaṃsu, na'y'idaṃ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvatteyyuṃ, labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesun'ti.

māna →

bodhirasa

pride, conceit, egotism, lit. high opinion or measuring

DHP 74 bālavaggo

mam'eva kata maññantu, gihīpabbajitā ubho, mam'ev'ātivasā assu, kicc'ākiccesu kismici. iti bālassa saṅkappo, icchā māno ca vaḍḍhati.

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

dhonassa hi n'atthi kuhiñci loke, pakappitā diṭṭhi bhav'ābhavesu, māyañ'ca mānañ'ca pahāya dhono, sa kena gaccheyya anūpayo so.

māna →

bodhirasa

measure, measuring

DN 30.21 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

tulākūṭa kaṃsakūṭa māna-kūṭa ukkoṭana vañcana nikati sāciyoga chedana vadha bandhana viparāmosa ālopa sāhasākārā paṭivirato ahosi.

mānakūṭa →

bodhirasa

false measure, false weight

DN 30.21 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

tulākūṭa kaṃsakūṭa mānakūṭa ukkoṭana vañcana nikati sāciyoga chedana vadha bandhana viparāmosa ālopa sāhasākārā paṭivirato ahosi.

mānasa →

bodhirasa

of such mind, with such a heart

BV 2.170 sumedha patthanā kathā

ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byāthita-mānasā, mahājanā samāgamma, dīpaṅkaram'upāgamuṃ.

mīḷhasukha →

bodhirasa

filthy pleasure, lit. excrement comfort

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ puthujjanasukhaṃ anariyasukhaṃ.

na sukaraṃ →

bodhirasa

it is not easy (to)

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na sukaraṃ uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo asamayo padhānāya.

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

na kho, ānanda, sukaraṃ paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. paresaṃ, ānanda, dhammaṃ desentena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo. katame pañca?

na →

bodhirasa

(adds a question mark) surely? does one not?

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

yo so, sāriputta, ariyasāvako tathāgate ekantagato abhippasanno, na so tathāgate vā tathāgatasāsane vā kaṅkheyya vā vicikiccheyya vā'ti?

na upeti →

bodhirasa

is not fit (for), is not ready (for), is not suitable (for)

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ aniddhantaṃ anihitaṃ aninnītakasāvaṃ, na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ, na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca, na ca sammā upeti kammāya.

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

saṅkham'pi na upeti upanidhim'pi na upeti kalabhāgam'pi na upeti mahāpathaviṃ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu āropito'ti.

nakkhamati →

bodhirasa

is not acceptable, is not suitable

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yass'āyasmato khamati amhākaṃ imāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ saṅghamajjhe tiṇ'avatthārakena desanā, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, so tuṇh'assa. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

nandi →

bodhirasa

pleasure, enjoyment, delight

MN 64 mahāmālukyasuttaṃ

no ce āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpuṇāti ten'eva dhammarāgena tāya dhamma-nandiyā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko hoti tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcā'pi majjhe, etesu nandiñ'ca nivesanañca, panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe.

nandī →

bodhirasa

who takes pleasure in, who enjoys

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā samagg'ārāmo samagga-rato samagga-nandī samagga-karaṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

ākiñcaññasambhavaṃ ñatvā, nandī saṃyojanaṃ iti, evam'etaṃ abhiññāya, tato tattha vipassati, etaṃ ñāṇaṃ tathaṃ tassa, brāhmaṇassa vusīmato'ti.

nanu →

bodhirasa

surely? would? wouldn’t?

DN 16.32 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

alaṃ ānanda mā soci mā paridevi nanu etaṃ ānanda mayā paṭikacc'eva akkhātaṃ sabbeh'eva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, poṭṭhapāda, nanu evaṃ sante tassa purisassa appāṭihīrakataṃ bhāsitaṃ sampajjatī'ti? addhā kho, bhante, evaṃ sante tassa purisassa appāṭihīrakataṃ bhāsitaṃ sampajjatī'ti.

nanāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

surely this? isn’t this?

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

attani ca, bhikkhave, attaniye ca saccato thetato anupalabbhamāne, yam'pi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tath'eva ṭhassāmī'ti, nan'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, kevalo paripūro bāladhammo'ti?

nassu →

bodhirasa

won’t? surely not?

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, ucchijjissāmi nāma'ssu, vinassissāmi nāma'ssu, nassu nāma bhavissāmī'ti

nattamatta →

bodhirasa

old enough to be one’s grandson, lit. grandson measure

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma'pi anusāsāma'pi. ime pan'amhākaṃ puttamattā maññe nattamattā maññe ovaditabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññantī'ti.

nekkhammasukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of renunciation, ascetic pleasure

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idaṃ vuccati nekkhammasukhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ upasamasukhaṃ sambodhisukhaṃ. āsevitabbaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ, bahulīkātabbaṃ, na bhāyitabbaṃ etassa sukhassā'ti, vadāmi.

nibbhoga →

bodhirasa

pleasure-less, killjoy, spoilsport

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

nibbhogo bhavaṃ gotamo'ti

nicaya →

bodhirasa

provision, store, supply, accumulation, lit. collection

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

tasmā kareyya kalyāṇaṃ, nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ, puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan'ti.

nidhi →

bodhirasa

treasure, trove, hoard, lit. put down

DHP 76 paṇḍitavaggo

nidhīnaṃ'va pavattāraṃ, yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ, niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ, tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje, tādisaṃ bhajamānassa, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.

nidhānavantu →

bodhirasa

worth treasuring, worth recording(!)

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ

nigacchati →

bodhirasa

suffers, undergoes, falls (into)

DHP 69 bālavaggo

madhu'vā maññati bālo, yāva pāpaṃ na paccati, yadā ca paccati pāpaṃ, bālo dukkhaṃ nigacchati.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

idha bhikkhave ekacco aḍḍhakahāpaṇena'pi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇena'pi bandhanaṃ nigacchati, kahāpaṇasatena'pi bandhanaṃ nigacchati.

nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti →

bodhirasa

picks up the subtle signals, catches the hint, lit. takes up the sign

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti, idaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.

nippesikatā →

bodhirasa

soliciting for gain in an inappropriate way, belittling (for gain), insulting (for gain)

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, micchāājīvo? kuhanā, lapanā, nemittikatā, nippesikatā, lābhena lābhaṃ nijigisanatā, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, micchāājīvo.

nipuṇa →

bodhirasa

fine, subtle

TH 4 puṇṇa theragāthā

sabbhi'r'eva samāsetha, paṇḍiteh'atthadassibhi, atthaṃ mahantaṃ gambhīraṃ, duddasaṃ nipuṇaṃ aṇuṃ, dhīrā samadhigacchanti, appamattā vicakkhaṇā'ti.

nirodhadhamma →

bodhirasa

nature to end, subject to cessation

VIN 4.1.7 pabbajjākathā

seyyathā'pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ samma'd'eva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evam'eva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃ'y'eva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi, yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti.

SN 12.31 bhūtasuttaṃ

tad'āhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. evaṃ kho, bhante, sekkho hoti.

nisevati →

bodhirasa

pursues, indulges (in), enjoys

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

eko pubbe caritvāna, methunaṃ yo nisevati, yānaṃ bhantaṃ va taṃ loke, hīnam'āhu puthujjanaṃ.

nisevita →

bodhirasa

practised, pursued, relied on

BV 2 sumedha patthanā kathā

vicinanto tadā dakkhiṃ, dutiyaṃ sīla-pāramiṃ, pubbakehi mahesīhi, āsevita-nisevitaṃ.

nissanda →

bodhirasa

result, outcome, consequence, lit. out-flow

APA 393 pilindavaccha therāpadānaṃ

satthena vā visena vā, vihesam'pi na kubbate, antarāmaraṇaṃ n'atthi, tesaṃ nissandato mama.

nissaya →

bodhirasa

dependence, reliance, support

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno, ñāṇe'pi so nissayaṃ no karoti, sa ve viyuttesu na vaggasārī, diṭṭhim'pi so na pacceti kiñci.

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

ete ca ñatvā upanissitā'ti, ñatvā munī nissaye so vimaṃsī, ñatvā vimutto na vivādam'eti, bhav'ābhavāya na sameti dhīro'ti.

nissita →

bodhirasa

dependent (on), clung (to), attached (to), supported (by), living (on), based (on), relying (on), by means (of)

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

taṃ vā'pi ganthaṃ kusalā vadanti, yaṃ nissito passati hīnam'aññaṃ, tasmā hi diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ bhikkhu na nissayeyya.

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā m'aññaṃ, saññāvimokkhe parame'dhimutto, tiṭṭheyya so tattha anānuyāyī.

nissuta →

bodhirasa

washed away, flowed away, streamed away, vanished

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

nissuta-assa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā

nissāya →

bodhirasa

leaning (on), depending (on), being supported (by)

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

namo te puris'ājañña, namo te puris'uttama, yassa te n'ābhijānāma, yam'pi nissāya jhāyasī'ti.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yaṃnūn'āhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttareyyan'ti.

nissāya →

bodhirasa

supporting, helping

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

atha naṃ piṇḍāya caritvā jīvituṃ samatthakāle sā kapālakaṃ hatthe ṭhapetvā, tāta, mayaṃ taṃ nissāya mahādukkhaṃ pattā, idāni na sakkomi taṃ posetuṃ

nivuta →

bodhirasa

surrounded, enveloped, shrouded, veiled

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

kena'ssu nivuto loko, kena'ssu nappakāsati, kiss'ābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ'su tassa mahabbhayaṃ.

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

n'āhaṃ sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, jātijarāya nivutā'ti brūmi, ye s'īdha diṭṭhaṃ'va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vā'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, anekarūpam'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse, te ve narā oghatiṇṇā'ti brūmi.

nivārayati →

bodhirasa

prevents (from), obstructs (from), suppresses (from), restrains (from), blocks (from)

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

asappurisasevito c'eso maggo, na c'eso maggo sappurisehi sevito. na tvaṃ etaṃ arahasī'ti. tato cittaṃ nivāraye cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi.

DHP 116 pāpavaggo

abhittharetha kalyāṇe, pāpā cittaṃ nivāraye, dandhañ'hi karoto puññaṃ, pāpasmiṃ ramatī mano.

nivāresi →

bodhirasa

prevented (from), obstructed (from), suppressed (from), blocked (from)

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

devayānaṃ abhiruyha, virajaṃ so mahāpathaṃ, kāmarāgaṃ virājetvā, brahmalok'ūpago ahu, na naṃ jāti nivāresi, brahmalok'ūpapattiyā.

no →

bodhirasa

surely? didn’t you? definitely

SN 20.11 siṅgālasuttaṃ

assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā'ti

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā parittaṃ udak'āvasesaṃ udak'ādhāne ṭhapetvā āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ āmantesi, passasi no tvaṃ, rāhula, imaṃ parittaṃ udak'āvasesaṃ udak'ādhāne ṭhapitan'ti?

nu →

bodhirasa

(adds a question mark) surely? didn’t? wouldn’t? which?

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

api nu tumhe bhikkhave evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā evaṃ vadeyyātha

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā m'aññaṃ, saññāvimokkhe parame'dhimutto, tiṭṭhe nu so tattha anānuyāyī.

nābhikirati →

bodhirasa

does not wash away, does not submerge, does not flood

DHP 25 appamādavaggo

uṭṭhānen'appamādena, saṃyamena damena ca, dīpaṃ kayirātha medhāvī, yaṃ ogho n'ābhikīrati.

nābhinandanta →

bodhirasa

not delighting (in), not being pleased (with), not finding pleasure (in)

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, vedanaṃ n'ābhinandato, evaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhatī'ti.

nābhinandati →

bodhirasa

does not take delight (in), is not pleased (with), does not find pleasure (in)

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

purāṇaṃ n'ābhinandeyya, nave khantiṃ na kubbaye, hiyyamāne na soceyya, ākāsaṃ na sito siyā.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

tato ratyā vivasāne, gāmantam'abhihāraye, avhānaṃ n'ābhinandeyya, abhihārañ'ca gāmato.

nābhiramati →

bodhirasa

does not enjoy, does not delight (in), does not take pleasure (in)

AN 6.102 anavatthitasuttaṃ

sabbasaṅkhārā ca me anavatthitā khāyissanti, sabbaloke ca me mano n'ābhiramissati, sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati

nālaṃ →

bodhirasa

not suitable (for), not worth

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

sabbe dhammā n'ālaṃ abhinivesāyā'ti

nāma →

bodhirasa

certainly, truly, for sure

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya

VISM 1.1.2 sīlānisaṃsa kathā

sīlagandhasamo gandho, kuto nāma bhavissati, yo samaṃ anuvāte ca, paṭivāte ca vāyati.

nāmagotta →

bodhirasa

name and surname, name and clan

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, samaṇā sakyaputtiyā-tv'eva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti, mahāsamuddo'tv'eva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti

nāmarūpa →

bodhirasa

individual existence, individual being, mind and body, subject and object, lit. name and form

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ? vedanā, saññā, cetanā, phasso, manasikāro, idaṃ vuccati nāmaṃ. cattāro ca mahābhūtā, catunnañ'ca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ.

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, vītagedhassa brāhmaṇa, āsavā'ssa na vijjanti, yehi maccuvasaṃ vaje'ti.

nāmarūpañca →

bodhirasa

and mind and body, and individual existence, and subject and object

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

paññā c'eva sati yañ'ca nāmarūpañ'ca mārisa, etaṃ me puṭṭho pabrūhi, katthetaṃ uparujjhati.

nāmassu →

bodhirasa

surely? definitely?

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, ucchijjissāmi nāma'ssu, vinassissāmi nāma'ssu, nassu nāma bhavissāmī'ti

nānumīyati →

bodhirasa

is not measured (by), is not defined (by)

SN 22.36 dutiyāññatarabhikkhusuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, anuseti taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati. yaṃ n'ānuseti na taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ n'ānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatī'ti. aññātaṃ, bhagavā, aññātaṃ, sugatā'ti.

nānuseti →

bodhirasa

does not underlie, is not lying dormant, is not lying under the surface

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

yathā ca pana kāmehi visaṃyuttaṃ viharantaṃ taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ akathaṃkathiṃ chinnakukkuccaṃ bhav'ābhave vītataṇhaṃ saññā nānusenti, evaṃvādī kho ahaṃ, āvuso, evamakkhāyī'ti

SN 22.36 dutiyāññatarabhikkhusuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, anuseti taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati. yaṃ n'ānuseti na taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ n'ānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatī'ti. aññātaṃ, bhagavā, aññātaṃ, sugatā'ti.

nānutappati →

bodhirasa

does not regret, does not suffer remorse, lit. is not burned

DHP 68 bālavaggo

tañ'ca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā n'ānutappati, yassa patīto sumano, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.

DHP 314 nirayavaggo

akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tappati dukkaṭaṃ, katañ'ca sukataṃ seyyo, yaṃ katvā n'ānutappati.

nāsuddha →

bodhirasa

certainly did not

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

evaṃ, bhante'ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā n'āssudha koci bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamati, aññatra ekena piṇḍapātanīhārakena.

nāḷikā →

bodhirasa

measure of rice, lit. hollow bamboo tube (used as a serving measure)

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo anupubbena nāḷika-odana-paramatāya saṇṭhāsi

nūna →

bodhirasa

indeed, surely

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

te c'āpi nūna-ppajaheyyu dukkhaṃ, ye tvaṃ muni aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya, taṃ taṃ namassāmi samecca nāga, app'eva maṃ bhagavā aṭṭhitaṃ ovadeyya.

VV 52 revatī vimānavatthu

sāhaṃ nūna ito gantvā, yoniṃ laddhāna mānusiṃ, vadaññū sīlasampannā, kāhāmi kusalaṃ bahuṃ.

ogha →

bodhirasa

flood, deluge, torrent, ocean of suffering

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

tasmā jantu sadā sato, kāmāni parivajjaye, te pahāya tare oghaṃ, nāvaṃ sitvā'va pāragū'ti.

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

ākiñcaññaṃ pekkhamāno satimā, natthī'ti nissāya tarassu oghaṃ, kāme pahāya virato kathāhi, taṇhakkhayaṃ nattam'ah'ābhipassa.

ogāhetvā →

bodhirasa

having submerged (in), having immersed (in), having plunged (in)

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, gāmaṇi, puriso sappikumbhaṃ vā telakumbhaṃ vā gambhīre udakarahade ogāhetvā bhindeyya.

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

te taṃ sarasiṃ ogāhetvā soṇḍāya bhisamuḷālaṃ abbuhetvā suvikkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā akaddamaṃ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharanti.

okappeti →

bodhirasa

suspects, has a hunch, considers possible, lit. think down

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yathārūpe anāsane nisinnaṃ yathārūpe agocare carantaṃ yathārūpe pāpake mitte bhajantaṃ viññū sabrahmacārī pāpakesu ṭhānesu okappeyyuṃ, so tañ'ca anāsanaṃ tañ'ca agocaraṃ te ca pāpake mitte paṭisaṅkhā yoniso parivajjeti

olaggeti →

bodhirasa

forces (onto), pressures (onto), lit. sticks down

AN 6.57 chaḷabhijātisuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, ānanda, puriso daliddo assako anāḷhiko, tassa akāmakassa bilaṃ olaggeyyuṃ, idaṃ te, ambho purisa, maṃsañ'ca khāditabbaṃ, mūlañ'ca anuppadātabban'ti.

opilāpetvā →

bodhirasa

having immersed, having submerged (in water)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yaṃnūn'āhaṃ imaṃ kullaṃ thale vā ussādetvā udake vā opilāpetvā yena kāmaṃ pakkameyyanti.

oḷārika →

bodhirasa

course, gross, substantial, physical, material

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atīt'ānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ, n'etaṃ mama, n'eso'ham'asmi, na m'eso attā'ti evam'etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, santi adhicittam'anuyuttassa bhikkhuno oḷārikā upakkilesā kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ

paccanubhūta →

bodhirasa

experienced, suffered, undergone, met with

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

evaṃ dīgharattaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ byasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ, kaṭasī vaḍḍhitā.

paccaya →

bodhirasa

support, requisite, necessity

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ

paccaya →

bodhirasa

cause (for), supporting condition (for), precondition (for), prerequisite (for), requirement (for)

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

avijjā-paccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhāra-paccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇa-paccayā nāmarūpaṃ

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yassa darathajā na santi keci, oraṃ āgamanāya paccayāse, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

pacurattha →

bodhirasa

successful, prosperous, lit. much abundance

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ na pacurattho assā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa pacuratthatāya nandati.

pacuratthatā →

bodhirasa

success, prosperity, lit. state of much abundance

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ na pacurattho assā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa pacuratthatāya nandati.

paggahetvā →

bodhirasa

having held up, having stretched out (hands in supplication), lit. having held forward

VIN 4.4.120 aphāsukavihāra

navakena bhikkhunā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃ paggahetvā evam'assa vacanīyo

pagāḷha →

bodhirasa

immersed (in), plunged (into), sunk (into)

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

satto guhāyaṃ bahun'ābhichanno, tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho, dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so, kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā.

pahoti →

bodhirasa

is sufficient (for), is enough (for)

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so gantvā taṃ bhattaṃ pañcahi paccekabuddhasatehi saddhiṃ saṃvibhaji. taṃ tass'ānubhāvena sabbesam'pi pahoti. te olokentā'y'eva aṭṭhaṃsu.

pajjhāyanta →

bodhirasa

being downcast, brooding, being sullen, being morose, being depressed

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, uttaro māṇavo pārāsiviy'antevāsī tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

paka →

bodhirasa

drinking, suckling, nursing

DHP 284 maggavaggo

yāva hi vanatho na chijjati, aṇumatto'pi narassa nārisu, paṭibaddhamano'va tāva so, vaccho khīra-pako'va mātari.

pakatatta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) regular monk who is not suspended

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattayuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

pakkamiṃsu →

bodhirasa

they went away (from), they left

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

atha kho te bhikkhū tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ bhāsitaṃ n'eva abhinandiṃsu nappaṭikkosiṃsu, anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāy'āsanā pakkamiṃsu, bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānissāmā'ti.

pakkositvā →

bodhirasa

having called (for), having summoned

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

na vijāyatī'ti sutvā rājānaṃ disvāva vegena gehaṃ gantvā kāḷiṃ nāma dāsiṃ pakkositvā sahassaṃ datvā, gaccha je, imasmiṃ nagare upadhāretvā sahassaṃ datvā ajja jātadārakaṃ gaṇhitvā ehī'ti.

pakkosāpetvā →

bodhirasa

having had called for, having had summoned, having caused to summon

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so aparena samayena chātakabhaye sampatte yathānikkhittaṃ dhaññaṃ paribhuñjanto koṭṭhesu ca cāṭiādīsu ca nikkhittadhaññe parikkhīṇe parijane pakkosāpetvā āha.

JAa 126 asilakkhaṇa jātakavaṇṇanā

rājā'pi amacce pakkosāpetvā, mayhaṃ bhāgineyyo'pi imassa rajjassa sāmiko'va, dhītaraṃ etass'eva datvā abhisekam'assa karomī'ti.

pala →

bodhirasa

metal weight, measure of metal

TH 97 tissa theragāthā

hitvā sata-palaṃ kaṃsaṃ, sovaṇṇaṃ satarājikaṃ, aggahiṃ mattikāpattaṃ, idaṃ dutiyābhisecanan'ti.

palipanna →

bodhirasa

stuck (in), immersed (in), sunk (into)

MN 8 sallekhasuttaṃ

so vata, cunda, attanā palipa-palipanno paraṃ palipa-palipannaṃ uddharissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. so vata, cunda, attanā a-palipa-palipanno paraṃ palipa-palipannaṃ uddharissatīti ṭhānam'etaṃ vijjati

AN 3.36 devadūtasuttaṃ

ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷhagilānaṃ, sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ, aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ, aññehi saṃvesiyamānan'ti?

pamāya →

bodhirasa

measuring, evaluating, appraising

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

vinicchaye ṭhatvā sayaṃ pamāya, uddhaṃ sa lokasmiṃ vivādam'eti, hitvāna sabbāni vinicchayāni, na medhagaṃ kubbati jantu loke'ti.

pamāṇa →

bodhirasa

measuring by, appraising by, judging by

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

rūpa-ppamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosa-ppamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkha-ppamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhamma-ppamāṇo dhammappasanno. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin'ti.

pamāṇa →

bodhirasa

measure, measurement, length, size

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katamo c'āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ek'atthā byañjanam'eva nānaṃ? rāgo kho, āvuso, pamāṇa-karaṇo, doso pamāṇa-karaṇo, moho pamāṇa-karaṇo.

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

atthaṅ'gatassa na pamāṇam'atthi, yena naṃ vajjuṃ taṃ tassa n'atthi, sabbesu dhammesu samohatesu, samūhatā vādapathā'pi sabbe'ti.

pamāṇakaraṇa →

bodhirasa

limits the mind, lit. measure-making

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katamo c'āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ek'atthā byañjanam'eva nānaṃ? rāgo kho, āvuso, pamāṇakaraṇo, doso pamāṇakaraṇo, moho pamāṇakaraṇo.

pamāṇi →

bodhirasa

measured (by), judged (by), appraised (by)

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

ye ca rūpe pamāṇiṃsu, ye ca ghosena anvagū, chandarāgavas'ūpetā, n'ābhijānanti te janā.

panāssu →

bodhirasa

and they could be, or they may be

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yassa ca pana me bhāsitassa atthaṃ na ājāneyyātha, ahaṃ vo tattha paṭipucchitabbo, ye vā pan'āssu viyattā bhikkhū.

parama →

bodhirasa

very highest, very worst, ultimate, superior, sublime, most extreme, lit. furthest

DN 16.27 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yo kho ānanda bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati paramāya pūjāya

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

yam'āhu dhammaṃ paraman'ti eke, tam'eva hīnan'ti pan'āhu aññe, sacco nu vādo katamo imesaṃ, sabb'eva h'īme kusalā vadānā.

paramuggahīta →

bodhirasa

grasped as supreme, held to be the highest, taken as best

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

sīm'ātigo brāhmaṇo tassa n'atthi, ñatvā va disvā va samuggahītaṃ, na rāgarāgī na virāgaratto, tass'īdha natthī param'uggahītan'ti.

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

visenikatvā pana ye caranti, diṭṭhīhi diṭṭhiṃ avirujjhamānā, tesu tvaṃ kiṃ labhetho pasūra, yes'īdha natthī param'uggahītaṃ.

parapaṭibaddha →

bodhirasa

dependent on others, bound to other people, supported by others

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

parapaṭibaddhā me jīvikā'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ.

pareta →

bodhirasa

filled, suffused, lit. overcome

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā sneha-paretā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī

paribhava →

bodhirasa

insult, disrespect, disparagement

AN 5.165 pañhapucchāsuttaṃ

mandattā momūhattā paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati, pāpiccho icchāpakato paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati, paribhavaṃ paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati, aññātu'kāmo paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati

paribhavaṃ →

bodhirasa

insultingly, disrespectfully, disparagingly

AN 5.165 pañhapucchāsuttaṃ

mandattā momūhattā paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati, pāpiccho icchāpakato paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati, paribhavaṃ paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati, aññātu'kāmo paraṃ pañhaṃ pucchati

paribhutta →

bodhirasa

consumed, eaten, enjoyed

AN 1.601 amatavaggo

amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, aparibhuttaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati aparibhuttā. amataṃ tesaṃ, bhikkhave, paribhuttaṃ yesaṃ kāyagatāsati paribhuttā'ti

paribhuñjanta →

bodhirasa

eating, using, consuming, enjoying

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so aparena samayena chātakabhaye sampatte yathānikkhittaṃ dhaññaṃ paribhuñjanto koṭṭhesu ca cāṭiādīsu ca nikkhittadhaññe parikkhīṇe parijane pakkosāpetvā āha.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

kiñcā'pi so tāni khādanto c'eva paribhuñjanto ca sukhito bhogasamappito viya gacchati, atha kho taṃ n'eva koci, sukhito ayaṃ mahābhogo'ti maññati

paribhuñjati →

bodhirasa

eats, uses, consumes, enjoys

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

yesañ'ca mayaṃ cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

tesaṃ gihī pasannākāraṃ karonti. te taṃ lābhaṃ agadhitā amucchitā anajjhopannā ādīnavadassāvino nissaraṇapaññā paribhuñjanti.

paribhuñji →

bodhirasa

ate, used, consumed, enjoyed

DHPa 2.24.11 aputtakaseṭṭhi vatthu

rājā satthu vacanaṃ sutvā aho bhante bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ ettake nāma bhoge vijjamāne n'eva attanā paribhuñji na tumhādise buddhe dhuravihāre viharante puññakammaṃ akāsī'ti āha

paribhāsa →

bodhirasa

abuse, revilement, insult

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne aññamaññaṃ akkosā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ paribhāsā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ parikkhepā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ pariccajā ca honti.

paribhāsati →

bodhirasa

abuses, reviles, insults

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo buddhaṃ paribhāsati, atha vā tassa sāvakaṃ, paribbājaṃ gahaṭṭhaṃ vā, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo ajjhupekkhitabbo na sevitabbo na bhajitabbo na payirupāsitabbo. taṃ kissa hetu? akkoseyya'pi maṃ paribhāseyya'pi maṃ anattham'pi maṃ kareyyā'ti.

pariggahetvā →

bodhirasa

having mastered, having taken up (a meditation subject)

MNa 36 mahāsaccaka sutavaṇṇanā

bodhisatto ito cito ca olokento kañci adisvā vegena uṭṭhāya pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ānāpāne pariggahetvā paṭhamajjhānaṃ nibbattesi.

parijana →

bodhirasa

followers, retinue, entourage, surrounding company, lit. people around

VINa 1.2.3 tatiyasaṅgīti kathā

appossukko tvaṃ mahārāja vīthiyo sodhāpetvā … sa-parijano uposathaṃ samādiyitvā … sāyanhasamaye mahānāgavanuyyānābhimukho yāhi addhā tasmiṃ ṭhāne dhātuyo lacchasī'ti

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so aparena samayena chātakabhaye sampatte yathānikkhittaṃ dhaññaṃ paribhuñjanto koṭṭhesu ca cāṭiādīsu ca nikkhittadhaññe parikkhīṇe parijane pakkosāpetvā āha.

parikkhepa →

bodhirasa

surrounding, encircling

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

tassa heṭṭhābhāgaṃ sodhāpetvā pākāra-parikkhepaṃ kārāpetvā vālukaṃ okirāpetvā dhajapaṭākaṃ ussāpetvā vanappatiṃ alaṅkaritvā añjaliṃ karitvā, sace puttaṃ vā dhītaraṃ vā labheyyaṃ, tumhākaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ karissāmī'ti patthanaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

parikkhepa →

bodhirasa

ganging up on, hurling abuse, throwing insults lit. surrounding

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, bhinne aññamaññaṃ akkosā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ paribhāsā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ parikkhepā ca honti, aññamaññaṃ pariccajā ca honti.

parikkhīṇa →

bodhirasa

exhausted, consumed, used up

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yv'āyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato tassa kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu parikkhīṇo, usmā vūpasantā, indriyāni paribhinnāni.

DHP 93 arahantavaggo

yass'āsavā parikkhīṇā, āhāre ca anissito, suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yassa gocaro, ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, padaṃ tassa durannayaṃ.

paripūra →

bodhirasa

filled, suffused, pervaded

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni

paripūreti →

bodhirasa

fills up, suffuses, lit. causes to fill

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so imam'eva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, n'āssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti

parirundhati →

bodhirasa

surrounds, besieges

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo hanti parirundhati, gāmāni nigamāni ca, niggāhako samaññāto, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

parisaṅkā →

bodhirasa

suspicion

VIN 4.4.120 aphāsukavihāra

saṅghaṃ, bhante, pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. passanto paṭikarissāmi

parisuddha →

bodhirasa

clean, pure, bright

AN 10.51 sacittasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte acche vā udakapatte sakaṃ mukhanimittaṃ paccavekkhamāno

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

vippasannāni kho te, gahapati, indriyāni, parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto.

parisuddha →

bodhirasa

become pure, cleansed, brightened

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, vatthaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ malaggahitaṃ acchodakaṃ āgamma parisuddhaṃ hoti pariyodātaṃ, ukkāmukhaṃ vā panāgamma jātarūpaṃ parisuddhaṃ hoti pariyodātaṃ.

parisuddhatta →

bodhirasa

(state of) purity, cleanliness

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? parisuddhattā, bhikkhave, vatthassa. evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, citte asaṃkiliṭṭhe, sugati pāṭikaṅkhā.

parisuddhavaṇṇa →

bodhirasa

clean in colour

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ rajako yasmiṃ yasmiṃ raṅgajāte upasaṃhareyya, yadi nīlakāya yadi pītakāya yadi lohitakāya yadi mañjiṭṭhakāya, surattavaṇṇamevassa parisuddhavaṇṇam'evassa.

parisuddhi →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) purity, innocence

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

chanda-parisuddhi, utukkhānaṃ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca, ovādo, uposathassa etāni, pubbakiccan'ti vuccati.

parisujjhati →

bodhirasa

is purified, is cleaned

SN 1.6 jāgarasuttaṃ

kati jāgarataṃ suttā, kati suttesu jāgarā, katīhi rajaṃ ādeti, katīhi parisujjhatī'ti.

parisussati →

bodhirasa

dries up, withers up, shrivels up

JA 293 kāyanibbinda jātakaṃ

phuṭṭhassa me aññatarena byādhinā, rogena bāḷhaṃ dukhitassa ruppato, parisussati khippam'idaṃ kaḷevaraṃ, pupphaṃ yathā paṃsuni ātape kataṃ.

parivuta →

bodhirasa

surrounded, accompanied

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena āyasmā udāyī mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaṃ desento nisinno hoti.

DNa 16.14 mahāparinibbāna suttavaṇṇanā

bhagavā mahābhikkhusaṅgha-parivuto rājagahaṃ agamāsi. tattha gatakāle mahāmoggallānatthero parinibbāyi

pariyanta →

bodhirasa

enclosed with, surrounded by, encircled by

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam'eva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā taca-pariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati

pariyādinna →

bodhirasa

is used up, is exhausted, is consumed

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ evam'assa, amhākaṃ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādinnā

pariyādiṇṇa →

bodhirasa

is used up, is exhausted, is consumed

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ evam'assa, amhākaṃ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā

pariyādāna →

bodhirasa

using up, exhaustion, consumption, depletion

DN 1.21 brahmajālasuttaṃ

yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati tāva naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvita-pariyādānā na naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā'ti

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

thāmavā hoti yāva jīvitamaraṇa-pariyādānā thāmaṃ upadaṃsetā.

pariḍayhati →

bodhirasa

is burnt, is consumed

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, yena ca santappati yena ca jīrīyati yena ca pariḍayhati yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā tejodhātu.

parovara →

bodhirasa

high and low, superior and inferior, all kinds of

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

saṅkhāya lokasmi parovarāni, yass'iñjitaṃ n'atthi kuhiñci loke, santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaran'ti brūmī'ti.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

virato methunā dhammā, hitvā kāme parovare, aviruddho asāratto, pāṇesu tasathāvare.

parādhīna →

bodhirasa

belonging to another, subject to another

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave puriso dāso assa anattādhīno parādhīno na yenakāmaṃgamo

parāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

finding support in, depending on, relying on

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ bhabbo etarahi, kāmāni paṭisevituṃ, anivatti bhavissāmi, brahmacariya-parāyaṇo'ti.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

alīnacitto ca siyā, na c'āpi bahu cintaye, nirāmagandho asito, brahmacariya-parāyaṇo.

pasu →

bodhirasa

domestic animal, livestock, farm animal

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

na tassa puttā pasavo, khettaṃ vatthuñ'ca vijjati, attā vā'pi nirattā vā, na tasmiṃ upalabbhati.

pasuta →

bodhirasa

looking (for), engaged (in), engrossed (by), occupied (with), pursuing

DHP 166 attavaggo

atta'd'atthaṃ par'atthena, bahunā'pi na hāpaye, atta'd'attham'abhiññāya, sadattha-pasuto siyā.

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, kummo kacchapo sāyanhasamayaṃ anunadītīre gocara-pasuto ahosi. siṅgālopi kho, bhikkhave, sāyanhasamayaṃ anunadītīre gocara-pasuto ahosi.

pasādana →

bodhirasa

inspiration, pleasure, what pleases one, what makes one happy

DHP 249 malavaggo

dadāti ve yathāsaddhaṃ, yathā-pasādanaṃ jano, tattha yo maṅku bhavati, paresaṃ pānabhojane, na so divā vā rattiṃ vā, samādhim'adhigacchati.

patirūpa →

bodhirasa

suitable, proper, appropriate

DHP 158 attavaggo

attānam'eva paṭhamaṃ, patirūpe nivesaye, ath'aññam'anusāseyya, na kilisseyya paṇḍito.

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

patirūpa-desavāso ca, pubbe ca katapuññatā, attasammāpaṇidhi ca, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

patiṭṭhita →

bodhirasa

firmly grounded, well established, supported

AN 4.37 aparihāniyasuttaṃ

sīle patiṭṭhito bhikkhu, indriyesu ca saṃvuto, bhojanamhi ca mattaññū, jāgariyaṃ anuyuñjati.

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kūṭ'āgāre vā kūṭ'āgārasālāyaṃ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kv'āssa patiṭṭhitā'ti? pacchimāyaṃ, bhante, bhittiyan'ti.

patiṭṭhā →

bodhirasa

support, foundation, help

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

tasmā kareyya kalyāṇaṃ, nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ, puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan'ti.

AN 5.36 kāladānasuttaṃ

tasmā dade appaṭivānacitto, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan'ti.

patta yutta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) suitable, desirable, lit. arrived at suitability

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

pattakalla →

bodhirasa

suitable (for), befitting (for), agreeable (to)

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasameyya, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

pattakallan'ti vuccati' kiṃ? saṅghassa uposathakammaṃ imehi catūhi lakkhaṇehi saṅghahitaṃ pattakallan'ti vuccati. pattakallavantan'ti akkhātaṃ.

pattha →

bodhirasa

(of grain) measure

APA 421 patthodanadāyaka therāpadānaṃ

vanacārī pure āsiṃ, satataṃ vanakammiko, pattha-odanaṃ gahetvāna, kammantaṃ agamās'ahaṃ.

patthodana →

bodhirasa

measure of rice

APA 421 patthodanadāyaka therāpadānaṃ

vanacārī pure āsiṃ, satataṃ vanakammiko, patth'odanaṃ gahetvāna, kammantaṃ agamās'ahaṃ.

pavivekasukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of solitude, happiness of being alone

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idaṃ vuccati nekkhammasukhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ upasamasukhaṃ sambodhisukhaṃ. āsevitabbaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ, bahulīkātabbaṃ, na bhāyitabbaṃ etassa sukhassā'ti, vadāmi.

pañcakāmaguṇika →

bodhirasa

five strings of sensual desire, five kinds of sensual stimulation

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

kabaḷīkāre, bhikkhave, āhāre pariññāte pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo pariññāto hoti

pañcasu →

bodhirasa

in five, among five

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano chasu phass'āyatanesu asaṃvutakārī pañcasu kāmaguṇesu yāva'd'atthaṃ madaṃ āpajjati pamādaṃ āpajjati.

AN 5.114 andhakavindasuttaṃ

ye te, ānanda, bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ, te vo, ānanda, bhikkhū pañcasu dhammesu samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā

pañcindriyāni →

bodhirasa

five faculties (confidence, effort, mindfulness, mental composure and understanding)

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano, tatr'imāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañc'indriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

ekadhamme patiṭṭhitassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pañc'indriyāni bhāvitāni honti subhāvitāni. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? appamāde.

paññuttara →

bodhirasa

overseen by wisdom, supervised by understanding, lit. wisdom is superior

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

samādhippamukhā sabbe dhammā, sat'ādhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, paññ'uttarā sabbe dhammā, vimuttisārā sabbe dhammā, amat'ogadhā sabbe dhammā, nibbānapariyosānā sabbe dhammā'ti.

paññāvimuttiphala →

bodhirasa

with liberation by understanding as fruit, with emancipation by insight as result

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katihi pan'āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā cā'ti?

paññāvimuttiphalānisaṃsa →

bodhirasa

with liberation by understanding as fruit and benefit, with emancipation by insight as result and advantage

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katihi pan'āvuso, aṅgehi anuggahitā sammādiṭṭhi cetovimuttiphalā ca hoti cetovimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā ca, paññāvimuttiphalā ca hoti paññāvimuttiphal'ānisaṃsā cā'ti?

paṃsu →

bodhirasa

dust, dirt

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā parittaṃ nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsuṃ āropetvā bhikkhū āmantesi.

JA 293 kāyanibbinda jātakaṃ

phuṭṭhassa me aññatarena byādhinā, rogena bāḷhaṃ dukhitassa ruppato, parisussati khippam'idaṃ kaḷevaraṃ, pupphaṃ yathā paṃsuni ātape kataṃ.

paṃsudhovaka →

bodhirasa

dirt washer, dirt cleaner

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

santi, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa oḷārikā upakkilesā paṃsuvālukā sakkharakaṭhalā. tam'enaṃ paṃsudhovako vā paṃsudhovak'antevāsī vā doṇiyaṃ ākiritvā dhovati sandhovati niddhovati.

paṃsuka →

bodhirasa

soil, dirt

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

so tattha allāni c'eva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañ'ca dadeyya, paṃsukena ca okireyya.

paṃsukūla →

bodhirasa

(cloth from a) rubbish heap

TH 261 mahākassapa theragāthā

anuddhato acapalo, nipako saṃvutindriyo, sobhati paṃsukūlena, sīho'va girigabbhare.

paṃsukūlacīvara →

bodhirasa

rag robe, lit. rubbish heap robe

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ te paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa

paṃsuni →

bodhirasa

in dust

JA 293 kāyanibbinda jātakaṃ

phuṭṭhassa me aññatarena byādhinā, rogena bāḷhaṃ dukhitassa ruppato, parisussati khippam'idaṃ kaḷevaraṃ, pupphaṃ yathā paṃsuni ātape kataṃ.

paṃsuvālukā →

bodhirasa

dirt and sand, dust and gravel

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

santi, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa oḷārikā upakkilesā paṃsuvālukā sakkharakaṭhalā. tam'enaṃ paṃsudhovako vā paṃsudhovak'antevāsī vā doṇiyaṃ ākiritvā dhovati sandhovati niddhovati.

paṇīta →

bodhirasa

excellent, superior, sublime, fine, refined, lit. brought forward

AN 3.66 kesamuttisuttaṃ

iti kho ānanda kammaṃ khettaṃ, viññāṇaṃ bījaṃ, taṇhā sneho. avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ paṇītāya dhātuyā viññāṇaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ evaṃ āyatiṃ punabbhav'ābhinibbatti hoti

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ'y'eva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. so hoti samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhiladdho ekodibhāvādhigato na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato.

paṇītametaṃ →

bodhirasa

this is sublime, this is refined

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

avijjāya tv'eva tamokāyassa asesavirāganirodho, santam'etaṃ padaṃ paṇītam'etaṃ padaṃ, yad'idaṃ, sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabb'ūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ.

paṇītatara →

bodhirasa

more sublime (than), more refined (than), more delicious (than)

AN 10.22 adhivuttipadasuttaṃ

etad'ānuttariyaṃ ānanda ñāṇānaṃ yad'idaṃ tattha tattha yathābhūtañāṇaṃ. etasmā c'āhaṃ ānanda ñāṇā aññaṃ ñāṇaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā natthī'ti vadāmi

DN 2.20 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

idam'pi kho, mahārāja, sandiṭṭhikaṃ sāmaññaphalaṃ purimehi sandiṭṭhikehi sāmaññaphalehi abhikkantatarañ'ca paṇītatarañ'ca.

paṭibaddha →

bodhirasa

connected (to), bound (to), tied up (with), supported (by), dependent (on), lit. bound (onto)

DN 2.24 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

ayaṃ kho me kāyo rūpī cātumahābhūtiko mātā-pettika-sambhavo odana-kummāsa-upacayo anicc'ucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaṃsana-dhammo, idañ'ca pana me viññāṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paṭibaddhan'ti

paṭibandha →

bodhirasa

connected (to), bound (to), tied up (with), supported (by), dependent (on)

UD 16 gabbhinīsuttaṃ

sukhino vata ye akiñcanā, vedaguno hi janā akiñcanā, sakiñcanaṃ passa vihaññamānaṃ, jano janasmiṃ paṭibandha-citto.

paṭicca →

bodhirasa

depending (on), contingent (upon), relying (on), because (of), supported (by), on account (of)

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

yaṃ rūpaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ rūpassa assādo. yaṃ rūpaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo.

AN 3.62 titthāyatanādisuttaṃ

iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idam'etaṃ paṭicca vuttan'ti.

paṭippassaddha →

bodhirasa

totally subsided, internally settled, completely calmed

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yv'āyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato tassa kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu parikkhīṇo, usmā vūpasantā, indriyāni paribhinnāni.

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate ath'āparaṃ dhammavitakk'āvasissati. so hoti samādhi na c'eva santo na ca paṇīto na paṭippassaddha-laddho na ekodibhāvādhigato sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato hoti.

paṭisallānasāruppa →

bodhirasa

suitable for seclusion

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

yāni ca kho tāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussa-rāhaseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni tathārūpehi senāsanehi saṃsaggaṃ vaṇṇayāmī'ti

paṭisaraṇa →

bodhirasa

recourse, reliance, support, dependence (on)

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

imesaṃ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ nānāvisayānaṃ nānāgocarānaṃ, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontānaṃ, kiṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ, ko ca nesaṃ gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhotī'ti?

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

manassa pana, bho gotama, kiṃ paṭisaraṇan'ti? manassa kho, brāhmaṇa, sati paṭisaraṇan'ti. satiyā pana, bho gotama, kiṃ paṭisaraṇan'ti? satiyā kho, brāhmaṇa, vimutti paṭisaraṇan'ti.

paṭisevati →

bodhirasa

experiences, enjoys, suffers, reaps

DHP 67 bālavaggo

na taṃ kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā anutappati, yassa assumukho rodaṃ, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.

DHP 68 bālavaggo

tañ'ca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā n'ānutappati, yassa patīto sumano, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.

paṭissutvā →

bodhirasa

having agreed, having responded in agreement

SN 21.10 theranāmakasuttaṃ

evam'āvuso'ti kho āyasmā thero tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekam'antaṃ nisīdi.

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

evaṃ, bhante'ti kho āyasmā soṇo bhagavato paṭissutvā soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sabbān'eva sarena abhaṇi.

paṭissuṇi →

bodhirasa

promised

VIN 4.8.205 rājagahaseṭṭhi vatthu

sacc'āhaṃ, ācariya, paṭissuṇiṃ, ap'āhaṃ marissāmi, n'āhaṃ sakkomi ekena passena sattamāse nipajjitun'ti

paṭissuṇāti →

bodhirasa

agrees, assents (to)

VIN 1.4.2.5 nisīdanasanthata sikkhāpadaṃ

sace me paṭissuṇāti upasampādemi, no ce me paṭissuṇāti na upasampādemi

paṭisūra →

bodhirasa

rival, opponent, adversary

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

sūro yathā rājakhādāya puṭṭho, abhigajjam'eti paṭisūram'icchaṃ, yen'eva so tena palehi sūra, pubb'eva n'atthi yad'idaṃ yudhāya.

pesuñña →

bodhirasa

divisive speech, slander, defamation, denigration, back-biting

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

es'ev'anto daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuvaṃ-pesuñña-musāvādānaṃ

pesuṇa →

bodhirasa

divisive speech, slander, defamation, denigration, back-biting

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

kutopahūtā kalahā vivādā, paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca, mān'ātimānā saha-pesuṇā ca, kutopahūtā te tad'iṅgha brūhi.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

sacco siyā appagabbho, amāyo ritta-pesuṇo, akkodhano lobhapāpaṃ, vevicchaṃ vitare muni.

pesuṇeyya →

bodhirasa

divisive speech, slander, defamation, denigration, back-biting

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

patilīno akuhako, apihālu amaccharī, appagabbho ajeguccho, pesuṇeyye ca no yuto.

pesuṇiya →

bodhirasa

divisive speech, slander, defamation, denigration, back-biting

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

nindāya nappavedheyya, na uṇṇameyya pasaṃsito bhikkhu, lobhaṃ saha macchariyena, kodhaṃ pesuṇiyañ'ca panudeyya.

phala →

bodhirasa

consequence, result, lit. fruit

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano atthi dinnaṃ atthi yiṭṭhaṃ atthi hutaṃ atthi sukaṭadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

appañ'hi etaṃ na alaṃ samāya, duve vivādassa phalāni brūmi, etam'pi disvā na vivādayetha, khem'ābhipassaṃ avivādabhūmiṃ.

phalaka →

bodhirasa

board, plank, surface

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ahu kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ ānakassa mudiṅgassa porāṇaṃ pokkhara-phalakaṃ antaradhāyi, āṇisaṅghāṭo'va avasissi.

pharasu →

bodhirasa

axe, hatchet

SN 56.35 sattisatasuttaṃ

anamataggo'yaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃsāro. pubbā koṭi nappaññāyati sattippahārānaṃ asippahārānaṃ usuppahārānaṃ pharasu-ppahārānaṃ

pharati →

bodhirasa

spreads, pervades, suffuses, fills

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

kathañ'ca bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati? seyyathā'pi nāma ekaṃ puggalaṃ duggataṃ durūpetaṃ disvā karuṇāyeyya, evam'eva sabbasatte karuṇāya pharatī'ti

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

yathā'pi udakaṃ nāma, kalyāṇe pāpake jane, samaṃ pharati sītena, pavāheti rajomalaṃ.

pharaṇa →

bodhirasa

pervasion, infusion, suffusion, filling

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

tato paraṃ, pañcah'ākārehi anodhiso-pharaṇā sattah'ākārehi odhiso-pharaṇā dasah'ākārehi disā-pharaṇā'ti ayaṃ vikubbanā, sukhaṃ supatī'tiādayo ānisaṃsā ca mettāyaṃ vuttanayen'eva veditabbā'ti.

pharitvā →

bodhirasa

having suffused, having pervaded, having filled

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so imam'eva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

so mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ.

phuṭa →

bodhirasa

permeated (with), pervaded (with), suffused (with), filled (with)

DHP 218 piyavaggo

chandajāto anakkhāte, manasā ca phuṭo siyā, kāmesu ca appaṭibaddhacitto, uddhaṃsoto'ti vuccati.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī

phuṭṭha →

bodhirasa

afflicted (with), suffering (from), lit. touched (by)

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

eso kho, bhikkhave, jarasiṅgālo ukkaṇḍakena nāma rogajātena phuṭṭho. so yena yena icchati tena tena gacchati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha tiṭṭhati.

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, soko? yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, soko

phāsu →

bodhirasa

easy, comfortable, pleasant

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāma navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāma yātrā ca no bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsu vihāro cā'ti

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

jiṇṇo'ham'asmi abalo vītavaṇṇo, nettā na suddhā savanaṃ na phāsu, m'āhaṃ nassaṃ momuho antarāva, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

phāsu →

bodhirasa

ease, comfort

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

vijigucchamānassa yad'idaṃ phāsu, ritt'āsanaṃ sayanaṃ sevato ce, sambodhikāmassa yath'ānudhammaṃ, taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ.

phāsukā →

bodhirasa

rib

DN 22.7 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

aññena hatthaṭṭhikaṃ aññena pādaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gopphakaṭṭhikaṃ aññena jaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ aññena ūruṭṭhikaṃ aññena kaṭiṭṭhikaṃ aññena phāsuka-aṭṭhikaṃ aññena piṭṭhiṭṭhikaṃ aññena khandhaṭṭhikaṃ aññena gīvaṭṭhikaṃ aññena hanukaṭṭhikaṃ aññena dantaṭṭhikaṃ aññena sīsakaṭāhaṃ

phāsukā →

bodhirasa

rafter, beam, lit. rib

DHP 154 jarāvaggo

gahakāraka diṭṭho'si, puna gehaṃ na kāhasi, sabbā te phāsukā bhaggā, gahakūṭaṃ visaṅkhataṃ, visaṅkhāragataṃ cittaṃ, taṇhānaṃ khayam'ajjhagā.

phāsuvihāra →

bodhirasa

comfortable existence, easy living, living in comfort

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

imamhā ca mayaṃ, bhante, phāsuvihārā aññaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na samanupassāmā'ti

MN 65 bhaddālisuttaṃ

etha, tumhe'pi, bhikkhave, ekāsanabhojanaṃ bhuñjatha. ekāsanabhojanaṃ kho, bhikkhave, tumhe'pi bhuñjamānā app'ābādhatañ'ca sañjānissatha app'ātaṅkatañ'ca lahuṭṭhānañ'ca balañ'ca phāsuvihārañ'cā'ti.

phāṇita →

bodhirasa

sugar treacle, jaggery

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma gahapatissa vā gahapatiputtassa vā nānābhesajjāni seyyathidaṃ sappi navanītaṃ telaṃ madhu phāṇitaṃ

JAa 4 cūḷaseṭṭhi jātakavaṇṇanā

so araññato āgacchante mālākāre disvā thokaṃ thokaṃ phāṇita-khaṇḍaṃ datvā uḷuṅkena pānīyaṃ adāsi, te c'assa ekekaṃ pupphamuṭṭhiṃ adaṃsu.

pisuṇa →

bodhirasa

(of speech) divisive, defamatory, slanderous

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idh'assa puriso pāṇātipātā paṭivirato adinnādānā paṭivirato kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato musāvādā paṭivirato pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti

pisuṇavāca →

bodhirasa

who speaks divisively, who separates others by speech

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idh'assa puriso pāṇātipātī adinnādāyī kāmesumicchācārī musāvādī pisuṇavāco pharusavāco samphappalāpī abhijjhālu byāpannacitto micchādiṭṭhiko.

pisuṇāvācā →

bodhirasa

divisive speech, separating others by speech

DN 33.7 saṅgītisuttaṃ

cattāro anariyavohārā musāvādo pisuṇāvācā pharusāvācā samphappalāpo

piyaggāhī →

bodhirasa

grasping after pleasure, grabbing what one loves, lit. grabbing the dear

DHP 209 piyavaggo

ayoge yuñjam'attānaṃ, yogasmiñ'ca ayojayaṃ, atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī, pihet'att'ānuyoginaṃ.

piṭṭha →

bodhirasa

surface, top

JAa 31 kulāvaka jātakavaṇṇanā

atha te, jarasakko amhe matte katvā mahāsamudda-piṭṭhe khipitvā amhākaṃ devanagaraṃ gaṇhi, te mayaṃ tena saddhiṃ yujjhitvā amhākaṃ devanagarameva gaṇhissāmā'ti kipillikā viya thambhaṃ sineruṃ anusañcaramānā uṭṭhahiṃsu.

posa →

bodhirasa

supporting, caring, nourishing

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

yāya mātu bhato poso, imaṃ lokaṃ avekkhati, tam'pi pāṇadadiṃ santiṃ, hanti kuddho puthujjano.

posaka →

bodhirasa

supporter, nurturer, nourisher

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

brahmā'ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ … taṃ kissa hetu? bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro, puttānaṃ āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāro'ti.

posana →

bodhirasa

support, nurturing, nourishment

DHPa 1.4.8 visākhā vatthu

na sakkā seṭṭhinā amhākaṃ ciraṃ posanaṃ nāma kātuṃ dāni dārikāya gamanakālaṃ jānātū'ti

posesi →

bodhirasa

supported, looked after, took care (of)

JAa 178 kacchapa jātaka vaṇṇanā

atīte bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadatte rajjaṃ kārente bodhisatto kāsigāmake kumbhakārakule nibbattitvā kumbhakārakammaṃ katvā puttadāraṃ posesi.

poseti →

bodhirasa

supports, looks after, takes care (of)

JA 7 kaṭṭhahāri jātakaṃ

putto ty'āhaṃ mahārāja, tvaṃ maṃ posa janādhipa, aññe'pi devo poseti, kiñ'ca devo sakaṃ pajanti.

posetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to support, to looks after, to takes care (of)

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

idāni na sakkomi taṃ posetuṃ, imasmiṃ nagare kapaṇaddhikādīnaṃ paṭiyattabhattāni atthi, tattha bhikkhāya caritvā jīvāhī'ti taṃ vissajjesi

posī →

bodhirasa

supported, looked after, took care (of)

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni anto-nimugga-posīni

UD 27 sakkudānasuttaṃ

piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno, attabharassa anañña-posino, devā pihayanti tādino, upasantassa sadā satīmato'ti.

pubba →

bodhirasa

pus, suppuration

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo āpogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā āpodhātu.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kālena kālañ'ca vaṇaṃ dhoveyyāsi, kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpeyyāsi, mā te na kālena kālaṃ vaṇaṃ dhovato na kālena kālaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ ālimpato pubba-lohitaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ pariyonandhi.

pubbenāparaṃ →

bodhirasa

successive, lit. before then after

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

uḷāraṃ pubbenāparaṃ visesaṃ sañjānantī'ti

pubbāpariya →

bodhirasa

successive, continuous, lit. before and after

UD 50 cūḷapanthakasuttaṃ

ṭhitena kāyena ṭhitena cetasā, tiṭṭhaṃ nisinno uda vā sayāno, etaṃ satiṃ bhikkhu adhiṭṭhahāno, labhetha pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ, laddhāna pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ, adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche'ti.

purisuttama →

bodhirasa

best, highest of men, ultimate man

DHP 78 paṇḍitavaggo

na bhaje pāpake mitte, na bhaje purisādhame, bhajetha mitte kalyāṇe, bhajetha puris'uttame.

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

namo te puris'ājañña, namo te puris'uttama, yassa te n'ābhijānāma, yam'pi nissāya jhāyasī'ti.

puttamatta →

bodhirasa

young enough to be one’s son, lit. son measure

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma'pi anusāsāma'pi. ime pan'amhākaṃ puttamattā maññe nattamattā maññe ovaditabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññantī'ti.

puttapasu →

bodhirasa

children and livestock, sons and cattle

DHP 287 maggavaggo

taṃ puttapasu-sammattaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ, suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va, maccu ādāya gacchati.

puṇṇakapañha →

bodhirasa

Question of Punnaka, a sutta in the Pārāyana Vagga of the Sutta Nipāta

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

idañ'ca pana m'etaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane puṇṇakapañhe.

pādesu sirasā nipatitvā →

bodhirasa

having fallen at the feet with the head

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami. upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama!

pārisuddhi →

bodhirasa

purity

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhā-sati-pārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati

pārāyana →

bodhirasa

Way to the Far Shore, Way to the Beyond, last chapter of the Sutta Nipāta

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

idañ'ca pana m'etaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane puṇṇakapañhe.

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

pāḷi →

bodhirasa

canonical text, text of the suttas

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

so, duggataṃ durūpetan'ti pāḷiyā na sameti, tasmā vuttanayen'ev'ettha bhāvanam'ārabhitvā sīmāsambhedaṃ katvā appanā vaḍḍhetabbā.

pītisukha →

bodhirasa

delight and ease, joy and happiness

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati

rajjati →

bodhirasa

takes pleasure (in), finds pleasure (in)

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

na so rajjati rūpesu, rūpaṃ disvā paṭissato, virattacitto vedeti, tañ'ca n'ājjhosa tiṭṭhati.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

dhono na hi tena maññati, yad'idaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ mutesu vā, n'āññena visuddhim'icchati, na hi so rajjati no virajjatī'ti.

rajosūka →

bodhirasa

dust particle, fine grains of dust

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

mā ca vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuñji, mā te vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃsesi. vaṇānurakkhī ca, ambho purisa, vihareyyāsi vaṇasāropī'ti.

ramati →

bodhirasa

enjoys, finds pleasure (in), takes delight (in), likes

DHP 79 paṇḍitavaggo

dhammapīti sukhaṃ seti, vippasannena cetasā, ariyappavedite dhamme, sadā ramati paṇḍito.

DHP 98 arahantavaggo

ramaṇīyāni araññāni, yattha na ramatī jano, vītarāgā ramissanti, na te kāmagavesino.

ramita →

bodhirasa

finding pleasure (in), taking delight (in), making oneself happy (with)

DHP 305 pakiṇṇakavaggo

ek'āsanaṃ ekaseyyaṃ, eko caram'atandito, eko damayam'attānaṃ, vanante ramito siyā.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa jhānapasuto dhīro, vanante ramito siyā, jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānam'abhitosayaṃ.

rassa →

bodhirasa

short vowel, phoneme containing only one measure

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

4. lahumattā tayo rassā.

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

tattha saresu lahumattā a, i, u iti tayo rassā.

ratana →

bodhirasa

treasure

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahu-ratano aneka-ratano. tatr'imāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅgo masāragallaṃ

ratana →

bodhirasa

woman, lit. jewel, treasure

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

etādisaṃ ce ratanaṃ na icchasi, nāriṃ narindehi bahūhi patthitaṃ, diṭṭhigataṃ sīlavataṃ nu jīvitaṃ, bhav'ūpapattiñ'ca vadesi kīdisaṃ.

ratana →

bodhirasa

cubit, measure from elbow to finger-tip

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

puthulato pana diyaḍḍha-ratanaṃ dvīsu passesu ratana-mattānucaṅkamaṃ dīghato saṭṭhihatthaṃ mudutalaṃ samavippakiṇṇavālukaṃ caṅkamaṃ vaṭṭati cetiyagirimhi dīpappasādakamahindattherassa caṅkamanaṃ viya, tādisaṃ taṃ ahosi.

ratha →

bodhirasa

pleasure, joy, delight

APA 539 mahākoṭṭhika therāpadānaṃ

sabbattha sukhito hutvā, saṃsaritvā bhav'ābhave, anāgatamhi addhāne, lacchase taṃ mano-rathaṃ.

ratī →

bodhirasa

love, pleasure, enjoyment, delight

DHP 310 nirayavaggo

apuññalābho ca gatī ca pāpikā, bhītassa bhītāya ratī ca thokikā, rājā ca daṇḍaṃ garukaṃ paṇeti, tasmā naro paradāraṃ na seve.

rittapesuṇa →

bodhirasa

devoid of divisive speech, free of slander

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

sacco siyā appagabbho, amāyo rittapesuṇo, akkodhano lobhapāpaṃ, vevicchaṃ vitare muni.

ruci →

bodhirasa

like, preference, inclination, lit. pleasure

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

sakañ'hi diṭṭhiṃ katham'accayeyya, chand'ānunīto ruciyā niviṭṭho, sayaṃ samattāni pakubbamāno, yathā hi jāneyya tathā vadeyya.

ruppanta →

bodhirasa

being hurt, being oppressed, suffering

SNP 22 uṭṭhānasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 10

uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, ko attho supitena vo, āturānañ'hi kā niddā, sallaviddhāna ruppataṃ.

rājabhogga →

bodhirasa

suitable to be used by a king, useful to a king

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhaddo assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgant'eva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. katamehi aṭṭhahi?

rājakosa →

bodhirasa

royal treasury, royal storehouse

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhanassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa kodh'ābhibhūtassa kodhaparetassa, ye'pi'ssa te honti bhogā uṭṭhānavīriy'ādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sed'āvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā, te'pi rājāno rājakosaṃ pavesenti kodh'ābhibhūtassa.

rūpappamāṇa →

bodhirasa

who measures by appearance, appraising by form, who judges on the basis of external looks

AN 4.65 rūpasuttaṃ

rūpappamāṇo rūpappasanno, ghosappamāṇo ghosappasanno, lūkhappamāṇo lūkhappasanno, dhammappamāṇo dhammappasanno. ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro puggalā santo saṃvijjamānā lokasmin'ti.

sabbadukkha →

bodhirasa

all suffering, all pain, all stress, all discomfort

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

evamesā kasī kaṭṭhā, sā hoti amatapphalā, etaṃ kasiṃ kasitvāna, sabbadukkhā pamuccatī'ti.

DHP 354 taṇhāvaggo

sabbadānaṃ dhammadānaṃ jināti, sabbarasaṃ dhammaraso jināti, sabbaratiṃ dhammarati jināti, taṇhakkhayo sabbadukkhaṃ jināti.

sabbalokādhipacca →

bodhirasa

supreme power over the whole world, ruler-ship over the entire universe

DHP 178 lokavaggo

pathabyā ekarajjena, saggassa gamanena vā, sabbalok'ādhipaccena, sot'āpattiphalaṃ varaṃ.

sadukkha →

bodhirasa

afflicted, painful, beset with suffering, lit. with suffering

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, yam'idaṃ taramānassa bhāsitaṃ, sadukkho eso dhammo saupaghāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho, micchāpaṭipadā.

sahapesuṇa →

bodhirasa

mutual slander, back-biting each other

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

kutopahūtā kalahā vivādā, paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca, mān'ātimānā sahapesuṇā ca, kutopahūtā te tad'iṅgha brūhi.

sahassamaṇḍala →

bodhirasa

(a sunshade) with one thousand rings

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anekasākhañ'ca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, chattaṃ marū dhārayum'antalikkhe, suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā, na dissare cāmara-chatta-gāhakā.

sahasā →

bodhirasa

forcibly, quickly, suddenly, all of a sudden

DN 20.2 mahāsamayasuttaṃ

ye nāgarāje sahasā haranti, dibbā dijā pakkhi visuddhacakkhū, vehāsayā te vanamajjhapattā, citrā supaṇṇā iti tesa nāmaṃ.

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

atha kho so, bhikkhave, mudumūsi gocarāya pakkāmi. tam'enaṃ biḷāro gahetvā sahasā saṅkhāditvā ajjhohari. tassa so mudumūsi antam'pi khādi, antaguṇam'pi khādi.

sallakantana →

bodhirasa

cutting out the arrow, surgical removal of the dart, excision of the barb

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya sallakantanaṃ.

sallakatta →

bodhirasa

surgeon, field surgeon, lit. cut out the arrow

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, puriso sallena viddho assa savisena gāḷhūpalepanena. tassa mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā bhisakkaṃ sallakattaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyyuṃ.

ITI 100 brāhmaṇadhammayāgasuttaṃ

aham'asmi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo yācayogo sadā payatapāṇi antimadehadharo anuttaro bhisakko sallakatto.

sallakkhetvā →

bodhirasa

having observed, having surveyed, having reviewed

JAa 1.N.1 sumedhakathā

sumedhatāpaso iddhimā'ti jānantā udakabhinn'okāsaṃ sallakkhetvā, tvaṃ imaṃ ṭhānaṃ alaṅkarohī'ti adaṃsu.

samacariyā →

bodhirasa

wholesome conduct, harmonious behaviour, suitable behaviour, good behaviour

AN 10.47 mahālisuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, mahāli, ime dasa dhammā loke saṃvijjanti, tasmā paññāyati adhammacariyā-visamacariyā'ti vā dhammacariyā-samacariyā'ti vā'ti.

samassāsetvā →

bodhirasa

having consoled, having comforted, having reassured, lit. having caused to breath

JAa 542 umaṅga jātakavaṇṇanā

paṇḍito uppāditadhanañ'ca, ābhatadhanañ'ca sabbaṃ tassā mātāpitūnaṃ datvā samassāsetvā sasure āpucchitvā taṃ ādāya nagarābhimukho agamāsi.

samatala →

bodhirasa

flat surface, level ground

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

mudu-samatale pana phāsuvihāraṃ āgamma kammaṭṭhānaṃ sampajjati.

samathānuggahita →

bodhirasa

supported by serenity of mind, assisted by calm

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, sammādiṭṭhi sīl'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sut'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacch'ānuggahitā ca hoti, samath'ānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassan'ānuggahitā ca hoti.

samatikkama →

bodhirasa

surpassing, overcoming, going beyond

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad'idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā

samatikkamma →

bodhirasa

surpassing, overcoming, going beyond

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katamā c'āvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimutti? idh'āvuso, bhikkhu sabbaso viññāṇ'añc'āyatanaṃ samatikkamma n'atthi kiñcīt'i ākiñcaññ'āyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. ayaṃ vuccat'āvuso, ākiñcaññā cetovimutti.

samatikkanta →

bodhirasa

surpassed, surmounted, transcended

DHP 195 buddhavaggo

pūj'ārahe pūjayato, buddhe yadi va sāvake, papañca-samatikkante, tiṇṇasokapariddave.

samativattati →

bodhirasa

transcends, surpasses

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

yo kāme parivajjeti, sappass'eva padā siro, so imaṃ visattikaṃ loke, sato samativattati.

sambodhisukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of full awakening

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idaṃ vuccati nekkhammasukhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ upasamasukhaṃ sambodhisukhaṃ. āsevitabbaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ, bahulīkātabbaṃ, na bhāyitabbaṃ etassa sukhassā'ti, vadāmi.

sameti →

bodhirasa

calms down, settles, stills, makes subside

ITI 87 andhakaraṇasuttaṃ

tayo vitakke kusale vitakkaye, tayo pana akusale nirākare, sa ve vitakkāni vicāritāni, sameti vuṭṭhī'va rajaṃ samūhataṃ.

DHP 265 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

yo ca sameti pāpāni, aṇuṃ thūlāni sabbaso, samitattā hi pāpānaṃ, samaṇo'ti pavuccati.

samiddhi →

bodhirasa

success, achievement, prosperity

DHP 84 paṇḍitavaggo

na attahetu na parassa hetu, na puttam'icche na dhanaṃ na raṭṭhaṃ, na iccheyya adhammena samiddhim'attano, sa sīlavā paññavā dhammiko siyā.

samijjhati →

bodhirasa

achieves, succeeds, prospers

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojeyya. tassa te kammantā samijjheyyuṃ

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa ce taṃ samijjhati, addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchati.

samijjhi →

bodhirasa

succeeded, prospered, worked out

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

ahaṃ kho pubbe iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojesiṃ, tassa me te kammantā samijjhiṃsu

sammata →

bodhirasa

supposed, thought to be, said to be, considered as

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

mokkha-sammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, puñña-sammatā hi, bho gotama, bāhukā nadī bahujanassa, bāhukāya pana nadiyā bahujano pāpakammaṃ kataṃ pavāhetī'ti.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa pattapāṇi vicaranto, amūgo mūga-sammato, appaṃ dānaṃ na hīḷeyya, dātāraṃ n'āvajāniyā.

sammuti →

bodhirasa

common opinion, popular idea, general agreement, general consensus

TH 228 sarabhaṅga theragāthā

sare hatthehi bhañjitvā, katvāna kuṭim'acchisaṃ, tena me sarabhaṅgo'ti, nāmaṃ sammutiyā ahu.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

na brāhmaṇo kappam'upeti saṅkhā, na diṭṭhisārī na'pi ñāṇabandhu, ñatvā ca so sammutiyo puthujjā, upekkhatī uggahaṇanti m'aññe.

sammāsamādhi →

bodhirasa

perfect stability of mind, correct composure

AN 5.113 sammāsamādhisuttaṃ

imehi kho, bhikkhave, pañcahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo sammāsamādhiṃ upasampajja viharituṃ.

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ayam'eva ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

sampadā →

bodhirasa

result, conclusion, performance, consequence

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃ-sampadam'idaṃ āyasmantānaṃ satthari sammukhībhūte, taṃ bhagavantaṃ atisitvā, amhe etam'atthaṃ paṭipucchitabbaṃ maññatha

SNP 31 māghasuttaṃ, mahāvaggo 5

yo yajati tividhaṃ yañña-sampadaṃ, ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādi, evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogo, upapajjati brahmalokan'ti brūmī'ti.

sampajjati →

bodhirasa

succeeds, prospers, turns out well

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

suddhassa ve sadā phaggu, suddhass'uposatho sadā, suddhassa sucikammassa, sadā sampajjate vataṃ.

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

mudusamatale pana phāsuvihāraṃ āgamma kammaṭṭhānaṃ sampajjati.

sampanna →

bodhirasa

succeeded, prospered, accomplished

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ. kiṭṭh'ārakkho ca pamatto, goṇo ca kiṭṭh'ādo aduṃ kiṭṭhaṃ otaritvā yāva'd'atthaṃ madaṃ āpajjeyya pamādaṃ āpajjeyya.

sampāka →

bodhirasa

consequence of one’s actions, result, end, lit. ripening together

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tasmā pattapuṭass'eva, ñatvā sampākam'attano, asante n'upaseveyya, sante seveyya paṇḍito, asanto nirayaṃ nenti, santo pāpenti suggatin'ti.

samudayadhamma →

bodhirasa

nature to arise, subject to appearing

VIN 4.1.7 pabbajjākathā

seyyathā'pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ samma'd'eva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evam'eva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃ'y'eva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi, yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti.

SN 35.245 kiṃsukopamasuttaṃ

yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ettāvatā, kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotī'ti.

samudāgata →

bodhirasa

arisen (from), resulted (from)

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ, maññāmi taṃ vedaguṃ bhāvit'attaṃ, kuto nu dukkhā samudāgatā ime, ye keci lokasmim'anekarūpā.

samuppāda →

bodhirasa

issue, conflict, something which arises

SN 55.23 godhasakkasuttaṃ

idha, bhante, koci'd'eva dhammo samuppādo uppajjeyya, ekato assa bhagavā ekato bhikkhusaṅgho ca. yen'eva bhagavā ten'ev'āhaṃ assaṃ, evaṃ pasannaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā dhāretu

samussita →

bodhirasa

elevated, propped up, lit. supported up together

DHP 147 jarāvaggo

passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ, āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa n'atthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti.

samādhisaṃvattanika →

bodhirasa

conducive to mental composure, leading to samādhi

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

pharusavāco hoti. yā sā vācā aṇḍakā kakkasā parakaṭukā parābhisajjanī kodhasāmantā a-samādhisaṃvattanikā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, mahānāma, ariyasāvako attano sīlāni anussarati akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni.

sanna →

bodhirasa

sunk (in), sunk down (into)

DHP 327 nāgavaggo

appamādaratā hotha, sacittam'anurakkhatha, duggā uddharath'attānaṃ, paṅke sanno'va kuñjaro.

sannisīdati →

bodhirasa

settles down, calms down, subsides, lit. sits down

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yato kho bhikkhuno chasu phass'āyatanesu cittaṃ udujitaṃ hoti sudujitaṃ, ajjhattam'eva santiṭṭhati, sannisīdati, ekodi hoti, samādhiyati.

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ taṃ cittaṃ ajjhattaṃ'y'eva santiṭṭhati sannisīdati ekodi hoti samādhiyati. so hoti samādhi santo paṇīto paṭippassaddhiladdho ekodibhāvādhigato na sasaṅkhāraniggayhavāritagato.

santimuttama →

bodhirasa

highest peace, supreme peace

SNP 60 dhotaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 5

tañ'c'āhaṃ abhinandāmi, mahesi santimuttamaṃ, yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.

sappurisa →

bodhirasa

good man, moral man, superior man

DHP 54 pupphavaggo

na pupphagandho paṭivātam'eti, na candanaṃ tagaramallikā, satañ'ca gandho paṭivātam'eti, sabbā disā sappuriso pavāyati.

AN 2.135 āyācanavaggo

dvīhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ bahuñ'ca puññaṃ pasavati.

sappāya →

bodhirasa

suitable, beneficial, wholesome, healthy

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

uṭṭhānaṃ anālasyaṃ bhogānaṃ āhāro, maṇḍanā vibhūsanā vaṇṇassa āhāro, sappāya-kiriyā ārogyassa āhāro, kalyāṇamittatā sīlānaṃ āhāro

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

sappāyāni c'eva bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa.

sassu →

bodhirasa

mother-in-law

SN 3.16 mallikāsuttaṃ

itthī'pi hi ekacciyā, seyyā posa janādhipa, medhāvinī sīlavatī, sassu-devā patibbatā.

sasu →

bodhirasa

mother-in-law

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo mātaraṃ pitaraṃ vā, bhātaraṃ bhaginiṃ sasuṃ, hanti roseti vācāya, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

sasura →

bodhirasa

father-in-law

JAa 542 umaṅga jātakavaṇṇanā

paṇḍito uppāditadhanañ'ca, ābhatadhanañ'ca sabbaṃ tassā mātāpitūnaṃ datvā samassāsetvā sasure āpucchitvā taṃ ādāya nagarābhimukho agamāsi.

DHPa 1.4.8 visākhā vatthu

amma, sasura-kule vasantiyā nāma antoaggi bahi na nīharitabbo, bahiaggi anto na pavesetabbo, dadantass'eva dātabbaṃ, adadantassa na dātabbaṃ, dadantassā'pi adadantassā'pi dātabbaṃ

satipaṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

establishing mindfulness, setting up attention, making sure one is present

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

sambahulā bhikkhuniyo catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharantiyo

MN 44 cūḷavedallasuttaṃ

yā kho, āvuso visākha, cittassa ekaggatā ayaṃ samādhi, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā samādhinimittā, cattāro sammappadhānā samādhiparikkhārā.

sattaṭṭhānakusala →

bodhirasa

skilled in seven subjects

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

sattaṭṭhānakusalo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī imasmiṃ dhammavinaye kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso'ti vuccati.

satthaṃ āharati →

bodhirasa

commits suicide, lit. takes the knife

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

dasa'pi bhikkhū ek'āhena satthaṃ āharanti, vīsam'pi bhikkhū ek'āhena satthaṃ āharanti, tiṃsam'pi bhikkhū ek'āhena satthaṃ āharanti.

sattisūla →

bodhirasa

swords and spears

API 19 uppalavaṇṇā therīapadānaṃ

sattisūla-upamā kāmā, khandhāsaṃ adhikuṭṭanā, yaṃ tvaṃ kāmaratiṃ brūsi, aratī dāni sā mama.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

asisūn'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. sattisūla-upamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.

saudraya →

bodhirasa

advantageous, profitable, lit. with result

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā'ti. evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

saupanisa →

bodhirasa

having a supporting condition, lit. with foundation

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā saupaniso yadi vā anupaniso'ti. anohitasoto, bhikkhave, anupaniso hoti, ohitasoto saupaniso hoti.

saupanisā →

bodhirasa

with support, with foundation, with cause

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

ariyaṃ vo, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhiṃ desessāmi saupanisaṃ saparikkhāraṃ. taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī'ti.

sauttara →

bodhirasa

inferior, surpassable, exceed-able, lit. with higher

DN 22.8 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittan'ti pajānāti, anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittan'ti pajānāti

saññāpeti →

bodhirasa

convinces, persuades, lit. causes to know

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchā bhūmakā kāmaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā udak'orohakā aggiparicārakā. te mataṃ kālaṅkataṃ uyyāpenti nāma saññāpenti nāma saggaṃ nāma okkāmenti.

saññāpetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to convince, to persuade, lit. to cause to know

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

nikkhittamaṇisuvaṇṇā samaṇā sakyaputtiyā apetajātarūparajatā'ti. asakkhi kho maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi taṃ parisaṃ saññāpetuṃ.

DN 13 tevijjasuttaṃ

n'eva kho asakkhi vāseṭṭho māṇavo bhāradvājaṃ māṇavaṃ saññāpetuṃ, na pana asakkhi bhāradvājo māṇavo'pi vāseṭṭhaṃ māṇavaṃ saññāpetuṃ.

saṃsuddha →

bodhirasa

pure, clean, unadulterated

AN 3.91 dutiya sikkhattayasuttaṃ

tam'āhu sekhaṃ paṭipadaṃ, atho saṃsuddha-cāriyaṃ, tam'āhu loke sambuddhaṃ, dhīraṃ paṭipadantaguṃ.

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

upekkhā-sati-saṃsuddhaṃ, dhammatakkapurejavaṃ, aññāvimokkhaṃ pabrūmi, avijjāya pabhedanaṃ.

saṃsuddhi →

bodhirasa

perfect purification, perfect purity, holiness

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

passāmi suddhaṃ paramaṃ arogaṃ, diṭṭhena saṃsuddhi narassa hoti, ev'ābhijānaṃ paraman'ti ñatvā, suddh'ānupassī'ti pacceti ñāṇaṃ.

saṅgaha →

bodhirasa

support (of), maintenance (of), looking after, lit. holding together

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

mātāpitu upaṭṭhānaṃ, puttadārassa saṅgaho, anākulā ca kammantā, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

saṅkassara →

bodhirasa

suspect, dodgy, doubtful

DHP 312 nirayavaggo

yaṃ kiñci sithilaṃ kammaṃ, saṃkiliṭṭhañ'ca yaṃ vataṃ, saṅkassaraṃ brahmacariyaṃ, na taṃ hoti mahapphalaṃ.

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

addasā kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ dussīlaṃ pāpadhammaṃ asuciṃ saṅkassara-samācāraṃ paṭicchannakammantaṃ asamaṇaṃ samaṇapaṭiññaṃ abrahmacāriṃ brahmacāripaṭiññaṃ antopūtiṃ avassutaṃ kasambujātaṃ majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinnaṃ

saṅkassarasamācāra →

bodhirasa

of suspect behaviour, of dodgy conduct

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo dussīlo hoti pāpadhammo asuci saṅkassarasamācāro paṭicchannakammanto, assamaṇo samaṇapaṭiñño, abrahmacārī brahmacāripaṭiñño, antopūti avassuto kasambujāto.

saṅkhepa →

bodhirasa

brief account, summary

DHPa 2.22.1 sundarī paribbājikā vatthu

ayaṃ pan'ettha saṅkhepo, bhagavato kira bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pañcannaṃ mahānadīnaṃ mahoghasadise lābhasakkāre uppanne hatalābhasakkārā aññatitthiyā sūriy'uggamanakāle khajjopanakā viya nippabhā hutvā ekato sannipatitvā mantayiṃsu.

saṅkhā →

bodhirasa

measurement, enumeration, calculation

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

saṅkham'pi na upeti upanidhim'pi na upeti kalabhāgam'pi na upeti mahāpathaviṃ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu āropito'ti.

saṅkiya →

bodhirasa

should be suspected (of), could be doubted (regarding)

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

akaronto'pi ce pāpaṃ, karontam'upasevati, saṅkiyo hoti pāpasmiṃ, avaṇṇo c'assa rūhati.

setacchatta →

bodhirasa

white parasol, white sunshade, symbol of dignity

APA 12 ānanda therāpadānaṃ

hatthikkhandhagato āsiṃ, setacchattaṃ varuttamaṃ, sucārurūpaṃ disvāna, vitti me udapajjatha.

seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati →

bodhirasa

indulge in the pleasure of sleeping, resting and dozing

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

paṭibuddhena ca te moggallāna khippaññ'eva paccuṭṭhātabbaṃ na seyyasukhaṃ na passasukhaṃ na middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharissāmī'ti

seṭṭhatā →

bodhirasa

eminence, pre-eminence, superiority, lit. state of firstness

DHP 30 appamādavaggo

appamādena maghavā, devānaṃ seṭṭhataṃ gato, appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, pamādo garahito sadā.

seṭṭhi →

bodhirasa

banker, treasurer, wealthy man, lit. foremost

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

atha seṭṭhi taṃ sīse cumbitvā parivāratthāya tassā pañca itthisatāni datvā taṃ attano jeṭṭhadhītuṭṭhāne ṭhapesi

JAa 71 varuṇa jātakavaṇṇanā

bodhisattassa vacanaṃ sutvā seṭṭhi kampamāno dhanasokena satiṃ paccupaṭṭhāpetuṃ asakkonto tatth'eva pati

seṭṭhiṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

position of banker, position of treasurer

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

seṭṭhi, sace me dhītā vijāyissati, tāya naṃ saddhiṃ nivesetvā seṭṭhiṭṭhānassa sāmikaṃ karissāmi. sace me putto vijāyissati, māressāmi nan'ti cintetvā taṃ gehe kāresi.

seṭṭhī →

bodhirasa

banker, treasurer, wealthy man, lit. foremost

VIN 5.6.1 vihārānujānanaṃ

atha kho te bhikkhū yena rājagahako seṭṭhī ten'upasaṅkamiṃsu upasaṅkamitvā rājagahakaṃ seṭṭhiṃ etad'avocuṃ

sibbini →

bodhirasa

stitch, suture

VIN 4.8.205 rājagahaseṭṭhi vatthu

atha kho jīvako komārabhacco seṭṭhiṃ gahapatiṃ mañcake nipātetvā sambandhitvā sīsacchaviṃ uppāṭetvā sibbiniṃ vināmetvā dve pāṇake nīharitvā mahājanassa dassesi.

sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā →

bodhirasa

weeping wailing pain suffering and trouble

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

tassa rūpavipariṇām'aññathābhāvā uppajjanti soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā.

somanassa →

bodhirasa

(mental) pleasure, happiness

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so tatonidānaṃ labhetha pāmojjaṃ adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

yaṃ rūpaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ, ayaṃ rūpassa assādo. yaṃ rūpaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo.

somanassadomanassa →

bodhirasa

(mental) pleasure and displeasure, satisfaction and dissatisfaction, lit. good and bad mind

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubb'eva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

pubb'eva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati

somanassānuyoga →

bodhirasa

pursuit of pleasure, pursuit of happiness

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yo kāmapaṭisandhisukhino somanass'ānuyogo hīno gammo pothujjaniko anariyo anatthasaṃhito, sadukkho eso dhammo saupaghāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho, micchāpaṭipadā.

sovacassatā →

bodhirasa

eloquence, suavity, gentleness (in speech), obedience

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

khantī ca sovacassatā, samaṇānañca dassanaṃ, kālena dhammasākacchā, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

ssu →

bodhirasa

(interrogative particle)

SN 1.62 cittasuttaṃ

kena-ssu nīyati loko, kena-ssu parikassati, kissa-ssu ekadhammassa, sabb'eva vasamanvagū'ti.

subbata →

bodhirasa

virtuous, of good conduct, lit. good ritual observance

DHP 95 arahantavaggo

pathavisamo no virujjhati, indakhīl'ūpamo tādi subbato, rahado'va apetakaddamo, saṃsārā na bhavanti tādino.

subbata →

bodhirasa

virtuous person, one of good conduct, lit. who has good ritual observance

DHP 145 daṇḍavaggo

udakañ'hi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ, dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti subbatā.

subbināya →

bodhirasa

easily instructed, easily guided, easily converted, lit. could be easily led

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

nivissavādī na hi subbināyo, pakappitaṃ diṭṭhi purekkharāno, yaṃ nissito tattha subhaṃ vadāno, suddhiṃvado tattha tath'addasā so.

subha →

bodhirasa

beautiful, attractive

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

kattha āpo ca pathavī, tejo vāyo na gādhati, kattha dīghañ'ca rassañ'ca, aṇuṃ thūlaṃ subha-asubhaṃ, kattha nāmañ'ca rūpañ'ca, asesaṃ uparujjhatī'ti?

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anattani, bhikkhave, attā'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. asubhe, bhikkhave, subhan'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso.

subha →

bodhirasa

good, goodness, excellence

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

idh'eva suddhi iti vādayanti, n'āññesu dhammesu visuddhim'āhu, yaṃ nissitā tattha subhaṃ vadānā, paccekasaccesu puthū niviṭṭhā.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

nivissavādī na hi subbināyo, pakappitaṃ diṭṭhi purekkharāno, yaṃ nissito tattha subhaṃ vadāno, suddhiṃvado tattha tath'addasā so.

subhanimitta →

bodhirasa

attractive object, lit. beautiful sign

AN 1.11 nīvaraṇappahānavaggo

subhanimittaṃ bhikkhave ayoniso manasi karoto anuppanno c'eva kāmacchando uppajjati, uppanno ca kāmacchando bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattatī'ti

subhara →

bodhirasa

easy to support

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

santussako ca subharo ca, appakicco ca sallahukavutti, santindriyo ca nipako ca, appagabbho kulesu ananugiddho.

JA 529 soṇaka jātakaṃ

evaṃ taṃ anugacchāmi, puttamādāya pacchato, subharo te bhavissāmi, na te hessāmi dubbharo.

subharata →

bodhirasa

being easy to support, state of being easy to support

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

tañ'hi tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno dīgha-rattaṃ appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya subharatāya vīriyārambhāya saṃvattissati

subhasaññī →

bodhirasa

perceiving beauty (in), perceiving purity (in)

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anicce niccasaññino, dukkhe ca sukhasaññino, anattani ca attā'ti, asubhe subhasaññino, micchādiṭṭhihatā sattā, khittacittā visaññino.

subhikkha →

bodhirasa

abundance of food, lit. easy begging

TH 82 kassapa theragāthā

yena yena subhikkhāni, sivāni abhayāni ca, tena puttaka gacchassu, mā sokāpahato bhavā'ti.

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

gacchatha, tātā, pabbatapādaṃ pavisitvā jīvantā subhikkha-kāle mama santikaṃ āgantukāmā āgacchatha, anāgantukāmā tattha tatth'eva jīvathā'ti.

subhikkhatā →

bodhirasa

(state of) abundance of food, prosperity, enough food to eat

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

so taṃ purisaṃ tassa gāmassa vā nigamassa vā khematañ'ca subhikkhatañ'ca app'ābādhatañ'ca puccheyya, tassa so puriso tassa gāmassa vā nigamassa vā khematañ'ca subhikkhatañ'ca app'ābādhatañ'ca saṃseyya.

subhānupassī →

bodhirasa

observing beauty, perceiving as beautiful

DHP 7 yamakavaggo

subh'ānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ, bhojanamhi c'āmattaññuṃ, kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ, taṃ ve pasahati māro, vāto rukkhaṃ'va dubbalaṃ.

DHP 349 taṇhāvaggo

vitakkamathitassa jantuno, tibbarāgassa subh'ānupassino, bhiyyo taṇhā pavaḍḍhati, esa kho daḷhaṃ karoti bandhanaṃ.

subhāsita →

bodhirasa

well spoken, articulate, eloquent

DHP 51 pupphavaggo

yathā'pi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ, vaṇṇavantaṃ agandhakaṃ, evaṃ subhāsitā vācā, aphalā hoti akubbato.

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

bāhusaccañ'ca sippañ'ca, vinayo ca susikkhito, subhāsitā ca yā vācā, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

subhāsita →

bodhirasa

good speech, eloquent words

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

anusūyāyamāno so, samma'd'aññāya bhāsati, subhāsitaṃ anumodeyya, dubbhaṭṭhe n'āpasādaye.

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

bhāsaye jotaye dhammaṃ, paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhajaṃ, subhāsita-dhajā isayo, dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo'ti.

subhāvita →

bodhirasa

well cultivated (in), fully developed (in)

DHP 14 yamakavaggo

yathā agāraṃ suchannaṃ, vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati, evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, rāgo na samativijjhati.

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

ekadhamme patiṭṭhitassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pañc'indriyāni bhāvitāni honti subhāvitāni. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? appamāde.

subhūmi →

bodhirasa

good place, nice ground

AN 5.28 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, subhūmiyaṃ catumahāpathe ājaññaratho yutto assa ṭhito odhastapatodo.

sucarita →

bodhirasa

good, right, moral, lit. well conduced

DHP 168 lokavaggo

uttiṭṭhe nappamajjeyya, dhammaṃ sucaritaṃ care, dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.

DHP 169 lokavaggo

dhammaṃ care sucaritaṃ, na naṃ duccaritaṃ care, dhammacārī sukhaṃ seti, asmiṃ loke paramhi ca.

sucarita →

bodhirasa

good conduct (by), good behaviour (by)

DHP 231 kodhavaggo

kāyappakopaṃ rakkheyya, kāyena saṃvuto siyā, kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvā, kāyena sucaritaṃ care.

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

ye, bhikkhave, sattā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, supubbaṇho, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānaṃ.

succhanna →

bodhirasa

well-thatched, well-roofed

DHP 14 yamakavaggo

yathā agāraṃ suchannaṃ, vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati, evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ, rāgo na samativijjhati.

suci →

bodhirasa

clean, pure

MN 75 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ

so suṇeyya cakkhumato bhāsamānassa, chekaṃ vata, bho, odātaṃ vatthaṃ abhirūpaṃ nimmalaṃ sucī'ti! so odātapariyesanaṃ careyya.

TH 196 sappaka theragāthā

yadā balākā suci-paṇḍaracchadā, kāḷassa meghassa bhayena tajjitā, palehiti ālayam'ālayesinī, tadā nadī ajakaraṇī rameti maṃ.

suci →

bodhirasa

good, fine, exquisite

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo ve parakulaṃ gantvā, bhutvāna suci-bhojanaṃ, āgataṃ nappaṭipūjeti, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

suci →

bodhirasa

clean thing, pure thing

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, pathaviyā sucim'pi nikkhipanti, asucim'pi nikkhipanti, gūthagatam'pi nikkhipanti, muttagatam'pi nikkhipanti, kheḷagatam'pi nikkhipanti, pubbagatam'pi nikkhipanti, lohitagatam'pi nikkhipanti, na ca tena pathavī aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā.

sucigandha →

bodhirasa

fragrant, with a fine perfume, sweet-smelling

DHP 58 pupphavaggo

yathā saṅkāraṭhānasmiṃ, ujjhitasmiṃ mahāpathe, padumaṃ tattha jāyetha, sucigandhaṃ manoramaṃ.

sucigavesī →

bodhirasa

seeking purity, seeking the good

DHP 245 malavaggo

hirīmatā ca dujjīvaṃ, niccaṃ sucigavesinā, alīnen'āppagabbhena, suddhājīvena passatā.

TH 244 khadiravaniyarevata theragāthā

anaṅgaṇassa posassa, niccaṃ sucigavesino, vāl'aggamattaṃ pāpassa, abbhamattaṃ'va khāyati.

sucikamma →

bodhirasa

pure in deed

DHP 24 appamādavaggo

uṭṭhānavato satīmato, sucikammassa nisammakārino, saññatassa dhammajīvino, appamattassa yaso'bhivaḍḍhati.

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

suddhassa ve sadā phaggu, suddhass'uposatho sadā, suddhassa sucikammassa, sadā sampajjate vataṃ.

sucitta →

bodhirasa

well adorned, highly embellished, well designed

DHP 151 jarāvaggo

jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, atho sarīram'pi jaraṃ upeti, satañ'ca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.

suciṇṇa →

bodhirasa

well practised, made a habit of

SN 1.10 araññasuttaṃ

kiṃ sū'dha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukham'āvahāti, kiṃ su have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, kathaṃ jīviṃ jīvitam'āhu seṭṭhaṃ.

sucāru →

bodhirasa

handsome, charming

APA 12 ānanda therāpadānaṃ

hatthikkhandhagato āsiṃ, setacchattaṃ varuttamaṃ, sucāru-rūpaṃ disvāna, vitti me udapajjatha.

sucārurūpa →

bodhirasa

handsome appearance, beautiful form

APA 12 ānanda therāpadānaṃ

hatthikkhandhagato āsiṃ, setacchattaṃ varuttamaṃ, sucārurūpaṃ disvāna, vitti me udapajjatha.

sudanta →

bodhirasa

well tamed, well trained, well controlled

DHP 94 arahantavaggo

yass'indriyāni samathaṅ'gatāni, assā yathā sārathinā sudantā, pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devā'pi tassa pihayanti tādino.

DHP 159 attavaggo

attānaṃ ce tathā kayirā, yath'āññam'anusāsati, sudanto vata dametha, attā hi kira duddamo.

sudassa →

bodhirasa

easy to see, easily perceived

DHP 252 malavaggo

sudassaṃ vajjam'aññesaṃ, attano pana duddasaṃ, paresaṃ hi so vajjāni, opunāti yathā bhusaṃ, attano pana chādeti, kaliṃ'va kitavā saṭho.

sudaṃ →

bodhirasa

(mostly untranslatable, used for emphasis)

SNP 23 rāhulasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 11

itthaṃ sudaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ imāhi gāthāhi abhiṇhaṃ ovadatī'ti

sudda →

bodhirasa

man of the lowest caste, worker, peasant

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, cattāro vaṇṇā, khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, samaṇā sakyaputtiyā tv'eva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti

suddakula →

bodhirasa

family of working class, family menial workers

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, suddakulā ce'pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma, evaṃ mettaṃ karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ bhāvetvā labhati ajjhattaṃ vūpasamaṃ.

suddha →

bodhirasa

clean, pure, white

DHP 125 pāpavaggo

yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati, suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa, tam'eva bālaṃ pacceti pāpaṃ, sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ'va khitto.

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

passāmi suddhaṃ paramaṃ arogaṃ, diṭṭhena saṃsuddhi narassa hoti, ev'ābhijānaṃ paraman'ti ñatvā, suddh'ānupassī'ti pacceti ñāṇaṃ.

suddha →

bodhirasa

(of eyesight) clear, not blurry, lit. pure

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

jiṇṇo'ham'asmi abalo vītavaṇṇo, nettā na suddhā savanaṃ na phāsu, m'āhaṃ nassaṃ momuho antarāva, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

suddhi →

bodhirasa

purity, purification, holiness

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

idh'eva suddhi iti vādayanti, n'āññesu dhammesu visuddhim'āhu, yaṃ nissitā tattha subhaṃ vadānā, paccekasaccesu puthū niviṭṭhā.

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

ye kec'ime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, diṭṭhassutenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ, kacci'ssu te bhagavā tattha yatā carantā, atāru jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

suddhājīva →

bodhirasa

clean-living, innocent, pure

DHP 245 malavaggo

hirīmatā ca dujjīvaṃ, niccaṃ sucigavesinā, alīnen'āppagabbhena, suddhājīvena passatā.

sudesita →

bodhirasa

well preached, well taught, well explained, well instructed

DHP 44 pupphavaggo

ko imaṃ pathaviṃ vicessati, yamalokañ'ca imaṃ sadevakaṃ, ko dhammapadaṃ sudesitaṃ, kusalo puppham'iva pacessati.

sudiṭṭha →

bodhirasa

well-seen, correctly seen, clearly seen

AN 6.104 atammayasuttaṃ

asādhāraṇena ca ñāṇena samannāgato bhavissāmi, hetu ca me sudiṭṭho bhavissati, hetusamuppannā ca dhammā

sudu →

bodhirasa

extremely hard, very difficult, lit. well bad

DHP 86 paṇḍitavaggo

ye ca kho samma'd'akkhāte, dhamme dhamm'ānuvattino, te janā pāram'essanti, maccudheyyaṃ sudu-ttaraṃ.

AN 4.157 rogasuttaṃ

te bhikkhave sattā sudu-llabhā lokasmiṃ ye cetasikena rogena muhuttam'pi ārogyaṃ paṭijānanti aññatra khīṇ'āsavehi

sudubbala →

bodhirasa

very weak, very feeble, very fragile

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yo mānam'udabbadhī asesaṃ, naḷasetuṃ'va sudubbalaṃ mahogho, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

sududdasa →

bodhirasa

extremely difficult to see, very difficult to discern

DHP 36 cittavaggo

sududdasaṃ sunipuṇaṃ, yatthakāmanipātinaṃ, cittaṃ rakkhetha medhāvī, cittaṃ guttaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

sudujita →

bodhirasa

well straightened out, well straightened up

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yato kho bhikkhuno chasu phass'āyatanesu cittaṃ udujitaṃ hoti sudujitaṃ, ajjhattam'eva santiṭṭhati, sannisīdati, ekodi hoti, samādhiyati.

sudukkara →

bodhirasa

extremely difficult to do

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, n'etaṃ abhavissa kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

sudullabha →

bodhirasa

extremely difficult to find, very rare to gain

AN 4.157 rogasuttaṃ

te bhikkhave sattā sudullabhā lokasmiṃ ye cetasikena rogena muhuttam'pi ārogyaṃ paṭijānanti aññatra khīṇ'āsavehi

suduttara →

bodhirasa

extremely difficult to cross, very hard to escape

DHP 86 paṇḍitavaggo

ye ca kho samma'd'akkhāte, dhamme dhamm'ānuvattino, te janā pāram'essanti, maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ.

sudāhaṃ →

bodhirasa

truly I, certainly I

AN 2.5 upaññātasuttaṃ

appaṭivānī sud'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, padahāmi, kāmaṃ taco ca nahāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ, yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī'ti.

sugandhaka →

bodhirasa

fragrant, perfumed, pleasant smelling

DHP 52 pupphavaggo

yathā'pi ruciraṃ pupphaṃ, vaṇṇavantaṃ sugandhakaṃ, evaṃ subhāsitā vācā, saphalā hoti kubbato.

sugata →

bodhirasa

faring well, going well, doing well, fortunate, lit. well gone

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

so sace ākaṅkhati, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṃ

sugata →

bodhirasa

epithet of the Buddha, lit. well gone

DHP 285 maggavaggo

ucchinda sineham'attano, kumudaṃ sāradikaṃ'va, santimaggam'eva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

rūpam'eva nu kho, bhagavā, rūpam'eva nu kho, sugatā'ti? rūpam'pi, rāhula, vedanā'pi, rāhula, saññā'pi, rāhula, saṅkhārā'pi, rāhula, viññāṇam'pi, rāhulā'ti.

sugati →

bodhirasa

happy, blissful, good, lit, good destination

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

bhagavā pana, bhante, arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pahoti tathā kātuṃ yathā sabbo loko kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā'ti?

sugati →

bodhirasa

good destination, happy fate

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? parisuddhattā, bhikkhave, vatthassa. evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, citte asaṃkiliṭṭhe, sugati pāṭikaṅkhā.

sugatī →

bodhirasa

righteous, good, just, fortunate, lit. who go well

DHP 126 pāpavaggo

gabbham'eke uppajjanti, nirayaṃ pāpakammino, saggaṃ sugatino yanti, parinibbanti anāsavā.

suggahita →

bodhirasa

well learned, well grasped

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa sarabhaññapariyosāne abbhanumodi, sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu, suggahitāni te, bhikkhu, soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yassa c'atthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tañ'c'assa atthaṃ anubhonti. tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti.

suggahita →

bodhirasa

tightly grasped, held firmly

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kiṭṭhaṃ sampannaṃ kiṭṭh'ārakkho ca appamatto goṇo ca kiṭṭh'ādo aduṃ kiṭṭhaṃ otareyya. tamenaṃ kiṭṭh'ārakkho nāsāyaṃ suggahitaṃ gaṇheyya.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. tam'enaṃ ajapadena daṇḍena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya. ajapadena daṇḍena suniggahitaṃ niggahitvā, gīvāya suggahitaṃ gaṇheyya.

suggahitatta →

bodhirasa

(state of being) well learned, well grasped

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te dhammā suggahitā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanti. taṃ kissa hetu? suggahitattā bhikkhave dhammānaṃ.

suggati →

bodhirasa

state of happiness, good destination, heaven, lit. going well

DHP 18 yamakavaggo

idha nandati pecca nandati, katapuñño ubhayattha nandati, puññaṃ me katan'ti nandati, bhiyyo nandati suggatiṃ gato.

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tasmā pattapuṭass'eva, ñatvā sampākam'attano, asante n'upaseveyya, sante seveyya paṇḍito, asanto nirayaṃ nenti, santo pāpenti suggatin'ti.

suhajja →

bodhirasa

friend, well-wisher

DHP 219 piyavaggo

cirappavāsiṃ purisaṃ, dūrato sotthim'āgataṃ, ñātimittā suhajjā ca, abhinandanti āgataṃ.

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhasammadasammatto, āyasakyaṃ nigacchati, ñātimittā suhajjā ca, parivajjanti kodhanaṃ.

suhita →

bodhirasa

satiated, satisfied, full (with food or drink)

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

allaṃ sukkhaṃ vā bhuñjanto, na bāḷhaṃ suhito siyā, ūn'ūdaro mit'āhāro, sato bhikkhu paribbaje.

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

idh'āhaṃ bhikkhave bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito paripuṇṇo pariyosito suhito yāva'd'attho, siyā ca me piṇḍapāto atirekadhammo chaḍḍanīyadhammo

sujjhati →

bodhirasa

is purified, is cleaned, is washed away

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

bāhukaṃ adhikakkañ'ca, gayaṃ sundarikām'api, sarassatiṃ payāgañ'ca, atho bāhumatiṃ nadiṃ, niccam'pi bālo pakkhando, kaṇhakammo na sujjhati.

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

diṭṭhena ce suddhi narassa hoti, ñāṇena vā so pajahāti dukkhaṃ, aññena so sujjhati sopadhīko, diṭṭhī hi naṃ pāva tathā vadānaṃ.

sujāna →

bodhirasa

recognisable, easily known

SN 3.11 sattajaṭilasuttaṃ

na vaṇṇarūpena naro sujāno, na vissase ittaradassanena, susaññatānañ'hi viyañjanena, asaññatā lokam'imaṃ caranti.

sujāta →

bodhirasa

well born, nobly born

THI 69 sundarī therīgāthā

ehi sārathi gacchāhi, rathaṃ niyyādayāh'imaṃ, ārogyaṃ brāhmaṇiṃ vajja, pabbaji dāni brāhmaṇo, sujāto tīhi rattīhi, tisso vijjā aphassayi.

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhaddo assājānīyo ubhato sujāto hoti, mātito ca pitito ca. yassaṃ disāyaṃ aññe'pi bhaddā assājānīyā jāyanti, tassaṃ disāyaṃ jāto hoti.

sujīva →

bodhirasa

(of life) easy (for), comfortable (for)

DHP 244 malavaggo

sujīvaṃ ahirikena, kākasūrena dhaṃsinā, pakkhandinā pagabbhena, saṃkiliṭṭhena jīvitaṃ.

sukara →

bodhirasa

easily done, easy to do

DHP 163 attavaggo

sukarāni asādhūni, attano ahitāni ca, yaṃ ve hitañ'ca sādhuñ'ca, taṃ ve paramadukkaraṃ.

SN 1.48 paṇihitācchavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ yatha'y'idaṃ cittaṃ. yāvañ'c'idaṃ, bhikkhave, upamā'pi na sukarā yāva lahuparivattaṃ cittan'ti.

sukata →

bodhirasa

good deed, right action

DHP 314 nirayavaggo

akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tappati dukkaṭaṃ, katañ'ca sukataṃ seyyo, yaṃ katvā n'ānutappati.

sukaṭa →

bodhirasa

well done, well performed

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiko hoti aviparītadassano atthi dinnaṃ atthi yiṭṭhaṃ atthi hutaṃ atthi sukaṭa-dukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko atthi ayaṃ loko atthi paro loko atthi mātā atthi pitā atthi sattā opapātikā

sukha →

bodhirasa

easy, comfortable, pleasant, good

DN 22.8 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī'ti pajānāti. dukkhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī'ti pajānāti.

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anicce, bhikkhave, niccan'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso. dukkhe, bhikkhave, sukhan'ti saññāvipallāso cittavipallāso diṭṭhivipallāso.

sukha →

bodhirasa

ease, comfort, happiness, pleasure

DHP 131 daṇḍavaggo

sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati, attano sukham'esāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tassa sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddham'attānaṃ samanupassato, vimuttam'attānaṃ samanupassato, pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

sukhada →

bodhirasa

giving ease, who gives comfort

SN 1.42 kiṃdadasuttaṃ

kiṃdado balado hoti, kiṃdado hoti vaṇṇado, kiṃdado sukhado hoti, kiṃdado hoti cakkhudo, ko ca sabbadado hoti, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchito'ti.

SN 1.42 kiṃdadasuttaṃ

annado balado hoti, vatthado hoti vaṇṇado, yānado sukhado hoti, dīpado hoti cakkhudo.

sukhakāma →

bodhirasa

wishing for ease, fond of comfort

DHP 131 daṇḍavaggo

sukhakāmāni bhūtāni, yo daṇḍena vihiṃsati, attano sukham'esāno, pecca so na labhate sukhaṃ.

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitu'kāmo amaritu'kāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo

sukhantipi →

bodhirasa

this is comfortable, this is pleasant

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

kiñca vijānāti? sukhan'ti'pi vijānāti, dukkhan'ti'pi vijānāti, adukkhamasukhan'ti'pi vijānāti. vijānāti vijānātī'ti kho, āvuso, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccatī'ti.

sukhaphala →

bodhirasa

with pleasant fruit, with nice results

SN 1.41 ādittasuttaṃ

dinnaṃ sukhaphalaṃ hoti, n'ādinnaṃ hoti taṃ tathā, corā haranti rājāno, aggi ḍahati nassati.

sukhappaṭisaṃvedī →

bodhirasa

experiencing ease, feeling comfort

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

sukhappaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, sukhappaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

sukhasambhāsa →

bodhirasa

easy to talk to, pleasant to converse with

KHPa 5 maṅgala suttavaṇṇanā

nivāto nāma nīcamanatā nivātavuttitā, yāya samannāgato puggalo nihatamāno nihatadappo pādapuñchanakacoḷasadiso chinnavisāṇausabhasamo uddhaṭadāṭhasappasamo ca hutvā saṇho sakhilo sukhasambhāso hoti, ayaṃ nivāto.

sukhasaññī →

bodhirasa

perceiving pleasure (in), perceiving ease (in)

AN 4.49 vipallāsasuttaṃ

anicce niccasaññino, dukkhe ca sukhasaññino, anattani ca attā'ti, asubhe subhasaññino, micchādiṭṭhihatā sattā, khittacittā visaññino.

sukhasaṃvāsa →

bodhirasa

easy to live with

DHP 207 sukhavaggo

bālasaṅgatacārī hi, dīgham'addhāna socati, dukkho bālehi saṃvāso, amitten'eva sabbadā, dhīro ca sukhasaṃvāso, ñātīnaṃ'va samāgamo.

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

sorato hoti sukhasaṃvāso, na aññe bhikkhū ubbejetā.

sukhaviharī →

bodhirasa

who lives at ease, who lives comfortably

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī'ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharissasi

sukhavihāra →

bodhirasa

pleasant existence, easy living, comfortable life

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo bhikkhu na c'eva lābhī hoti diṭṭh'eva dhamme sukhavihārānaṃ, na lābhī satisampajaññassa. taṃ kissa hetu?

sukhavinicchaya →

bodhirasa

distinguishing happiness, evaluation of pleasure

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

sukhavinicchayaṃ jaññā, sukhavinicchayaṃ ñatvā ajjhattaṃ sukham'anuyuñjeyya.

sukhavipāka →

bodhirasa

with pleasant results, resulting in happiness

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

kusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākan'ti, evarūpaṃ te, rāhula, kāyena kammaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.

sukhaṃ →

bodhirasa

easily, comfortably, pleasantly, happily

DHP 79 paṇḍitavaggo

dhammapīti sukhaṃ seti, vippasannena cetasā, ariyappavedite dhamme, sadā ramati paṇḍito.

SN 1.71 chetvāsuttaṃ

kiṃ'su chetvā sukhaṃ seti, kiṃ'su chetvā na socati, kissa'ssu ekadhammassa, vadhaṃ rocesi gotamā'ti.

sukhaṇa →

bodhirasa

precious moment

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, suppabhātaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ, sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu.

sukhesī →

bodhirasa

seeking happiness, pleasure-seeking

DHP 341 taṇhāvaggo

saritāni sinehitāni ca, somanassāni bhavanti jantuno, te sātasitā sukhesino, te ve jātijar'ūpagā narā.

sukhita →

bodhirasa

pleased, delighted, blessed, comforted, happy

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

te atthaladdhā sukhitā, viruḷhā buddhasāsane, arogā sukhitā hotha, saha sabbehi ñātibhī'ti.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

taṃ alabhantena sukhito'pi pāpakārī puggalo vajjhena upametvā karuṇāyitabbo.

sukhitatta →

bodhirasa

happy mind, easy going, lit. easy self

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

diṭṭhā vā y'eva addiṭṭhā, ye ca dūre vasanti avidūre, bhūtā vā sambhavesī vā, sabbasattā bhavantu sukhit'attā.

sukhudraya →

bodhirasa

with pleasant consequences, lit. yielding happiness

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

kusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākan'ti, evarūpaṃ te, rāhula, kāyena kammaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.

sukhuma →

bodhirasa

fine, subtle, refined

DHP 125 pāpavaggo

yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati, suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa, tam'eva bālaṃ pacceti pāpaṃ, sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃ'va khitto.

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atīt'ānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ, n'etaṃ mama, n'eso'ham'asmi, na m'eso attā'ti evam'etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ

sukhuma →

bodhirasa

fine quality, exquisite

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khoma-sukhumānaṃ kappāsika-sukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānaṃ kambala-sukhumānaṃ

sukhumasahagata →

bodhirasa

very fine, tiny-sized, very subtle

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumavālukā kāḷajallikā.

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi adhicittam'anuyuttassa bhikkhuno sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā ñātivitakko janapadavitakko anavaññattipaṭisaṃyutto vitakko

sukhumasakkharā →

bodhirasa

small stone, tiny pebble

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumasakkharā thūlavālukā.

sukhumavālukā →

bodhirasa

find sand, fine gravel

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi jātarūpassa sukhumasahagatā upakkilesā sukhumavālukā kāḷajallikā.

sukhumāla →

bodhirasa

delicate, refined, tender

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāvasūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

VIN 4.1.7 pabbajjākathā

tena kho pana samayena bārāṇasiyaṃ yaso nāma kulaputto seṭṭhiputto sukhumālo hoti. tassa tayo pāsādā honti, eko hemantiko, eko gimhiko, eko vassiko.

sukhāvaha →

bodhirasa

bringing happiness, bringing ease

DHP 35 cittavaggo

dunniggahassa lahuno, yatthakāmanipātino, cittassa damatho sādhu, cittaṃ dantaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

DHP 36 cittavaggo

sududdasaṃ sunipuṇaṃ, yatthakāmanipātinaṃ, cittaṃ rakkhetha medhāvī, cittaṃ guttaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

sukhī →

bodhirasa

at ease, happy, comfortable

DHP 206 sukhavaggo

sāhu dassanam'ariyānaṃ, sannivāso sadā sukho, adassanena bālānaṃ, niccam'eva sukhī siyā.

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

passaddhisambojjhaṅgo tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati. passaddhakāyassa sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

sukhī →

bodhirasa

who is at ease, who is happy, who is comfortable

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

pamuditassa pīti jāyati pītimanassa kāyo passambhati passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedayati sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati

sukittita →

bodhirasa

well explained, well expounded, well elaborated

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

et'ābhinandāmi vaco mahesino, sukittitaṃ gotam'anūpadhīkaṃ, addhā hi bhagavā pahāsi dukkhaṃ, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo.

sukka →

bodhirasa

pure, bright, good

DHP 87 paṇḍitavaggo

kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ vippahāya, sukkaṃ bhāvetha paṇḍito, okā anokam'āgamma, viveke yattha dūramaṃ.

AN 2.9 cariyasuttaṃ

dve'me, bhikkhave, dhammā sukkā lokaṃ pālenti. katame dve? hirī ca ottappañca.

sukkaṃsa →

bodhirasa

fortune, good lot, lit. share of goodness

DHP 72 bālavaggo

yāva'd'eva anatthāya, ñattaṃ bālassa jāyati, hanti bālassa sukk'aṃsaṃ, muddham'assa vipātayaṃ.

sukkha →

bodhirasa

dry

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

allaṃ sukkhaṃ vā bhuñjanto, na bāḷhaṃ suhito siyā, ūn'ūdaro mit'āhāro, sato bhikkhu paribbaje.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletukāmo assa. so tattha sukkhāni c'eva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni gomayāni pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya

sukkhaseyyā →

bodhirasa

good rest, pleasant sleep

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ dukkhaṃ sayeyyā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa sukhaseyyāya nandati.

sulabha →

bodhirasa

easily obtained, easy to get, easy to find

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

attānañ'ce piyaṃ jaññā, na naṃ pāpena saṃyuje, na hi taṃ sulabhaṃ hoti, sukhaṃ dukkaṭakārinā.

sulabhapiṇḍa →

bodhirasa

when alms-food is easy to get

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, subhikkhaṃ hoti susassaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ, sukaraṃ uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samayo padhānāya.

suladdha →

bodhirasa

fortunate, lucky, well gained

SN 8.1 nikkhantasuttaṃ

alābhā vata me, na vata me lābhā, dulladdhaṃ vata me, na vata me suladdhaṃ, yassa me anabhirati uppannā

sumajjhanhika →

bodhirasa

good noon, good afternoon

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

ye, bhikkhave, sattā majjhanhikasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, sumajjhanhiko, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānaṃ.

sumana →

bodhirasa

glad, happy, pleased, satisfied, cheerful

DHP 68 bālavaggo

tañ'ca kammaṃ kataṃ sādhu, yaṃ katvā n'ānutappati, yassa patīto sumano, vipākaṃ paṭisevati.

sumanasikata →

bodhirasa

paid good attention to, well attended to, applied the mind well

AN 5.28 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya.

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa sarabhaññapariyosāne abbhanumodi, sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu, suggahitāni te, bhikkhu, soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni

sumarati →

bodhirasa

remembers, recollects

DHP 324 nāgavaggo

dhanapālo nāma kuñjaro, kaṭukabhedano dunnivārayo, baddho kabaḷaṃ na bhuñjati, sumarati nāgavanassa kuñjaro.

sumaṅgala →

bodhirasa

very auspicious, propitious, beneficial

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, suppabhātaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ, sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu.

sumedha →

bodhirasa

wise

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

tasmā have lokavidū sumedho, lokantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā, nāsiṃsatī lokam'imaṃ parañcā'ti.

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

okañ'jahaṃ taṇhacchidaṃ anejaṃ, nandiñ'jahaṃ oghatiṇṇaṃ vimuttaṃ, kappañ'jahaṃ abhiyāce sumedhaṃ, sutvāna nāgassa apanamissanti ito.

sumedhasa →

bodhirasa

wise

DHP 29 appamādavaggo

appamatto pamattesu, suttesu bahujāgaro, abal'assaṃ'va sīgh'asso, hitvā yāti sumedhaso.

sumuhutta →

bodhirasa

good moment, auspicious time

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, suppabhātaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ, sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu.

sumukha →

bodhirasa

with a handsome face

MN 92 selasuttaṃ

pasannanetto sumukho, brahā uju patāpavā, majjhe samaṇasaṅghassa, ādicco'va virocasi.

sumutta →

bodhirasa

well free (of), good to be free (of)

DN 16.39 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

alaṃ āvuso mā socittha mā paridevittha sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena

sunakha →

bodhirasa

dog

THI 73 sumedhā therīgāthā

kāmaṃ kāmesu damassu, tāva sunakho'va saṅkhalābaddho, kāhinti khu taṃ kāmā, chātā sunakhaṃ'va caṇḍālā.

sunakkhatta →

bodhirasa

auspicious occasion

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, suppabhātaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ, sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu.

sunhāta →

bodhirasa

well bathed, well washed, ritually purified

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhano'yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodh'ābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano, atha kho so dubbaṇṇo'va hoti kodh'ābhibhūto.

suniggahita →

bodhirasa

carefully held down, firmly pinned down

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

nāsāyaṃ suggahitaṃ gahetvā uparighaṭāyaṃ suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya. uparighaṭāyaṃ suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷeyya. daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷetvā osajjeyya.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

so passeyya mahantaṃ alagaddaṃ. tam'enaṃ ajapadena daṇḍena suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya. ajapadena daṇḍena suniggahitaṃ niggahitvā, gīvāya suggahitaṃ gaṇheyya.

suniggahita →

bodhirasa

well disproved, properly refuted

DN 16.20 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

na tāv'āhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti ... uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

sunihīnapañña →

bodhirasa

of extremely low intelligence, utterly deficient in wisdom

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

parassa ce dhammam'anānujānaṃ, bālomako hoti nihīnapañño, sabb'eva bālā sunihīnapaññā, sabb'ev'ime diṭṭhiparibbasānā.

sunimmita →

bodhirasa

well designed, beautiful

SN 11.15 rāmaṇeyyakasuttaṃ

ārāmacetyā vanacetyā, pokkharañño sunimmitā, manussarāmaṇeyyassa, kalaṃgghanti soḷasiṃ.

sunipuṇa →

bodhirasa

extremely subtle, very elusive

DHP 36 cittavaggo

sududdasaṃ sunipuṇaṃ, yatthakāmanipātinaṃ, cittaṃ rakkhetha medhāvī, cittaṃ guttaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

sunivattha →

bodhirasa

well clothed, beautifully dressed

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidāna kathā

aparaṃ pana ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto tath'eva devatāhi nimmitaṃ sunivatthaṃ supārutaṃ pabbajitaṃ disvā, ko nām'eso sammā'ti sārathiṃ pucchi.

sunīhata →

bodhirasa

well saved, well salvaged, well rescued, lit. well removed

SN 1.41 ādittasuttaṃ

evaṃ ādittako loko, jarāya maraṇena ca, nīhareth'eva dānena, dinnaṃ hoti sunīhataṃ.

suparisaṃvuta →

bodhirasa

truly well restrained, self-controlled in every way, lit. well around restrained

DHP 234 kodhavaggo

kāyena saṃvutā dhīrā, atho vācāya saṃvutā, manasā saṃvutā dhīrā, te ve suparisaṃvutā.

supati →

bodhirasa

sleeps

AN 11.15 mettāsuttaṃ

sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, n'āssa aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃ vā kamati

supatittha →

bodhirasa

with beautiful banks, with beautiful bathing places

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā.

JA 546 vidhura jātakaṃ

najjāyo supatitthāyo, soṇṇa-vāluka-santhatā, acchā savanti ambūni, macchagumbanisevitā.

supaṭipanna →

bodhirasa

going the right way, practising well

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ... rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā, te suppaṭipannā. ye suppaṭipannā, te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti.

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti, suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho.

supina →

bodhirasa

dream

AN 11.15 mettāsuttaṃ

sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, n'āssa aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃ vā kamati

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

supinena yathā'pi saṅgataṃ, paṭibuddho puriso na passati, evam'pi piyāyitaṃ janaṃ, petaṃ kālakataṃ na passati.

supina →

bodhirasa

interpreting dreams

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

āthabbaṇaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ, no vidahe atho'pi nakkhattaṃ, virutañ'ca gabbhakaraṇaṃ, tikicchaṃ māmako na seveyya.

supinaka →

bodhirasa

dream

DN 23.10 pāyāsisuttaṃ

abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, rājañña, divā seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan'ti

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

aṅgārakās'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. supinak'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.

supita →

bodhirasa

sleep

SNP 22 uṭṭhānasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 10

uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, ko attho supitena vo, āturānañ'hi kā niddā, sallaviddhāna ruppataṃ.

suppabhāta →

bodhirasa

beautiful sunrise, good dawn

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, suppabhātaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ, sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu.

suppabuddhaṃ →

bodhirasa

wide awake, well awakened

DHP 296 pakiṇṇakavaggo

suppabuddhaṃ pabujjhanti, sadā gotamasāvakā, yesaṃ divā ca ratto ca, niccaṃ buddhagatā sati.

suppadhaṃsiya →

bodhirasa

easily overwhelmed, easily overcome, easily knocked over

SN 20.3 kulasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno mettācetovimutti abhāvitā abahulīkatā so suppadhaṃsiyo hoti amanussehi.

SN 20.3 kulasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni appapurisāni tāni suppadhaṃsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi.

suppahāya →

bodhirasa

easily abandoned, easy to renounce, easy to give up, lit. could be abandoned easily

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

satto guhāyaṃ bahun'ābhichanno, tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho, dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so, kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā.

suppatiṭṭhita →

bodhirasa

well established, firmly grounded, firmly planted

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suppatiṭṭhita-cittā viharantiyo

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

sā purimaṃ pādaṃ na suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṃ pādaṃ uddhareyya.

suppavattī →

bodhirasa

well recited, lit. flowing forth easily

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

ubhayāni kho pana me pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

suppaṭividdha →

bodhirasa

thoroughly penetrated, completely understood

AN 5.28 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya.

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manas'ānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sutadhanaṃ

suppaṭivinīta →

bodhirasa

thoroughly removed, completely subdued

SN 21.10 theranāmakasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, thera, ekavihāro vitthārena paripuṇṇo hoti. idha, thera, yaṃ atītaṃ taṃ pahīnaṃ, yaṃ anāgataṃ taṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, paccuppannesu ca attabhāvapaṭilābhesu chandarāgo suppaṭivinīto.

supubbaṇha →

bodhirasa

good morning, lit. good early day

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

ye, bhikkhave, sattā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, supubbaṇho, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānaṃ.

supupphita →

bodhirasa

in full bloom, abounding in blossoms, covered with flowers, lit. well flowered

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantā yena andhavanaṃ ten'upasaṅkami divāvihārāya. andhavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ supupphita-sāla-rukkhamūle aṭṭhāsi.

supupphitagga →

bodhirasa

having a flowering crest, with flowers on top

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

supupphit'aggaṃ upagamma bhikkhuni, ekā tuvaṃ tiṭṭhasi sālamūle, na c'atthi te dutiyā vaṇṇadhātu, bāle na tvaṃ bhāyasi dhuttakānan'ti.

supāruta →

bodhirasa

well dressed, lit. well covered

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidāna kathā

aparaṃ pana ekadivasaṃ uyyānaṃ gacchanto tath'eva devatāhi nimmitaṃ sunivatthaṃ supārutaṃ pabbajitaṃ disvā, ko nām'eso sammā'ti sārathiṃ pucchi.

surabhi →

bodhirasa

fragrant, sweet smelling, perfumed

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tagarañ'ca palāsena, yo naro upanayhati, pattā'pi surabhi vāyanti, evaṃ dhīr'ūpasevanā.

surakkhita →

bodhirasa

well protected, carefully guarded

DHP 157 attavaggo

attānañ'ce piyaṃ jaññā, rakkheyya naṃ surakkhitaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ aññataraṃ yāmaṃ, paṭijaggeyya paṇḍito.

surattavaṇṇa →

bodhirasa

well dyed colour

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ rajako yasmiṃ yasmiṃ raṅgajāte upasaṃhareyya, yadi nīlakāya yadi pītakāya yadi lohitakāya yadi mañjiṭṭhakāya, surattavaṇṇam'evassa parisuddhavaṇṇamevassa.

suriya →

bodhirasa

sun

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, suriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

surā →

bodhirasa

(distilled) liquor, spirits

AN 3.80 gandhajātasuttaṃ

pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surā-merayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

surādhutta →

bodhirasa

drunkard, who indulges in liquor, lit. liquor rogue

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

itthidhutto surādhutto, akkhadhutto ca yo naro, laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vināseti, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

surāmeraya →

bodhirasa

distilled and fermented liquors, wine and spirits

AN 3.80 gandhajātasuttaṃ

pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmeraya-majjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

DHP 247 malavaggo

surāmeraya-pānañ'ca, yo naro anuyuñjati, idh'eva'm'eso lokasmiṃ, mūlaṃ khaṇati attano.

surāmerayapāna →

bodhirasa

drinking wine and spirits, drinking alcohol

DHP 247 malavaggo

surāmerayapānañ'ca, yo naro anuyuñjati, idh'eva'm'eso lokasmiṃ, mūlaṃ khaṇati attano.

surāpāna →

bodhirasa

strong drink, hard liquor

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

mahāmāyā'pi devī pure puṇṇamāya sattamadivasato paṭṭhāya vigata-surāpānaṃ mālāgandhavibhūtisampannaṃ nakkhattakīḷaṃ anubhavamānā sattame divase pāto'va uṭṭhāya

susajjita →

bodhirasa

well prepared, well decked

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

sakalaṃ lumbinīvanaṃ cittalatāvanasadisaṃ, mahānubhāvassa rañño susajjitaṃ āpānamaṇḍalaṃ viya ahosi.

susajjita →

bodhirasa

happy, cheerful, lit. sorted

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

ayaṃ varāko kiñcā'pi idāni sukhito susajjito bhoge paribhuñjati, atha kho tīsu dvāresu ekenā'pi katassa kalyāṇakammassa abhāvā idāni apāyesu anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedissatī'ti.

susallikhitagatta →

bodhirasa

well shaped body, lit. well carved limbs

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

atha kho rājā pasenadi kosalo aparena samayena susallikhitagatto pāṇinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi

susamuṭṭhāpaya →

bodhirasa

easy to arouse, easy to stimulate

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? līnaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ taṃ etehi dhammehi susamuṭṭhāpayaṃ hoti.

susamāhita →

bodhirasa

(of music) well composed, well put together, well played (music)

JA 374 cūḷadhanuggaha jātakaṃ

k'āyaṃ eḷagalāgumbe, karoti ahuhāsiyaṃ, na'y'idha naccaṃ vā gītaṃ vā, tāḷaṃ vā susamāhitaṃ, anamhikāle sussoṇi, kiṃ nu jagghasi sobhaṇe.

susamāhita →

bodhirasa

(of behaviour) thoroughly composed (in), well controlled (in)

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

bahussuto ca medhāvī, sīlesu susamāhito, cetosamatham'anuyutto, api muddhani tiṭṭhatu.

DHP 10 yamakavaggo

yo ca vantakasāvassa, sīlesu susamāhito, upeto damasaccena, sa ve kāsāvam'arahati.

susamāraddha →

bodhirasa

resolutely undertaken, fully engaged with, energetically undertaken

DHP 293 pakiṇṇakavaggo

yesañ'ca susamāraddhā, niccaṃ kāyagatā sati, akiccaṃ te na sevanti, kicce sātaccakārino, satānaṃ sampajānānaṃ, atthaṃ gacchanti āsavā.

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā'ti kho, bhikkhave, kāyagatāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. tasmā't'iha vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, kāyagatā no sati bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā'ti.

susassa →

bodhirasa

good harvest, lit. good crop

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, subhikkhaṃ hoti susassaṃ sulabhapiṇḍaṃ, sukaraṃ uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo samayo padhānāya.

susaññata →

bodhirasa

self-controlled, well restrained

SN 3.11 sattajaṭilasuttaṃ

na vaṇṇarūpena naro sujāno, na vissase ittaradassanena, susaññatānañ'hi viyañjanena, asaññatā lokam'imaṃ caranti.

susaṃvuta →

bodhirasa

well restrained (in), well controlled (in), well guarded (in)

DHP 8 yamakavaggo

asubh'ānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu susaṃvutaṃ, bhojanamhi ca mattaññuṃ, saddhaṃ āraddhavīriyaṃ, taṃ ve nappasahati māro, vāto selaṃ'va pabbataṃ.

DHP 281 maggavaggo

vāc'ānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto, kāyena ca n'ākusalaṃ kayirā, ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ārādhaye maggam'isippaveditaṃ.

susikkhita →

bodhirasa

well trained, thoroughly mastered

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

bāhusaccañ'ca sippañ'ca, vinayo ca susikkhito, subhāsitā ca yā vācā, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

SN 20.6 dhanuggahasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, cattāro daḷhadhammā dhanuggahā susikkhitā katahatthā kat'ūpāsanā catuddisā ṭhitā assu.

sussati →

bodhirasa

dries up, withers

SN 1.10 araññasuttaṃ

anāgatappajappāya, atītass'ānusocanā, etena bālā sussanti, naḷo'va harito luto'ti.

sussoṇi →

bodhirasa

beautiful bitch

JA 374 cūḷadhanuggaha jātakaṃ

k'āyaṃ eḷagalāgumbe, karoti ahuhāsiyaṃ, na'y'idha naccaṃ vā gītaṃ vā, tāḷaṃ vā susamāhitaṃ, anamhikāle sussoṇi, kiṃ nu jagghasi sobhaṇe.

sussūsati →

bodhirasa

wants to hear, wishes to listen

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati.

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīr'atthā lok'uttarā suññatappaṭisaṃyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti na sotaṃ odahissanti

sussūsā →

bodhirasa

wanting to hear, wishing to listen

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

avisaṃvādanā mittānaṃ āhāro, sajjhāyakiriyā bāhusaccassa āhāro, sussūsā paripucchā paññāya āhāro

susu →

bodhirasa

young

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu daharo hoti yuvā susu kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samayo padhānāya.

susukha →

bodhirasa

extremely pleasant, very comfortable

TH 172 bākula theragāthā

susukhaṃ vata nibbānaṃ, sammāsambuddha-desitaṃ, asokaṃ virajaṃ khemaṃ, yattha dukkhaṃ nirujjhatī'ti.

susukhaṃ →

bodhirasa

extremely happily, very comfortably

DHP 197 sukhavaggo

susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, verinesu averino, verinesu manussesu, viharāma averino.

DHP 199 sukhavaggo

susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, ussukesu anussukā, ussukesu manassesu, viharāma anussukā.

susukā →

bodhirasa

carnivorous fish

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udak'orohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. katamāni cattāri? ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukā-bhayaṃ

susukābhaya →

bodhirasa

danger of carnivorous fish

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udak'orohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. katamāni cattāri? ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu susukābhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvatto. susukābhayan'ti kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmass'etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.

susumāra →

bodhirasa

crocodile, alligator, lit. child killer

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

ahiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. susumāraṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. pakkhiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. kukkuraṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. siṅgālaṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. makkaṭaṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya.

susāna →

bodhirasa

burial ground for bones of cremated corpses

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanappatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

bhikkhuno vijigucchato, bhajato rittam'āsanaṃ, rukkhamūlaṃ susānaṃ vā, pabbatānaṃ guhāsu vā.

susāyanha →

bodhirasa

good evening

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

ye, bhikkhave, sattā sāyanhasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, susāyanho, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānan'ti.

suta →

bodhirasa

learning, knowledge, lit. heard

SN 37.34 vaḍḍhīsuttaṃ

saddhāya vaḍḍhati, sīlena vaḍḍhati, sutena vaḍḍhati, cāgena vaḍḍhati, paññāya vaḍḍhati.

AN 3.71 uposathasuttaṃ

tassa attano ca tāsañ'ca devatānaṃ saddhañ'ca sīlañ'ca sutañ'ca cāgañ'ca paññañ'ca anussarato cittaṃ pasīdati, pāmojjaṃ uppajjati, ye cittassa upakkilesā te pahīyanti

suta →

bodhirasa

what is heard

VIN 4.4.120 aphāsukavihāra

saṅghaṃ, bhante, pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. passanto paṭikarissāmi

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

ye kec'ime samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, diṭṭha-ssuten'āpi vadanti suddhiṃ, sīlabbatenāpi vadanti suddhiṃ, anekarūpena vadanti suddhiṃ, kacci'ssu te bhagavā tattha yatā carantā, atāru jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

suta →

bodhirasa

heard

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṃ nāma aṅgānaṃ nigamo.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

diṭṭhā'pi sutā'pi te janā, yesaṃ nāmam'idaṃ pavuccati, nāmaṃ yev'āvasissati, akkheyyaṃ petassa jantuno.

suta →

bodhirasa

learned, lit. heard

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahu-ssuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo

AN 4.97 khippanisantisuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañ'ca dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañ'ca dhammānaṃ atth'ūpaparikkhī hoti attham'aññāya dhammam'aññāya, dhamm'ānudhammappaṭipanno hoti.

sutadhana →

bodhirasa

value of learning, treasure of knowledge

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

saddhādhanaṃ sīladhanaṃ, hirī ottappiyaṃ dhanaṃ, sutadhanañ'ca cāgo ca, paññā ve sattamaṃ dhanaṃ.

sutadhara →

bodhirasa

who has learned by heart, who remembers what one has learned, lit. carrier of learning

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo.

sutamatta →

bodhirasa

merely what is heard, only what is heard, as much as is heard

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ettha ca te, māluṅkyaputta, diṭṭhasutamutaviññātabbesu dhammesu diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissati, sute sutamattaṃ bhavissati, mute mutamattaṃ bhavissati, viññāte viññātamattaṃ bhavissati.

sutasannicaya →

bodhirasa

who stores up learning, who accumulates knowledge

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo.

sutavantu →

bodhirasa

learned, well-studied, educated, initiated

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcikkhati, ahaṃ kho etarahi rūpena khajjāmi. atītam'p'āhaṃ addhānaṃ evam'eva rūpena khajjiṃ, seyyathā'pi etarahi paccuppannena rūpena khajjāmi

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

idha, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpaṃ attato samanupassati

sutavantu →

bodhirasa

who has heard about

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

evaṃ abhisaddahati, ime kho te dhammā ye me pubbe sutavā ahesuṃ, ten'āhaṃ etarahi kāyena ca phusitvā viharāmi, paññāya ca ativijjha passāmī'ti.

suti →

bodhirasa

learning, lit. hearing

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, mun'īdha nanda kusalā vadanti, visenikatvā anīghā nirāsā, caranti ye te munayoti brūmi.

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, sīlabbatenā'pi na suddhim'āha, adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā añāṇā, asīlatā abbatā no'pi tena, ete ca nissajja anuggahāya, santo anissāya bhavaṃ na jappe.

sutta →

bodhirasa

lying down, asleep, sleeping

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī'ti

DHP 29 appamādavaggo

appamatto pamattesu, suttesu bahujāgaro, abal'assaṃ'va sīghasso, hitvā yāti sumedhaso.

sutta →

bodhirasa

discourse, lit. thread

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.

sutta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) rule

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

ubhayāni kho pana me pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

suttaka →

bodhirasa

string, cord, line, thread

SN 17.3 kummasuttaṃ

akkhato kho'mhi, tāta kumma, anupahato, atthi ca me idaṃ suttakaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhan'ti.

suttanta →

bodhirasa

discourse, teaching, instruction

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīr'atthā lok'uttarā suññatappaṭisaṃyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti na sotaṃ odahissanti

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

akkharā'pi akār'ādayo ekacattālīsaṃ suttanto-upakārā.

suttappabuddha →

bodhirasa

awoken from sleep

SN 6.4 bakabrahmasuttaṃ

yaṃ tvaṃ apāyesi bahū manusse, pipāsite ghammani samparete, taṃ te purāṇaṃ vatasīlavattaṃ, suttappabuddho'va anussarāmi.

sutvā →

bodhirasa

having heard, having listened (to)

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṃnettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṃ'y'eva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī'ti.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

sutvā rusito bahuṃ vācaṃ, samaṇānaṃ vā puthujanānaṃ, pharusena ne na paṭivajjā, na hi santo paṭisenikaronti.

sutvāna →

bodhirasa

having heard, having listened (to)

DHP 82 paṇḍitavaggo

yathā'pi rahado gambhīro, vippasanno anāvilo, evaṃ dhammāni sutvāna, vippasīdanti paṇḍitā.

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

sutvāna dāyapālaṃ etad'avoca, mā, āvuso dāyapāla, bhagavantaṃ vāresi

sutānuggahita →

bodhirasa

supported by learning , assisted by study

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, sammādiṭṭhi sīl'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sut'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacch'ānuggahitā ca hoti, samath'ānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassan'ānuggahitā ca hoti.

sutāḷita →

bodhirasa

well beaten, thoroughly thrashed, well flogged

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

nāsāyaṃ suggahitaṃ gahetvā uparighaṭāyaṃ suniggahitaṃ niggaṇheyya. uparighaṭāyaṃ suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷeyya. daṇḍena sutāḷitaṃ tāḷetvā osajjeyya.

suva →

bodhirasa

parrot

DN 22.7 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṃ suvānehi vā khajjamānaṃ sigālehi vā khajjamānaṃ (syā pī)

suvaca →

bodhirasa

easy to speak to, obedient, compliant

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

karaṇīyam'attha-kusalena, yantaṃ santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca, sakko ujū ca sūjū ca, suvaco c'assa mudu anatimānī.

suvaṇṇa →

bodhirasa

beautiful, lit. good appearance

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

so sace ākaṅkhati, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṃ

suvaṇṇa →

bodhirasa

golden, golden-coloured

ANa 1.14.1 mahākassapatthera vatthu

niyyānikaṃ vata buddhasāsanan'ti pasīditvā yojanikaṃ suvaṇṇa-cetiyaṃ kambalakañcukena parikkhipitvā tattha tattha rathacakkappamāṇehi suvaṇṇa-padumehi alaṅkari.

suvaṇṇa →

bodhirasa

gold

SN 3.11 sattajaṭilasuttaṃ

patirūpako mattikākuṇḍalo'va, loh'aḍḍhamāso'va suvaṇṇa-channo, caranti loke parivārachannā, anto asuddhā bahi sobhamānā'ti.

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate ath'āparaṃ suvaṇṇa-sikatā-vasissanti.

suvaṇṇadaṇḍa →

bodhirasa

golden handled

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anekasākhañ'ca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, chattaṃ marū dhārayum'antalikkhe, suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā, na dissare cāmara-chatta-gāhakā.

suvaṇṇakaṭāha →

bodhirasa

golden vase, golden flower pot

VINa 1.2.3 tatiyasaṅgīti kathā

rañño imaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ passantassa pītiyā nirantaraṃ phuṭasarīrassa añjaliṃ paggahetvā ṭhitasseva mahābodhi mūlasatena suvaṇṇakaṭāhe patiṭṭhāsi

suvaṇṇakāra →

bodhirasa

goldsmith, lit. gold maker

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakār'antevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati.

suvaṇṇamālā →

bodhirasa

gold chain, lit. golden wreath

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati, yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya, tañ'c'assa atthaṃ anubhoti.

suvibhatta →

bodhirasa

well divided, evenly divided

DN 19.8 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

ko nu kho, bho, pahoti imaṃ mahāpathaviṃ uttarena āyataṃ dakkhiṇena sakaṭamukhaṃ sattadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitun'ti

suvibhatta →

bodhirasa

well analysed, well explained, lit. well divided

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

ubhayāni kho pana me pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

suvijāna →

bodhirasa

easily understood, easily recognised, easily known

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

suvijāno bhavaṃ hoti, suvijāno parābhavo, dhammakāmo bhavaṃ hoti, dhammadessī parābhavo.

suvikappita →

bodhirasa

neatly arranged, well ordered, neatly trimmed

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yassa vitakkā vidhūpitā, ajjhattaṃ suvikappitā asesā, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

suvikkhālita →

bodhirasa

well washed, thoroughly rinsed

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, araññ'āyatane mahāsarasī. taṃ nāgā upanissāya viharanti. te taṃ sarasiṃ ogāhetvā soṇḍāya bhisamuḷālaṃ abbuhetvā suvikkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā akaddamaṃ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharanti.

suvilitta →

bodhirasa

well perfumed, well oiled, well anointed

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhano'yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo kodh'ābhibhūto kodhapareto, kiñcāpi so hoti sunhāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano, atha kho so dubbaṇṇo'va hoti kodh'ābhibhūto.

suvimutta →

bodhirasa

well freed, correctly liberated, perfectly emancipated

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ... rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimuttā, te suvimuttā. ye suvimuttā, te kevalino. ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ n'atthi paññāpanāya.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

etesu dhammesu vineyya chandaṃ, bhikkhu satimā suvimutta-citto, kālena so sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno, ekodibhūto vihane tamaṃ so'ti.

suvimuttacitta →

bodhirasa

with well liberated mind, with completely free heart

DHP 20 yamakavaggo

appam'pi ce sahitaṃ bhāsamāno, dhammassa hoti anudhammacārī, rāgañ'ca dosañ'ca pahāya mohaṃ, sammappajāno suvimuttacitto, anupādiyāno idha vā huraṃ vā, sa bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

etesu dhammesu vineyya chandaṃ, bhikkhu satimā suvimuttacitto, kālena so sammā dhammaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno, ekodibhūto vihane tamaṃ so'ti.

suvinicchita →

bodhirasa

well investigated, thoroughly analysed, lit. well picked apart

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

ubhayāni kho pana me pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

suvinīta →

bodhirasa

well trained, well disciplined, well educated

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

idha, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpaṃ attato samanupassati

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

sutavā ca kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto, sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto, rūpaṃ n'etaṃ mama

suvisuddha →

bodhirasa

well cleansed, perfectly purified, completely pure

SN 35.245 kiṃsukopamasuttaṃ

atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yen'aññataro bhikkhu ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad'avoca, kittāvatā nu kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotī'ti?

suvuṭṭhita →

bodhirasa

good wake up, pleasant rising, lit. well risen

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, suppabhātaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ, sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu.

suvūpasamaya →

bodhirasa

easy to calm, easy to settle

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? uddhataṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ taṃ etehi dhammehi suvūpasamayaṃ hoti.

suyiṭṭha →

bodhirasa

well given, properly offered, lit. well sacrificed

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

sunakkhattaṃ sumaṅgalaṃ, suppabhātaṃ suvuṭṭhitaṃ, sukhaṇo sumuhutto ca, suyiṭṭhaṃ brahmacārisu.

suyyati →

bodhirasa

is heard

JAa 466 samuddavāṇija jātakavaṇṇanā

manussasaddo viya suyyati, jānissāma nan'ti saddānusārena gantvā taṃ purisaṃ disvā, yakkho bhavissatī'ti bhītatasitā sare sannayhiṃsu

suñña →

bodhirasa

empty (of), void

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yāvatā kho, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimuttiyo, akuppā tāsaṃ cetovimutti aggam'akkhāyati. sā kho pan'ākuppā cetovimutti suññā rāgena, suññā dosena, suññā mohena.

SN 35.68 suññatalokasuttaṃ

suñño loko, suñño loko'ti, bhante, vuccati. kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, suñño loko'ti vuccatī'ti? yasmā ca kho ānanda suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā tasmā suñño loko'ti vuccati.

suñña →

bodhirasa

empty, uninhabited

DN 16.7 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suñña-agāraṃ pāvisi

suññata →

bodhirasa

empty, void, non-subjective

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti, ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ek'atthā byañjanam'eva nānan'ti?

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katamā c'āvuso, suññatā cetovimutti? idh'āvuso, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññ'āgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati, suññam'idaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā'ti. ayaṃ vuccat'āvuso, suññatā cetovimutti.

suññato →

bodhirasa

as empty, as void

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato, att'ānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā, evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī'ti.

suññato →

bodhirasa

empty, void

DHP 92 arahantavaggo

yesaṃ sannicayo natthi, ye pariññātabhojanā, suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yesaṃ gocaro, ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, gati tesaṃ durannayā.

DHP 93 arahantavaggo

yass'āsavā parikkhīṇā, āhāre ca anissito, suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yassa gocaro, ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, padaṃ tassa durannayaṃ.

suññatā →

bodhirasa

emptiness, voidness, non-subjectiveness

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye te suttantā tathāgatabhāsitā gambhīrā gambhīr'atthā lok'uttarā suññata-ppaṭisaṃyuttā, tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti na sotaṃ odahissanti na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessanti na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññissanti.

suññāgāra →

bodhirasa

empty dwelling, uninhabited place

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

kacci nu kho ahaṃ suññāgāre abhiramāmī'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabba

SN 11.3 dhajaggasuttaṃ

araññe rukkhamūle vā, suññāgāre'va bhikkhavo, anussaretha sambuddhaṃ, bhayaṃ tumhāka no siyā.

suññāgāragata →

bodhirasa

gone to an uninhabited place, gone to an empty dwelling

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

katamā c'āvuso, suññatā cetovimutti? idh'āvuso, bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññ'āgāragato vā iti paṭisañcikkhati, suññam'idaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā'ti. ayaṃ vuccat'āvuso, suññatā cetovimutti.

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

idha bhikkhave bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā

suṃsumāra →

bodhirasa

crocodile, alligator, lit. child killer

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

ahiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. suṃsumāraṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. pakkhiṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. kukkuraṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. siṅgālaṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya. makkaṭaṃ gahetvā daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya.

suṇanta →

bodhirasa

hearing

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yath'āssa suṇato saddaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

suṇoti →

bodhirasa

listens, hears

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

kathaṃ satassa carato, viññāṇaṃ uparujjhati, bhagavantaṃ puṭṭhum'āgamma, taṃ suṇoma vaco tava.

SNP 24 nigrodhakappasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 12

yad'atthikaṃ, brahmacariyaṃ acarī, kappāyano kacci'ssa taṃ amoghaṃ, nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso, yathā vimutto ahu taṃ suṇoma.

suṇāti →

bodhirasa

listens (to), hears

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti?

AN 5.202 dhammassavanasuttaṃ

pañc'ime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dhammassavane. katame pañca? assutaṃ suṇāti, sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṃ vitarati, diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti, cittam'assa pasīdati.

suṇātu →

bodhirasa

listen! hear!

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho.

suṭṭhu →

bodhirasa

well, good, right, most certainly

VIN-t 8.5 uposatha pavāraṇā vinicchaya kathā

passatha, bhante, taṃ āpattiṃ. āma, āvuso, passāmi. āyatiṃ, bhante, saṃvareyyātha. sādhu suṭṭhu āvuso saṃvarissāmi.

svādigaṇa →

bodhirasa

√su etc group, root group 4 ṇu ṇā

svāssudaṃ →

bodhirasa

he indeed

DN 14.4 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo. svāssudaṃ aṅken'eva aṅkaṃ parihariyati

sāhasā →

bodhirasa

impulsively, quickly, suddenly

DHP 256 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena hoti dhammaṭṭho, yen'atthaṃ sāhasā naye, yo ca atthaṃ anatthañ'ca, ubho niccheyya paṇḍito.

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo ñātīnaṃ sakhīnaṃ vā, dāresu paṭidissati, sāhasā sampiyena vā, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

sāhāra →

bodhirasa

has fuel, has nutriment, has sustenance, lit. with food

AN 10.61 avijjāsuttaṃ

avijjam'p'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko c'āhāro avijjāya?

sāhāra →

bodhirasa

with revenues, with subject territory, lit. with sustenance

VIN 4.6.177 licchavī vatthu

sace'pi me ayyaputtā vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dajjeyyātha n'eva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattan'ti

sākacchānuggahita →

bodhirasa

supported by discussion, assisted by conversation

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, sammādiṭṭhi sīl'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sut'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacch'ānuggahitā ca hoti, samath'ānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassan'ānuggahitā ca hoti.

sāmaggiya →

bodhirasa

suitable, appropriate, fitting

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

patilīnacarassa bhikkhuno, bhajamānassa vivittam'āsanaṃ, sāmaggiyam'āhu tassa taṃ, yo attānaṃ bhavane na dassaye.

sāra →

bodhirasa

essential, substantial, valuable

DHP 12 yamakavaggo

sārañ'ca sārato ñatvā, asārañ'ca asārato, te sāraṃ adhigacchanti, sammāsaṅkappagocarā.

sāra →

bodhirasa

core, essence, substance, value

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yo n'ājjhagamā bhavesu sāraṃ, vicinaṃ puppham'iva udumbaresu, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

MN 30 cūḷa sāropamasuttaṃ

etaṃ sāraṃ etaṃ pariyosānan'ti

sāramatī →

bodhirasa

who perceive essence (in), believing there is substance (in), thinking there is permanance (in)

DHP 11 yamakavaggo

asāre sāramatino, sāre c'āsāradassino, te sāraṃ n'ādhigacchanti, micchāsaṅkappagocarā.

sārato →

bodhirasa

as essential, as substantial, as valuable

DHP 12 yamakavaggo

sārañ'ca sārato ñatvā, asārañ'ca asārato, te sāraṃ adhigacchanti, sammāsaṅkappagocarā.

sāruppa →

bodhirasa

suitable, proper, in conformity with, lit. with same form

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

yāni ca kho tāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussa-rāhaseyyakāni paṭisallāna-sāruppāni tathārūpehi senāsanehi saṃsaggaṃ vaṇṇayāmī'ti

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariya-sāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.

sāsaṅka →

bodhirasa

suspicious, doubtful, dodgy

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno. so passeyya mahantaṃ udak'aṇṇavaṃ, orimaṃ tīraṃ sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, pārimaṃ tīraṃ khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ.

sāta →

bodhirasa

pleasure, delight, comfort

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

icchānidānā bhava-sāta-baddhā, te duppamuñcā na hi aññamokkhā, pacchā pure vā'pi apekkhamānā, ime'va kāme purime'va jappaṃ.

sātasita →

bodhirasa

attached to pleasure, clinging to comfort

DHP 341 taṇhāvaggo

saritāni sinehitāni ca, somanassāni bhavanti jantuno, te sātasitā sukhesino, te ve jātijar'ūpagā narā.

sātiya →

bodhirasa

pleasurable, enjoyable, gratifying

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

sātiyesu anassāvī, atimāne ca no yuto, saṇho ca paṭibhānavā, na saddho na virajjati.

sāṭakayuga →

bodhirasa

suit of clothes, lit. pair of cloths

DHPa 2.9.1 cūḷekasāṭaka brāhmaṇa vatthu

pubbe mahāekasāṭako catusaṭṭhiyā sāṭakayugesu dve aggahesi ayaṃ pana dvattiṃsāya laddhakāle dve aggahesi

JAa 542 umaṅga jātakavaṇṇanā

mahāsatto pana āgacchanto kahāpaṇasahassena saddhiṃ eka-sāṭakayugaṃ tambūlapasibbake ṭhapetvā āgato.

sīladhana →

bodhirasa

value of good behaviour, treasure of conduct

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

saddhādhanaṃ sīladhanaṃ, hirī ottappiyaṃ dhanaṃ, sutadhanañ'ca cāgo ca, paññā ve sattamaṃ dhanaṃ.

sīlānuggahita →

bodhirasa

supported by virtue, assisted by good conduct

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, sammādiṭṭhi sīl'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sut'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacch'ānuggahitā ca hoti, samath'ānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassan'ānuggahitā ca hoti.

sīlī →

bodhirasa

in the habit of, accustomed to, of such nature

DHP 109 sahassavaggo

abhivādana-sīlissa, niccaṃ vuḍḍh'āpacāyino, cattāro dhammā vaḍḍhanti, āyu vaṇṇo sukhaṃ balaṃ.

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

niddā-sīlī sabhā-sīlī, anuṭṭhātā ca yo naro, alaso kodhapaññāṇo, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

sūci →

bodhirasa

needle, any sharp pointed object

SN 16.10 upassayasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etad'avoca, kiṃ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, ahaṃ sūci-vāṇijako, tvaṃ sūci-kāro, udāhu ahaṃ sūci-kāro, tvaṃ sūci-vāṇijako'ti?

sūcighaṭikā →

bodhirasa

door bolt

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno taṃ puggalaṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā bahidvārakoṭṭhakā nikkhāmetvā sūcighaṭikaṃ datvā yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami

sūcikāra →

bodhirasa

needle maker

SN 16.10 upassayasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etad'avoca, kiṃ nu kho, āvuso ānanda, ahaṃ sūcivāṇijako, tvaṃ sūcikāro, udāhu ahaṃ sūcikāro, tvaṃ sūcivāṇijako'ti?

sūda →

bodhirasa

cook, chef

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattaṃ vā nānaccayehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa.

sūju →

bodhirasa

(physically verbally and mentally) straight, upright, just

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

karaṇīyam'attha-kusalena, yantaṃ santaṃ padaṃ abhisamecca, sakko ujū ca sūjū ca, suvaco c'assa mudu anatimānī.

sūkara →

bodhirasa

pig, lit. making the sound sū

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

aja-eḷaka-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti kukkuṭa-sūkara-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti hatthi-gava-assa-vaḷavā-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti

DHPa 1.1.10 cundasūkarika vatthu

bhikkhū tassa gharadvārena gacchantā taṃ saddaṃ sutvā, sūkara-saddo'ti saññino hutvā vihāraṃ gantvā satthu santike nisinnā evamāhaṃsu.

sūla →

bodhirasa

stake, spike, spear, pike, sharp pointy thing

SN 56.36 pāṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso yaṃ imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ tacchetvā ekajjhaṃ saṃhareyya, ekajjhaṃ saṃharitvā sūlaṃ kareyya

API 19 uppalavaṇṇā therīapadānaṃ

satti-sūl'ūpamā kāmā, khandhāsaṃ adhikuṭṭanā, yaṃ tvaṃ kāmaratiṃ brūsi, aratī dāni sā mama.

sūnā →

bodhirasa

slaughter-house, butchery, chopping block

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

asi-sūnā-upamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. sattisūl'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.

sūpa →

bodhirasa

dhal, soup, curry, sauce

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattaṃ vā nānaccayehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa.

DHP 64 bālavaggo

yāvajīvam'pi ce bālo, paṇḍitaṃ payirupāsati, na so dhammaṃ vijānāti, dabbī sūpa-rasaṃ yathā.

sūpadhārita →

bodhirasa

well understood, well reflected on, well considered

AN 5.28 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāya.

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa sarabhaññapariyosāne abbhanumodi, sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu, suggahitāni te, bhikkhu, soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni

sūparasa →

bodhirasa

taste of soup, flavour of curry

DHP 64 bālavaggo

yāvajīvam'pi ce bālo, paṇḍitaṃ payirupāsati, na so dhammaṃ vijānāti, dabbī sūparasaṃ yathā.

DHP 65 bālavaggo

muhuttam'api ce viññū, paṇḍitaṃ payirupāsati, khippaṃ dhammaṃ vijānāti, jivhā sūparasaṃ yathā.

sūpeyya →

bodhirasa

sauce, curry

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti, idaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.

sūra →

bodhirasa

bold, valiant, heroic, courageous

DHP 244 malavaggo

sujīvaṃ ahirikena, kāka-sūrena dhaṃsinā, pakkhandinā pagabbhena, saṃkiliṭṭhena jīvitaṃ.

sūra →

bodhirasa

hero, champion, warrior

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

nigamakathaṃ nagarakathaṃ janapadakathaṃ itthikathaṃ sūra-kathaṃ visikhākathaṃ kumbhaṭṭhānakathaṃ pubbapetakathaṃ nānattakathaṃ lok'akkhāyikaṃ samudd'akkhāyikaṃ itibhavābhavakathaṃ iti vāti

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

sūro yathā rājakhādāya puṭṭho, abhigajjam'eti paṭisūram'icchaṃ, yen'eva so tena palehi sūra, pubb'eva n'atthi yad'idaṃ yudhāya.

sūriya →

bodhirasa

sun

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

imesaṃ ce tumhe, bhikkhave, dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ upādāyupādāya kathaṃ katheyyātha, imesam'pi candima-sūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃmah'ānubhāvānaṃ tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyyātha, ko pana vādo aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānan'ti!

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kūṭ'āgāre vā kūṭ'āgārasālāyaṃ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kv'āssa patiṭṭhitā'ti? pacchimāyaṃ, bhante, bhittiyan'ti.

sūriyassuggamana →

bodhirasa

sunrise

TH 231 mahāpanthaka theragāthā

tato ratyā vivasāne, sūriyassuggamanaṃ pati, sabbaṃ taṇhaṃ visosetvā, pallaṅkena upāvisin'ti.

sūriyuggamana →

bodhirasa

sunrise

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāva-sūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

sūriyuggamanakāla →

bodhirasa

time of sunrise

DHPa 2.22.1 sundarī paribbājikā vatthu

ayaṃ pan'ettha saṅkhepo, bhagavato kira bhikkhusaṅghassa ca pañcannaṃ mahānadīnaṃ mahoghasadise lābhasakkāre uppanne hatalābhasakkārā aññatitthiyā sūriy'uggamanakāle khajjopanakā viya nippabhā hutvā ekato sannipatitvā mantayiṃsu.

sūriyāloka →

bodhirasa

sunshine, sunlight

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

idāni pana sūriyālokassa atthitāya padīpakiccaṃ idha n'atthi

sūyati →

bodhirasa

is pronounced, is written, lit. is heard

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

aṃiti akārato paraṃ yo bindu sūyate, taṃ niggahītaṃ nāma.

tad →

bodhirasa

that thing (subject or object)

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

yad'attanī passati ānisaṃsaṃ, diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā, tad'eva so tattha samuggahāya, nihīnato passati sabbamaññaṃ.

tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ →

bodhirasa

that unsurpassed goal of the spiritual path

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

tad'anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭh'eva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.

tadevekaccesu →

bodhirasa

in some specific, in a certain

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, tad'ev'ekaccesu janapadesu, pātī'ti sañjānanti, pattan'ti sañjānanti, vittan'ti sañjānanti, sarāvan'ti sañjānanti, dhāropan'ti sañjānanti, poṇan'ti sañjānanti, pisīlavan'ti sañjānanti.

taggha →

bodhirasa

truly, surely, definitely, most certainly

AN 9.11 sīhanādasuttaṃ

taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi

tajja →

bodhirasa

suitable, appropriate, lit. of that

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati, seyyathidaṃ, doṇiñ'ca paṭicca cammañ'ca paṭicca daṇḍañ'ca paṭicca upadhāraṇe ca paṭicca tantiyo ca paṭicca koṇañ'ca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca ev'āyaṃ, bhante, vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā.

tappati →

bodhirasa

is burned, is consumed, is tormented

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

yaṃ kuddho uparodheti, sukaraṃ viya dukkaraṃ, pacchā so vigate kodhe, aggidaḍḍho'va tappati.

DHP 136 daṇḍavaggo

atha pāpāni kammāni, karaṃ bālo na bujjhati, sehi kammehi dummedho, aggidaḍḍho'va tappati.

tappati →

bodhirasa

regrets, suffers remorse, lit. is burned

DHP 314 nirayavaggo

akataṃ dukkaṭaṃ seyyo, pacchā tappati dukkaṭaṃ, katañ'ca sukataṃ seyyo, yaṃ katvā n'ānutappati.

tappatirūpī →

bodhirasa

relevant to that, related to that, pertinent to that, suitable for that

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

lok'āmis'ādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī c'eva kathā saṇṭhāti, tad'anudhammañ'ca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañ'ca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati

tara →

bodhirasa

crossing, going beyond, passing, surpassing

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato, att'ānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccu-taro siyā, evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī'ti.

tathā →

bodhirasa

so, thus, in such a way, likewise, similarly

DN 13.8 tevijjasuttaṃ

upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati tathā dutiyaṃ tathā tatiyaṃ tathā catutthaṃ

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

atthaṅ'gato so uda vā so n'atthi, udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo, taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo.

tathā yathā →

bodhirasa

so … that, such … how

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye soceyyaṃ hoti? sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye soceyyaṃ hotī'ti

tathāgata →

bodhirasa

Such Become, Realised, being in such a state

DN 16.36 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi, handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā'ti. ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, passāmi ... yo imesaṃ pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena cittaṃ ārādheyya, aññatra tathāgatena vā tathāgatasāvakena vā ito vā pana sutvā.

tathāgatappavedita →

bodhirasa

preached by the Realised One, proclaimed by the the Such Become

SN 56.48 dutiyachiggaḷayugasuttaṃ

evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ manussattaṃ labhati. evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo loke dibbati.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, vessakulā ce'pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma, evaṃ mettaṃ karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ bhāvetvā labhati ajjhattaṃ vūpasamaṃ.

tathāhaṃ →

bodhirasa

as I, such as I

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

tath'āhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato n'ālaṃ antarāyāyā'ti.

tathārūpa →

bodhirasa

such, so formed, of such quality

DHP 104-105 sahassavaggo

attadantassa posassa, niccaṃ saññatacārino, n'eva devo na gandhabbo, na māro saha brahmunā, jitaṃ apajitaṃ kayirā, tathārūpassa jantuno.

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti dhātā vacasā paricitā manas'ānupekkhitā diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā.

tathāvidha →

bodhirasa

such character, such quality, such kind, such person

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

yo ca tesaṃ tattha tattha, jānāti anudhammataṃ, catupañhassa kusalo, āhu bhikkhuṃ tathāvidhaṃ.

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

vibhūtarūpasaññissa, sabbakāyappahāyino, ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, n'atthi kiñcī'ti passato, ñāṇaṃ sakk'ānupucchāmi, kathaṃ neyyo tathāvidho.

tave →

bodhirasa

(infinitive suffix) to

DHP 34 cittavaggo

vārijo'va thale khitto, okam'okata'ubbhato, pariphandat'idaṃ cittaṃ, māradheyyaṃ pahā-tave.

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

atha tvaṃ pavitakkam'āgamā, manasā diṭṭhigatāni cintayanto, dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā, na hi tvaṃ sakkhasi sampayā-tave'ti.

tesu →

bodhirasa

in those, in them, among them, among those

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

visenikatvā pana ye caranti, diṭṭhīhi diṭṭhiṃ avirujjhamānā, tesu tvaṃ kiṃ labhetho pasūra, yes'īdha natthī param'uggahītaṃ.

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

iti yathā yathā naṃ tesu tesu janapadesu sañjānanti tathā tathā thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati, idam'eva saccaṃ, mogham'aññan'ti.

tibba →

bodhirasa

agony, torture, suffering

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

evaṃ dīgharattaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ byasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ, kaṭasī vaḍḍhitā.

titikkhā →

bodhirasa

endurance, long-sufferance, forgiveness

DHP 184 buddhavaggo

khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā, na hi pabbajito par'ūpaghātī, na samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.

tulā →

bodhirasa

scale, balance, measure

DN 30.21 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

tulā-kūṭa kaṃsakūṭa mānakūṭa ukkoṭana vañcana nikati sāciyoga chedana vadha bandhana viparāmosa ālopa sāhasākārā paṭivirato ahosi.

DHP 268 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na monena munī hoti, mūḷharūpo aviddasu, yo ca tulaṃ'va paggayha, varam'ādāya paṇḍito.

tyassu →

bodhirasa

they may be, they should be

SN 7.15 mānatthaddhasuttaṃ

tesu na mānaṃ kayirātha, tesu assa sagāravo, ty'assa apacitā assu, ty'assu sādhu supūjitā.

tādisa →

bodhirasa

such, like that (of), of such character, of such quality, the kind (of)

DHP 76 paṇḍitavaggo

nidhīnaṃ'va pavattāraṃ, yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ, niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ, tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje, tādisaṃ bhajamānassa, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.

AN 3.83 gadrabhasuttaṃ

tassa na tādiso vaṇṇo hoti seyyathā'pi gunnaṃ, na tādiso saro hoti seyyathā'pi gunnaṃ, na tādisaṃ padaṃ hoti seyyathā'pi gunnaṃ.

tādisaka →

bodhirasa

of such character, of such quality, like, the kind of

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

sataṃ sahassāni'pi dhuttakānaṃ, idh'āgatā tādisakā bhaveyyuṃ, lomaṃ na iñjāmi na santasāmi, na māra bhāyāmi tam'ekikā'pi.

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

yādisaṃ kurute mittaṃ, yādisaṃ c'ūpasevati, sa ve tādisako hoti, sahavāso hi tādiso.

tādī →

bodhirasa

such, of such character, of such quality, like, the kind of

DHP 94 arahantavaggo

yass'indriyāni samathaṅ'gatāni, assā yathā sārathinā sudantā, pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devā'pi tassa pihayanti tādino.

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

na kappayanti na purekkharonti, dhammā'pi tesaṃ na paṭicchitāse, na brāhmaṇo sīlavatena neyyo, pāraṅgato na pacceti tādī'ti.

tāhaṃ →

bodhirasa

that, he, she (object) I (subject)

DN 21.2 sakkapañhasuttaṃ

sakko ce me varaṃ dajjā, tāvatiṃsānam'issaro, tāhaṃ bhadde vareyyāhe, evaṃ kāmo daḷho mama.

tānassu →

bodhirasa

they could be

MN 16 cetokhilasuttaṃ

tān'assu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni

tāsu →

bodhirasa

in them, among them

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

ucc'āvacā niccharanti, dāye aggisikh'ūpamā, nāriyo muniṃ palobhenti, tāsu taṃ mā palobhayuṃ.

tīsu →

bodhirasa

in three, among three

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

samo visesī uda vā nihīno, yo maññatī so vivadetha tena, tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno, samo visesī'ti na tassa hoti.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

ayaṃ varāko kiñcā'pi idāni sukhito susajjito bhoge paribhuñjati, atha kho tīsu dvāresu ekenā'pi katassa kalyāṇakammassa abhāvā idāni apāyesu anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedissatī'ti.

ubhosu →

bodhirasa

in both

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ, phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho, yad'attagarahī tad'akubbamāno, na lippatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro.

ucchu →

bodhirasa

sugar cane

VV 30 ucchudāyikā vimānavatthu

tuvañ'ca bhante anukampakaṃ viduṃ, upecca vandiṃ kusalañ'ca pucchisaṃ, tato te ucchussa adāsi khaṇḍikaṃ, pasannacitā atulāya pītiyā'ti.

uddesa →

bodhirasa

proposition, statement in brief, summary

MN 138 uddesavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yaṃ kho no āvuso bhagavā saṃkhittena uddesaṃ uddisitvā vitthārena atthaṃ avibhajitvā uṭṭhāy'āsanā vihāraṃ paviṭṭho

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

ataramāno'va bhāseyya, no taramāno. janapadaniruttiṃ n'ābhiniveseyya, samaññaṃ n'ātidhāveyyāti, ayam'uddeso araṇavibhaṅgassa.

udraya →

bodhirasa

yielding, resulting in, producing

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā sa-udrayā'ti. evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

akusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkh'udrayaṃ dukkhavipākan'ti?

uggacchanta →

bodhirasa

(sun) rising, ascending, going up

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kūṭ'āgāre vā kūṭ'āgārasālāyaṃ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kv'āssa patiṭṭhitā'ti? pacchimāyaṃ, bhante, bhittiyan'ti.

uggacchati →

bodhirasa

(sun) rises, ascends, goes up

DNa 2.4.2 mahāsudassanasutta vaṇṇanā

kiṃ ummatto'si, nanu idān'eva divākaro atthaṅ'gato, so kathaṃ imaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ anubandhamāno uggacchissati?

ukkhipati →

bodhirasa

throws out, suspends

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho naṃ khippam'eva sannipatitvā ukkhipati. kiñcāpi so hoti majjhe bhikkhusaṅghassa nisinno, atha kho so ārakāva saṅghamhā, saṅgho ca tena

ukkhitta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) suspended

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena an-ukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

upadhi →

bodhirasa

attachment, taking as “mine”, appropriation, acquisition, lit. foundation, support, substratum

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

upadhi dukkhassa mūlan'ti, iti viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto upadhismiṃ vā kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā uppādessatī'ti, n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

dukkhassa ve maṃ pabhavaṃ apucchasi, taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ, upadhi-nidānā pabhavanti dukkhā, ye keci lokasmim'anekarūpā.

upadhivepakka →

bodhirasa

resulting in underlying attachment, resulting in taking as “mine”

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiṃ'p'ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ vadāmi. atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā, atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

upadhāraṇa →

bodhirasa

(of a lute) headstock, lit. supporting

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati, seyyathidaṃ, doṇiñ'ca paṭicca cammañ'ca paṭicca daṇḍañ'ca paṭicca upadhāraṇe ca paṭicca tantiyo ca paṭicca koṇañ'ca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca ev'āyaṃ, bhante, vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā.

upakaraṇa →

bodhirasa

equipment, tools, property, means of subsistence

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yaṃ taṃ parassa para-vitta-upakaraṇaṃ gāmagataṃ vā araññagataṃ vā taṃ n'ādinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātā hoti

upakāra →

bodhirasa

helpful, useful, beneficial, supportive

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

akkharā'pi akār'ādayo ekacattālīsaṃ suttanta-upakārā.

upasamasukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of peace, happiness of tranquillity

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idaṃ vuccati nekkhammasukhaṃ pavivekasukhaṃ upasamasukhaṃ sambodhisukhaṃ. āsevitabbaṃ, bhāvetabbaṃ, bahulīkātabbaṃ, na bhāyitabbaṃ etassa sukhassā'ti, vadāmi.

upasevī →

bodhirasa

who pursues, gets involved with, lit. who associates with

DHP 309 nirayavaggo

cattāri ṭhānāni naro pamatto, āpajjati paradāra-upasevī, apuññalābhaṃ na nikāmaseyyaṃ, nindaṃ tatīyaṃ nirayaṃ catutthaṃ.

upasussati →

bodhirasa

dries up, withers, shrivels

AN 2.5 upaññātasuttaṃ

appaṭivānī sud'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, padahāmi, kāmaṃ taco ca nahāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ, yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī'ti.

upavadati →

bodhirasa

blames, insults, criticizes, finds fault (with)

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

na ca khuddamācare kiñci, yena viññū pare upavadeyyuṃ, sukhino'va khemino hontu, sabbe sattā bhavantu sukhit'attā.

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

kummo aṅgāni sake kapāle, samodahaṃ bhikkhu manovitakke, anissito aññam'aheṭhayāno, parinibbuto n'ūpavadeyya kañcī'ti.

upavāda →

bodhirasa

blame, insult, criticism, fault finding

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya, upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci, gāme ca n'ābhisajjeyya, lābhakamyā janaṃ na lapayeyya.

upaṭṭhapeti →

bodhirasa

causes to attend, sets up, makes sure is present

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhapeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati.

upaṭṭhapetvā →

bodhirasa

having caused to attend, having set up, having made sure is present

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.

upaṭṭhāka →

bodhirasa

follower, devotee, lit. supporter

VIN 4.1.41 rāhula vatthu

tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhāka-kulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi, imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū'ti.

upaṭṭhākakula →

bodhirasa

family of followers, family of devotees, supporting family

VIN 4.1.41 rāhula vatthu

tena kho pana samayena āyasmato sāriputtassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa santike dārakaṃ pāhesi, imaṃ dārakaṃ thero pabbājetū'ti.

upaṭṭhāpesi →

bodhirasa

supplied, provided, furnished (with), lit. caused to attend

DN 14.4 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

atha kho, bhikkhave, bandhumā rājā vipassissa kumārassa tayo pāsāde kārāpesi, ekaṃ vassikaṃ ekaṃ hemantikaṃ ekaṃ gimhikaṃ, pañca kāmaguṇāni upaṭṭhāpesi

upaṭṭhāpetabba →

bodhirasa

should be established, should be set up, should cause to be present, should makes sure one has

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

kālena vakkhāmi no akālena, bhūtena vakkhāmi no abhūtena, saṇhena vakkhāmi no pharusena, atthasaṃhitena vakkhāmi no anatthasaṃhitena, mettacitto vakkhāmi, no dosantaro'ti, ime pañca dhammā ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbā

VIN 4.1.41 rāhula vatthu

atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etad'ahosi, bhagavatā paññattaṃ, na ekena dve sāmaṇerā upaṭṭhāpetabbā'ti.

upaṭṭhāpeti →

bodhirasa

establishes, sets up, cause to be present, makes sure one has

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

no ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno mettaṃ cittaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti sabrahmacārīsu anāghātaṃ, tassa bhavanti vattāro, iṅgha tāva āyasmā sabrahmacārīsu mettaṃ cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpehī'ti, iti'ssa bhavanti vattāro.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

āneñjapaṭisaṃyuttāya ca pana kathāya kacchamānāya na sussūsati, na sotaṃ odahati, na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, na ca taṃ purisaṃ bhajati, na ca tena vittiṃ āpajjati.

upaṭṭhāpetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to set up, to establish, to make sure is present

AN 6.102 anavatthitasuttaṃ

cha, bhikkhave, ānisaṃse sampassamānena alam'eva bhikkhunā sabbasaṅkhāresu anodhiṃ karitvā aniccasaññaṃ upaṭṭhāpetuṃ. katame cha?

upaṭṭhāpetvā →

bodhirasa

having set up, having established, having made sure is present

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

na kho, ānanda, sukaraṃ paresaṃ dhammaṃ desetuṃ. paresaṃ, ānanda, dhammaṃ desentena pañca dhamme ajjhattaṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo. katame pañca?

upekkhā →

bodhirasa

mental poise, mental balance, equanimity, composure, lit. looking on

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yad'idaṃ upekkhā'ti

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

upekkhaṃ, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvehi. upekkhañ'hi te, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvayato yo paṭigho so pahīyissati.

upekkhāsatipārisuddhi →

bodhirasa

purification of awareness by equanimity

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubb'eva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.

upeti →

bodhirasa

is suitable (for), is ready (for), is fit (for)

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ dhantaṃ sandhantaṃ niddhantaṃ nihitaṃ ninnītakasāvaṃ, mudu ca hoti kammaniyañ'ca pabhassarañ'ca, na ca pabhaṅgu, sammā upeti kammāya.

uppāta →

bodhirasa

sudden events, comets, meteors, disasters

APA 8 upāli therāpadānaṃ

uppātesu nimittesu, lakkhaṇesu ca kovidaṃ, ajjhāyakaṃ mantadharaṃ, porohicce ṭhapeti so.

ussa →

bodhirasa

excellent, superior

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

vītagedho amaccharī, na ussesu vadate muni, na samesu na omesu, kappaṃ n'eti akappiyo.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

na samesu na omesu, na ussesu vadate muni, santo so vītamaccharo, n'ādeti na nirassatī'ti.

ussuka →

bodhirasa

zealously desiring, ambitious, anxiously striving i.e. anxious, agitated, stressed

DHP 199 sukhavaggo

susukhaṃ vata jīvāma, ussukesu anussukā, ussukesu manassesu, viharāma anussukā.

usu →

bodhirasa

arrow

SN 56.35 sattisatasuttaṃ

anamataggo'yaṃ, bhikkhave, saṃsāro. pubbā koṭi nappaññāyati sattippahārānaṃ asippahārānaṃ usu-ppahārānaṃ pharasuppahārānaṃ

usukāra →

bodhirasa

arrow-maker, fletcher

DHP 33 cittavaggo

phandanaṃ capalaṃ cittaṃ, dūrakkhaṃ dunnivārayaṃ, ujuṃ karoti medhāvī, usukāro'va tejanaṃ.

DHP 80 paṇḍitavaggo

udakañ'hi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ, dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā.

usīranāḷamatta →

bodhirasa

down to the root fibres, lit. root-stalk-measure

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. so taṃ māluvālataṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya, antamaso usīranāḷamattāni'pi.

uttama →

bodhirasa

best, highest, ultimate, supreme, top

DHP 103 sahassavaggo

yo sahassaṃ sahassena, saṅgāme mānuse jine, ekañ'ca jeyyam'attānaṃ, sa ve saṅgāmaj'uttamo, attā have jitaṃ seyyo, yā c'āyaṃ itarā pajā.

SN 34.1 samādhi mūlaka samāpattisuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yv'āyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā'ti.

uttamaporisa →

bodhirasa

highest of men, best of men, superman

DHP 97 arahantavaggo

assaddho akataññū ca, sandhicchedo ca yo naro, hat'āvakāso vantāso, sa ve uttamaporiso.

uttamapurisa →

bodhirasa

highest of men, best of men, superman

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

sattaṭṭhānakusalo, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī imasmiṃ dhammavinaye kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso'ti vuccati.

uttamattha →

bodhirasa

nibbāna, ultimate good, summum bonum, supreme goal

ITI 16 paṭhamasekhasuttaṃ

yoniso manasikāro, dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno, natth'añño evaṃ bahukāro, uttam'atthassa pattiyā, yoniso padahaṃ bhikkhu, khayaṃ dukkhassa pāpuṇe'ti.

TH 236 cūḷapanthaka theragāthā

tass'āhaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā, vihāsiṃ sāsane rato, samādhiṃ paṭipādesiṃ, uttam'atthassa pattiyā.

uttara →

bodhirasa

higher, superior

DN 22.8 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

sa-uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sa-uttaraṃ cittan'ti pajānāti, an-uttaraṃ vā cittaṃ an-uttaraṃ cittan'ti pajānāti

uttari →

bodhirasa

superior, higher, better

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

paraman'ti diṭṭhīsu paribbasāno, yad'uttari kurute jantu loke, hīnā'ti aññe tato sabbam'āha, tasmā vivādāni avītivatto.

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, na ca hāyetha kadāci tulyasevī, seṭṭham'upanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā'ti.

uttarimanussadhamma →

bodhirasa

super-human state, super-power, super human distinction, lit. beyond human nature

SN 41.9 acelakassapasuttaṃ

imehi kho me, gahapati, tiṃsamattehi vassehi pabbajitassa n'atthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam'ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro, aññatra naggeyyā ca muṇḍeyyā ca pāvaḷanipphoṭanāya cā'ti

uyyāna →

bodhirasa

park, pleasure grove, lit. walk out

SN 46.6 kuṇḍaliyasuttaṃ

ārāmena ārāmaṃ uyyānena uyyānaṃ anucaṅkamāmi anuvicarāmi

THI 53 sujātā therīgāthā

annaṃ pānañ'ca ādāya, khajjaṃ bhojjaṃ anappakaṃ, gehato nikkhamitvāna, uyyānam'abhihārayiṃ.

uyyānabhūmi →

bodhirasa

parkland, pleasure park grounds

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

ath'ekadivasaṃ bodhisatto uyyānabhūmiṃ gantu'kāmo sārathiṃ āmantetvā, rathaṃ yojehī'ti āha.

uñcha →

bodhirasa

gleaning, food gathered for subsistence

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na sukaraṃ uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo asamayo padhānāya.

uṭṭhānakāla →

bodhirasa

right time for making an effort, suitable time for exertion, lit. get up time

DHP 280 maggavaggo

uṭṭhānakālamhi anuṭṭhahāno, yuvā balī ālasiyaṃ upeto, saṃsannasaṅkappamano kusīto, paññāya maggaṃ alaso na vindati.

vacīsucarita →

bodhirasa

good verbal conduct

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā

vadassū →

bodhirasa

you yourself should speak (to), you yourself should argue (with)

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

ye diṭṭhim'uggayha vivādayanti, idam'eva saccan'ti ca vādayanti, te tvaṃ vadassū na hi te'dha atthi, vādamhi jāte paṭisenikattā.

varāvara →

bodhirasa

superior and inferior, best and worst, all kinds, various

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

virato methunā dhammā, hitvā kāme varāvare, aviruddho asāratto, pāṇesu tasathāvare.

vasaṃ gacchati →

bodhirasa

follows the lead (of), submits to the control (of), falls under the power (of), lit. goes by the wish (of)

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

cittena kho, bhikkhu, loko nīyati, cittena parikassati, cittassa uppannassa vasaṃ gacchatī'ti

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

kodh'ātimānassa vasaṃ na gacche, mūlam'pi tesaṃ palikhañña tiṭṭhe, athappiyaṃ vā pana appiyaṃ vā, addhā bhavanto abhisambhaveyya.

vassūpanāyika →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) rains retreat entry

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

te upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya pañcasatatāpase himavantato āgantvā nagare bhikkhāya carante disvā pasīditvā nisīdāpetvā bhojetvā paṭiññaṃ gahetvā cattāro māse attano santike vasāpetvā puna vassāratte āgamanatthāya paṭijānāpetvā uyyojesuṃ.

vasānuga →

bodhirasa

obedient to, subservient to, under the control of, subject to

THI 71 vacchapāla theragāthā

ahaṃ tava vasānugo siyaṃ, yadi viharemase kānanantare, na hi matthi tayā piyattaro, pāṇo kinnarimandalocane.

SNP 22 uṭṭhānasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 10

uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, daḷhaṃ sikkhatha santiyā, mā vo pamatte viññāya, maccurājā amohayittha vasānuge.

vata →

bodhirasa

certainly, surely, indeed

MN 8 sallekhasuttaṃ

so vata, cunda, attanā palipapalipanno paraṃ palipapalipannaṃ uddharissatīti n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. so vata, cunda, attanā apalipapalipanno paraṃ palipapalipannaṃ uddharissatī'ti ṭhānam'etaṃ vijjati

TH 172 bākula theragāthā

susukhaṃ vata nibbānaṃ, sammāsambuddha-desitaṃ, asokaṃ virajaṃ khemaṃ, yattha dukkhaṃ nirujjhatī'ti.

vaṭṭati →

bodhirasa

it is suitable (to), it is right (to)

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

puthulato pana diyaḍḍharatanaṃ dvīsu passesu ratanamatt'ānucaṅkamaṃ dīghato saṭṭhihatthaṃ mudutalaṃ samavippakiṇṇavālukaṃ caṅkamaṃ vaṭṭati cetiyagirimhi dīpappasādakamahindattherassa caṅkamanaṃ viya, tādisaṃ taṃ ahosi.

JAa 4 cūḷaseṭṭhi jātakavaṇṇanā

kataññunā me bhavituṃ vaṭṭatī'ti ekaṃ satasahassaṃ gāhāpetvā cūḷaseṭṭhissa samīpaṃ gato

vemattatā →

bodhirasa

difference, distinction, lit. not equal in measure

MN 75 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ

api ca m'ettha puggala-vemattatā viditā'ti

vihaññamāna →

bodhirasa

suffering hardship, being annoyed, being irritated, being upset, lit. being hurt

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

disvāna rūpesu vihaññamāne, ruppanti rūpesu janā pamattā, tasmā tuvaṃ piṅgiya appamatto, jahassu rūpaṃ apunabbhavāya.

UD 16 gabbhinīsuttaṃ

sukhino vata ye akiñcanā, vedaguno hi janā akiñcanā, sakiñcanaṃ passa vihaññamānaṃ, jano janasmiṃ paṭibandhacitto.

vihaññati →

bodhirasa

suffers hardship (because of), suffers anguish (from)

DHP 62 bālavaggo

puttā m'atthi dhanam'm'atthi, iti bālo vihaññati, attā hi attano n'atthi, kuto puttā kuto dhanaṃ.

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

bālo puttataṇhāya c'eva dhanataṇhāya ca haññati vihaññati dukkhayati

vihaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they lived

SN 6.2 gāravasuttaṃ

sabbe saddhammagaruno, vihaṃsu viharanti ca, tath'āpi viharissanti, esā buddhāna dhammatā.

vikkhambhayati →

bodhirasa

unsettles, destabilizes, collapses, lit. removes the support

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇapīti, vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni, aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante, caturo sahetha paridevadhamme.

vimuttisukhada →

bodhirasa

which gives the ease of liberation

bālāvatāra paṇāma

sabbaṃ niruttipathapāragataṃ sabuddhaṃ, buddhaṃ tilokatilakaṃ hatapāpadhammaṃ, dhammaṃ vimuttisukhadaṃ vihat'āghasaṃghaṃ, saṃghaṃ ca niccam'abhivandiya dakkhiṇeyyaṃ.

vimāna →

bodhirasa

heavenly mansion, paradise, lit. unmeasurable

VV 15 uttarā vimānavatthu

uposathaṃ upavasissaṃ, sadā sīlesu saṃvutā, saññamā saṃvibhāgā ca, vimānaṃ āvasām'ahaṃ.

DHPa 1.1.2 maṭṭhakuṇḍalī vatthu

ayaṃ māṇavo mayi cittaṃ pasādetvā kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsadevaloke tiṃsayojanike kanaka-vimāne nibbattissati.

vinibandha →

bodhirasa

bondage, subjection, being tied by

AN 2.38 samacittavaggo

kāma-rāga-abhinivesa-vinibandha-paligedha-pariyuṭṭhān-ajjhosāna-hetu

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yassa vanathajā na santi keci, vinibandhāya bhavāya hetukappā, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

vinipāta →

bodhirasa

state of suffering, lit. bad fall

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu?

vipassanānuggahita →

bodhirasa

supported by insight, assisted by introspection

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, sammādiṭṭhi sīl'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sut'ānuggahitā ca hoti, sākacch'ānuggahitā ca hoti, samath'ānuggahitā ca hoti, vipassan'ānuggahitā ca hoti.

vipubbakajāta →

bodhirasa

festering, suppurating, decomposing

DN 22.7 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā'pi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ ek'āhamataṃ vā dvī'hamataṃ vā tī'hamataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakajātaṃ

vipāka →

bodhirasa

result, consequence, lit. ripening

TH 133 heraññakāni theragāthā

atha pāpāni kammāni, karaṃ bālo na bujjhati, pacch'āssa kaṭukaṃ hoti, vipāko hi'ssa pāpako'ti.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo ca kho, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yathā vedanīyaṃ ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathāssa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso hoti, okāso paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

virādhayi →

bodhirasa

missed, failed to attain, did not succeed (in)

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

yo papañcam'anuyutto, papañc'ābhirato mago, virādhayī so nibbānaṃ, yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ.

virādhayitvā →

bodhirasa

having failed (in), having not succeed (in)

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sace cuto sīlavatato hoti, pavedhatī kamma virādhayitvā, pajappatī patthayatī ca suddhiṃ, satthā'va hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā.

visama →

bodhirasa

(morally) unsuitable, wrong, out of tune, lit. unbalanced

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā, avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā, dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti, kiṃ'sū bhavissāma ito cutāse.

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, visamena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, visamena manokammena samannāgato hoti.

visamacariyā →

bodhirasa

unwholesome conduct, disharmonious behaviour, unsuitable behaviour, bad behaviour

AN 10.47 mahālisuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, mahāli, ime dasa dhammā loke saṃvijjanti, tasmā paññāyati adhammacariyā-visamacariyā'ti vā dhammacariyā-samacariyā'ti vā'ti.

visamalobha →

bodhirasa

unsuitable greed, lit. unbalanced craving

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

abhijjhā-visamalobho cittassa upakkileso, byāpādo cittassa upakkileso, kodho cittassa upakkileso, upanāho cittassa upakkileso, makkho cittassa upakkileso

visesi →

bodhirasa

distinguished, attained, superior

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

diṭṭhim'pi lokasmiṃ na kappayeyya, ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vā'pi, samo'ti attānam'anūpaneyya, hīno na maññetha visesi vā'pi.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

parassa ce vambhayitena hīno, na koci dhammesu visesi assa, puthū hi aññassa vadanti dhammaṃ, nihīnato sam'hi daḷhaṃ vadānā.

visesī →

bodhirasa

distinguished, attained, superior

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

diṭṭhim'pi lokasmiṃ na kappayeyya, ñāṇena vā sīlavatena vā'pi, samo'ti attānam'anūpaneyya, hīno na maññetha visesi vā'pi.

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

samo visesī uda vā nihīno, yo maññatī so vivadetha tena, tīsu vidhāsu avikampamāno, samo visesī'ti na tassa hoti.

vissuta →

bodhirasa

famous, renowned, heard of far and wide

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

tad'aminā'pi jānātha, yathā'me'daṃ nidassanaṃ, caṇḍālaputto sopāko, mātaṅgo iti vissuto.

visuddha →

bodhirasa

cleansed, purified, refined

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamānaṃ nisinnaṃ

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

so sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddham'attānaṃ samanupassati, vimuttam'attānaṃ samanupassati.

visuddhi →

bodhirasa

purity (of), purification (of), holiness

DHP 274 maggavaggo

ese'va maggo natth'añño, dassanassa visuddhiyā, etañ'hi tumhe paṭipajjatha, mārass'etaṃ pamohanaṃ.

DHP 277 maggavaggo

sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā'ti, yadā paññāya passati, atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.

visujjhati →

bodhirasa

is purified, is cleaned, becomes pure

DHP 165 attavaggo

attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā saṃkilissati, attanā akataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā'va visujjhati, suddhī asuddhi paccattaṃ, n'āñño aññaṃ visodhaye.

visārada →

bodhirasa

confident, self-assured, lit. not unripe, not experienced

AN 5.35 dānānisaṃsasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yad'eva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati, yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, visārado'va upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto.

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti … evaṃ so ten'aṅgena paripūro hoti.

visūka →

bodhirasa

shows, lit. twisting, wriggling

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

nacca-gīta-vādita-visūka-dassanā paṭivirato hoti mālā-gandha-vilepana-dhāraṇa-maṇḍana-vibhūsana-ṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

visūkadassana →

bodhirasa

watching shows, lit. watching wriggling

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

nacca-gīta-vādita-visūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti mālā-gandha-vilepana-dhāraṇa-maṇḍana-vibhūsana-ṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

vitti →

bodhirasa

joy, happiness, pleasure, lit. gain

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

lok'āmis'ādhimuttassa kho, sunakkhatta, purisapuggalassa tappatirūpī c'eva kathā saṇṭhāti, tad'anudhammañ'ca anuvitakketi, anuvicāreti, tañ'ca purisaṃ bhajati, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati

APA 12 ānanda therāpadānaṃ

hatthikkhandhagato āsiṃ, setacchattaṃ varuttamaṃ, sucārurūpaṃ disvāna, vitti me udapajjatha.

vivecetukāma →

bodhirasa

wanting to separate (from), wishing to to dissuade (from)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

atha kho te'pi bhikkhū ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetu'kāmā samanuyuñjanti samanugāhanti samanubhāsanti

vivecetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to separate (from), to dissuade (from)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yato kho te bhikkhū n'āsakkhiṃsu ariṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ gaddhabādhipubbaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkamiṃsu

vivādajātesu →

bodhirasa

when quarrels have arisen, when arguments occur

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

piyappahūtā kalahā vivādā, paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca, mān'ātimānā sahapesuṇā ca, maccherayuttā kalahā vivādā, vivādajātesu ca pesuṇāni.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

vissajja ganthāni mun'īdha loke, vivādajātesu na vaggasārī, santo asantesu upekkhako so, anuggaho uggahaṇanti m'aññe.

viyatta →

bodhirasa

divided, separated, disunited

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno, ñāṇe'pi so nissayaṃ no karoti, sa ve viyattesu na vaggasārī, diṭṭhim'pi so na pacceti kiñci.

viyākaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they answered, they explained, they declared

SNP 63 hemaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 8

ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu, huraṃ gotamasāsanā, icc'āsi iti bhavissati, sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ, n'āhaṃ tattha abhiramiṃ.

vuttañhetaṃ →

bodhirasa

this was indeed said, this was surely spoken

ITI 100 brāhmaṇadhammayāgasuttaṃ

vuttañ'h'etaṃ bhagavatā, vuttam'arahatā'ti me sutaṃ.

vuttika →

bodhirasa

livelihood, subsistence, state of being

AN 4.85 tamotamasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo nīce kule paccājāto hoti, caṇḍālakule vā venakule vā nesādakule vā rathakārakule vā pukkusakule vā dalidde app'annapānabhojane kasira-vuttike, yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati.

vuṭṭhāna →

bodhirasa

emergence, surfacing, rising out of

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

te ca h'āvuso, āyusaṅkhārā abhaviṃsu te vedaniyā dhammā, na'y'idaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyetha.

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

kati pan'āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāyā'ti? dve kho, āvuso, paccayā animittāya cetovimuttiyā vuṭṭhānāya, sabbanimittānañ'ca manasikāro, animittāya ca dhātuyā amanasikāro.

vālaggamatta →

bodhirasa

size of the tip of a tail hair, lit. tail-tip-measure

TH 244 khadiravaniyarevata theragāthā

anaṅgaṇassa posassa, niccaṃ sucigavesino, vāl'aggamattaṃ pāpassa, abbhamattaṃ'va khāyati.

vātātapa →

bodhirasa

elements, wind and heat, wind and sun

AN 4.157 rogasuttaṃ

khamā bhavissāma sītassa uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ḍaṃsa-makasa-vātātapa-sarīsapa-samphassānaṃ duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

mā ca vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuñji, mā te vātātape cārittaṃ anuyuttassa rajosūkaṃ vaṇamukhaṃ anuddhaṃsesi. vaṇānurakkhī ca, ambho purisa, vihareyyāsi vaṇasāropī'ti.

vūpasama →

bodhirasa

peace (of), calming (of), subsiding (of), settling (of)

TH 262 tālapuṭa theragāthā

appicchatā sappurisehi vaṇṇitā, makkhappahānaṃ vūpasamo dukhassa, iti'ssu maṃ citta tadā niyuñjasi, idāni tvaṃ gacchasi pubbaciṇṇaṃ.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, khattiyakulā ce'pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma, evaṃ mettaṃ karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ bhāvetvā labhati ajjhattaṃ vūpasamaṃ.

vūpasametabba →

bodhirasa

should be calmed, should be made to subside, lit. should cause to calm

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

sace pan'assa pubbe vuttanayen'eva verimhi paṭighaṃ uppajjati, taṃ mettāya vuttanayen'eva vūpasametabbaṃ.

vūpasameti →

bodhirasa

quells, settles, causes to be become calm, causes to subside

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

ayam'pi kho, bhikkhave, ānāpānassatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo c'eva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gimhānaṃ pacchime māse ūhataṃ rajojallaṃ, tam'enaṃ mahāakālamegho ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasameti.

vūpasanta →

bodhirasa

subsided, calmed, settled

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yv'āyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato tassa kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu parikkhīṇo, usmā vūpasantā, indriyāni paribhinnāni.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasanta-citto uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti

yakkha →

bodhirasa

supernatural being, spirit, demon

JAa 466 samuddavāṇija jātakavaṇṇanā

manussasaddo viya suyyati, jānissāma nan'ti saddānusārena gantvā taṃ purisaṃ disvā, yakkho bhavissatī'ti bhītatasitā sare sannayhiṃsu

DHPa 1.1.2 maṭṭhakuṇḍalī vatthu

atthakāmo'si me yakkha, hitakāmo'si devate, karomi tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ, tvaṃ'si ācariyo mama.

yathayidaṃ →

bodhirasa

such as this

SN 1.48 paṇihitācchavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ yatha'y'idaṃ cittaṃ. yāvañ'c'idaṃ, bhikkhave, upamā'pi na sukarā yāva lahuparivattaṃ cittan'ti.

AN 1.14 nīvaraṇappahānavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ uppajjati uppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yatha'y'idaṃ, bhikkhave, cetaso avūpasamo

yathā te khameyya →

bodhirasa

as you like, as you wish, lit. as it is suitable for you

AN 3.73 ājīvakasuttaṃ

tena hi, gahapati, taññ'ev'ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi.

yathāpasādanaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to what inspires one, according to pleasure

DHP 249 malavaggo

dadāti ve yathāsaddhaṃ, yathāpasādanaṃ jano, tattha yo maṅku bhavati, paresaṃ pānabhojane, na so divā vā rattiṃ vā, samādhim'adhigacchati.

yathārūpa →

bodhirasa

of such form

VIN 1.1.2 dutiya pārājikaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyya, yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṃ gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā bandheyyuṃ vā pabbājeyyuṃ vā

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

maraṇamattañ'h'etaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ yad'idaṃ aññataraṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati. yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati.

yathāsukhaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to it’s pleasure, as it likes, at will

DHP 326 nāgavaggo

idaṃ pure cittam'acāri cārikaṃ, yen'icchakaṃ yatthakāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ, tad'ajj'ahaṃ niggahessāmi yoniso, hatthippabhinnaṃ viya aṅkusaggaho.

yathāsuta →

bodhirasa

as one has learned it, lit. like heard

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti.

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

no ce te evaṃ viharato taṃ middhaṃ pahīyetha tato tvaṃ moggallāna yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi manasā anupekkheyyāsi

yesaṃ →

bodhirasa

for whoever, for whom, for which, for such and such

DHP 89 paṇḍitavaggo

yesaṃ sambodhiyaṅgesu, sammā cittaṃ subhāvitaṃ, ādānapaṭinissagge, anupādāya ye ratā, khīṇ'āsavā jutimanto, te loke parinibbutā.

DHP 92 arahantavaggo

yesaṃ sannicayo natthi, ye pariññātabhojanā, suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yesaṃ gocaro, ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, gati tesaṃ durannayā.

yesaṃ →

bodhirasa

of whoever, of whom, of which, of such and such

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yesañ'ca mayaṃ cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma, tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

ath'āparaṃ pañca rajāni loke, yesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkhe, rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu, gandhesu phassesu sahetha rāgaṃ.

yesu →

bodhirasa

in whom, among whom, among whoever

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

visenikatvā pana ye caranti, diṭṭhīhi diṭṭhiṃ avirujjhamānā, tesu tvaṃ kiṃ labhetho pasūra, yes'īdha natthī param'uggahītaṃ.

yogakkhema →

bodhirasa

spiritual success, enlightenment, sanctuary, lit. rest from yoke, rest from work

DHP 23 appamādavaggo

te jhāyino sātatikā, niccaṃ daḷhaparakkamā, phusanti dhīrā nibbānaṃ, yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ.

AN 4.37 aparihāniyasuttaṃ

evaṃ vihārī ātāpī, ahorattam'atandito, bhāvayaṃ kusalaṃ dhammaṃ, yogakkhemassa pattiyā.

yotivākyaṃ →

bodhirasa

who (endures) abuse, who (suffers) blame

DHP 321 nāgavaggo

dantaṃ nayanti samitiṃ, dantaṃ rāj'ābhirūhati, danto seṭṭho manussesu, yo'tivākyaṃ titikkhati.

yutta →

bodhirasa

proper (to), suitable (to), right (to), desirable (to), appropriate (to)

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa patta-yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

API 17 mahāpajāpatigotamī therīapadānaṃ

na yuttaṃ socituṃ putta, hāsakāle upaṭṭhite, tayā me saraṇaṃ putta, nibbānaṃ tam'upāgataṃ.

yutta →

bodhirasa

proper, suitable, right, appropriate

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

naye paraṃ yutte'ti assaro byañjano par'akkharaṃ netabbo. lokaggo.

yvāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

whichever, such and such, lit. whichever this

DHP 56 pupphavaggo

appamatto ayaṃ gandho, yv'āyaṃ tagaracandanaṃ, yo ca sīlavataṃ gandho, vāti devesu uttamo.

SN 34.1 samādhi mūlaka samāpattisuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yv'āyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca ayaṃ imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cā'ti.

yāpana →

bodhirasa

nourishment, sustenance, preservation, continuance, upkeep, support (of the body), lit. cause to go

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

bhojane mattaññuno bhavissāma paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āharissāma n'eva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāva'd'eva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya

yāpanīya →

bodhirasa

able to keep going, able to support oneself, lit. could cause to go on

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

kacci vo, anuruddhā, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍakena na kilamathā'ti?

yāpeti →

bodhirasa

sustains oneself, nourishes oneself, continues to live, lit. cause to go

MN 36 mahāsaccakasuttaṃ

ahañ'c'eva kho pana sabbaso ajaddhukaṃ paṭijāneyyaṃ, imā ca me devatā dibbaṃ ojaṃ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṃ, tāya c'āhaṃ yāpeyyaṃ, taṃ mamassa musā'ti.

SN 1.10 araññasuttaṃ

atītaṃ n'ānusocanti, nappajappanti n'āgataṃ, paccuppannena yāpenti, tena vaṇṇo pasīdati.

yāpetuṃ →

bodhirasa

to sustain oneself (with), to support oneself (by), lit. to cause to go

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, dubbhikkhaṃ hoti dussassaṃ dullabhapiṇḍaṃ, na sukaraṃ uñchena paggahena yāpetuṃ. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyo asamayo padhānāya.

yāti →

bodhirasa

(of an army) marches against, pursues, routes

DHP 179 buddhavaggo

yassa jitaṃ n'āvajīyati, jitaṃ yassa no yāti koci loke, taṃ buddham'anantagocaraṃ, apadaṃ kena padena nessatha.

yātrā →

bodhirasa

vehicle, means, support

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāma navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāma yātrā ca no bhavissati anavajjatā ca phāsu vihāro cā'ti

ñāṇavāda →

bodhirasa

declaration of supreme understanding, declaration of awakening

AN 10.24 mahācundasuttaṃ

ñāṇavādaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno, jānāmimaṃ dhammaṃ, passāmimaṃ dhamman'ti. tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati, doso abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati

ācāragocarasampanna →

bodhirasa

who knows how to behave and keep to suitable places, lit. successful in behaviour and pasture

AN 5.114 andhakavindasuttaṃ

etha tumhe, āvuso, sīlavā hotha, pātimokkha-saṃvara-saṃvutā viharatha ācāragocarasampannā aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvino, samādāya sikkhatha sikkhāpadesū'ti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.

ādesa →

bodhirasa

substitute, replacement

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

16. yam'edantass'ādeso.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare pare antassa ekārassa kvaci yo ādeso hoti.

ādhāra →

bodhirasa

support, stand, lit. holding up

AN 5.28 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, udakamaṇiko ādhāre ṭhapito pūro udakassa samatittiko kākapeyyo. tam'enaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya, āgaccheyya udakan'ti? evaṃ, bhante.

ādicca →

bodhirasa

sun

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

no ce haritāni tiṇāni āmaseyyāsi, aggiṃ paricareyyāsi. no ce aggiṃ paricareyyāsi, pañjaliko ādiccaṃ namasseyyāsi

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

bhagavā hi kāme abhibhuyya iriyati, ādicco'va pathaviṃ tejī tejasā, parittapaññassa me bhūripañña, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

ādiccabandhu →

bodhirasa

relative of the sun, epithet of the Buddha

TH 139 nanda theragāthā

upāyakusalen'āhaṃ, buddhena-ādiccabandhunā yoniso paṭipajjitvā, bhave cittaṃ udabbahin'ti.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

pucchāmi taṃ ādiccabandhu, vivekaṃ santipadañ'ca mahesi, kathaṃ disvā nibbāti bhikkhu, anupādiyāno lokasmiṃ kiñci.

ādiccapatha →

bodhirasa

pathway of the sun, i.e. sky

DHP 175 lokavaggo

haṃs'ādiccapathe yanti, ākāse yanti iddhiyā, nīyanti dhīrā lokamhā, jetvā māraṃ savāhiniṃ.

āhaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they had said, they had told

JA 73 saccaṃkira jātakaṃ

saccaṃ kir'evam'āhaṃsu, narā ekacciyā idha, kaṭṭhaṃ uplāvitaṃ seyyo, na tvev'ekacciyo naro'ti.

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

bhante, sace ayyā imaṃ temāsaṃ idha vaseyyuṃ, mayaṃ saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya sīlāni gaṇheyyāmā'ti āhaṃsu

āhāra →

bodhirasa

food, fuel, sustenance

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

yato kho āvuso ariyasāvako āhārañ'ca pajānāti

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

kāyagutto vacīgutto, āhāre udare yato, saccaṃ karomi niddānaṃ, soraccaṃ me pamocanaṃ.

āhārakkhaya →

bodhirasa

depletion of food, running out of sustenance

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

devalokato hi devaputtā āyukkhayena puññakkhayena āhārakkhayena kopenā'ti catūhi kāraṇehi cavanti.

āhāranirodha →

bodhirasa

ending of sustenance, cessation of fuel

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayo, āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho.

SN 12.31 bhūtasuttaṃ

tad'āhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati.

āhārasambhava →

bodhirasa

(what is) produced by food, generated by sustenance, come into being because of fuel

SN 12.31 bhūtasuttaṃ

tad'āhārasambhavan'ti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. tad'āhārasambhavan'ti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti.

āhārasamudaya →

bodhirasa

arising of food, origin of sustenance

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayo, āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho.

āmantayati →

bodhirasa

sends (for), summons, invites

DN 19.7 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

bhavamatthu bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ, rājā disampati bhavantaṃ jotipālaṃ māṇavaṃ āmantayati, rājā disampati bhoto jotipālassa māṇavassa dassanakāmo'ti

āmanteti →

bodhirasa

invites, calls, summons

SN 21.10 theranāmakasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi, ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena theraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantehi, satthā taṃ, āvuso thera, āmantetī'ti.

āmantetvā →

bodhirasa

having invited, having called, having summoned

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tv'eva mayaṃ, bhante, tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindāma.

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

ath'ekadivasaṃ bodhisatto uyyānabhūmiṃ gantukāmo sārathiṃ āmantetvā, rathaṃ yojehī'ti āha.

āmantāpetvā →

bodhirasa

having sent (for), having had summoned

DN 23.20 pāyāsisuttaṃ

atha kho pāyāsi rājañño uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantāpetvā etad'avoca, saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, tāta uttara, dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisasi, imin'āhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññam'eva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmin'ti

ānaṇyasukha →

bodhirasa

pleasure of being debt-free, happiness of being out of debt

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

ānisaṃsa →

bodhirasa

profit, benefit, advantage, good result

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

pakappitā saṅkhatā yassa dhammā, purakkhatā santi avīvadātā, yadattani passati ānisaṃsaṃ, taṃ nissito kuppapaṭicca santiṃ.

AN 5.202 dhammassavanasuttaṃ

pañc'ime, bhikkhave, ānisaṃsā dhammassavane. katame pañca? assutaṃ suṇāti, sutaṃ pariyodāpeti, kaṅkhaṃ vitarati, diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti, cittam'assa pasīdati.

ānuttariya →

bodhirasa

ultimate end, unsurpassable limit

AN 10.22 adhivuttipadasuttaṃ

etad'ānuttariyaṃ ānanda ñāṇānaṃ yad'idaṃ tattha tattha yathābhūtañāṇaṃ. etasmā c'āhaṃ ānanda ñāṇā aññaṃ ñāṇaṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā natthī'ti vadāmi

āpajjati →

bodhirasa

experiences, gets (pleasure), suffers (pain)

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃ puṭṭhā, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā na c'eva sampāyissanti, uttariñ'ca vighātaṃ āpajjissanti. taṃ kissa hetu? yathā taṃ, bhikkhave, avisayasmiṃ.

āpānīya →

bodhirasa

suitable for drinking, fit for drinking with

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, āpānīya-kaṃso vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno, so ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho.

āpāyika →

bodhirasa

suffering, wretched, miserable

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, samaṇamalānaṃ samaṇadosānaṃ samaṇakasaṭānaṃ āpāyikānaṃ ṭhānānaṃ duggativedaniyānaṃ appahānā, na samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno'ti vadāmi.

ārammaṇa →

bodhirasa

base, foundation, support, sustenance

SN 12.38 cetanāsuttaṃ

yañ'ca, bhikkhave, ceteti yañ'ca pakappeti yañ'ca anuseti, ārammaṇam'etaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

gedhaṃ brūmi mahogho'ti, ājavaṃ brūmi jappanaṃ, ārammaṇaṃ pakappanaṃ, kāmapaṅko duraccayo.

ārohanīya →

bodhirasa

suitable for riding, lit. could be mounted

DN 2.2 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto pañcasu hatthinikāsatesu paccekā itthiyo āropetvā ārohaṇīyaṃ nāgaṃ abhiruhitvā ukkāsu dhāriyamānāsu rājagahamhā niyyāsi

ārādhaka →

bodhirasa

successful, accomplished

MN 73 mahāvacchasuttaṃ

sace hi, bho gotama, imaṃ dhammaṃ bhavaṃ'y'eva gotamo ārādhako abhavissa, no ca kho bhikkhū ārādhakā abhavissaṃsu, evam'idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ aparipūraṃ abhavissa ten'aṅgena.

ārādhayati →

bodhirasa

accomplishes, succeeds in, is successful with, attains, wins

DHP 281 maggavaggo

vāc'ānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto, kāyena ca n'ākusalaṃ kayirā, ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ārādhaye maggam'isippaveditaṃ.

SNP 31 māghasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 5

yo yajati tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ, ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādi, evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogo, upapajjati brahmalokan'ti brūmī'ti.

ārādhayi →

bodhirasa

accomplished, succeeded in, was success with, attained, won

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

yo ca papañcaṃ hitvāna, nippapañcapathe rato, ārādhayī so nibbānaṃ, yogakkhemaṃ anuttaraṃ.

ārādheti →

bodhirasa

wins, obtains, accomplishes, succeeds (in)

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

katame satta phalā satt'ānisaṃsā? diṭṭh'eva dhamme paṭikacca aññaṃ ārādheti. no ce diṭṭh'eva dhamme paṭikacca aññaṃ ārādheti, atha maraṇakāle aññaṃ ārādheti.

ārāma →

bodhirasa

enjoying, delighting (in), taking pleasure (in)

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

nippapañc'ārāmassa-ayaṃ dhammo nippapañca-ratino n'āyaṃ dhammo papañc'ārāmassa papañca-ratino'ti

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

pavivittassāyaṃ dhammo n'āyaṃ dhammo saṅgaṇik'ārāmassa

ārāma →

bodhirasa

enjoyment, delight, pleasure

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

nippapañc'ārāmassa-ayaṃ dhammo nippapañca-ratino n'āyaṃ dhammo papañc'ārāmassa papañca-ratino'ti

ārāmakoṭṭhaka →

bodhirasa

wall surrounding a monastery, gateway of a monastery

VIN 4.6.179 kappiyabhūmi anujānanā

tena kho pana samayena jānapadā manussā bahuṃ loṇam'pi telam'pi taṇḍulam'pi khādanīyam'pi sakaṭesu āropetvā bahi-ārāmakoṭṭhake sakaṭaparivaṭṭaṃ karitvā acchanti

āsajja →

bodhirasa

insulting, assaulting, attacking

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

ye viruddhā sallapanti, viniviṭṭhā samussitā, anariyaguṇam'āsajja, aññoññavivar'esino.

TH 263 mahāmoggallāna theragāthā

yo vejayanta-pāsādaṃ, pād'aṅguṭṭhena kampayi, tādisaṃ bhikkhum'āsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.

āsevanta →

bodhirasa

applying oneself (to), practising, pursuing

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

so taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

taṃ nimittaṃ āsevantena bhāventena bahulīkarontena mettāya vuttanayen'eva tika-catukka-jjhāna-vasena appanā vaḍḍhetabbā.

āsevanā →

bodhirasa

assiduous practice, pursuit, application to, lit. close association

MN 44 cūḷavedallasuttaṃ

yā tesaṃ'y'eva dhammānaṃ āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkammaṃ, ayaṃ ettha samādhibhāvanā'ti.

āsevati →

bodhirasa

applies oneself (to), practices, pursues

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco bhikkhu bālo abyatto akhettaññū akusalo … paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, so taṃ nimittaṃ na āsevati na bhāveti na bahulīkaroti na svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti.

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

so taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti.

āsevitabba →

bodhirasa

should be practised, should be pursued

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

na āsevitabbaṃ, na bhāvetabbaṃ, na bahulīkātabbaṃ, bhāyitabbaṃ etassa sukhassā'ti, vadāmi.

āsu →

bodhirasa

quick, fast

THI 46 bhaddā kuṇḍalakesā therīgāthā

nihacca jāṇuṃ vanditvā, sammukhā añjaliṃ akaṃ, ehi bhadde'ti maṃ avaca, sā me āsu-upasampadā.

āsuṃ →

bodhirasa

they were, there were

BV 18 siddhattha buddhavaṃsa

koṭi-satānaṃ navutīnaṃ, asītiyā'pi ca koṭinaṃ, ete āsuṃ tayo ṭhānā, vimalānaṃ samāgame.

BV 28 buddha pakiṇṇaka kaṇḍaṃ

aparimeyyito kappe, caturo āsuṃ vināyakā, taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro, atho'pi saraṇaṅkaro, dīpaṅkaro ca sambuddho, ekakappamhi te jinā.

āsādiya →

bodhirasa

insulting, assaulting

THI 71 vacchapāla theragāthā

āsādiya edisaṃ janaṃ, aggiṃ pajjalitaṃ va liṅgiya, gaṇhiya āsīvisaṃ viya, api nu sotthi siyā khamehi no.

ātapa →

bodhirasa

heat of the sun, sunshine

JA 293 kāyanibbinda jātakaṃ

phuṭṭhassa me aññatarena byādhinā, rogena bāḷhaṃ dukhitassa ruppato, parisussati khippam'idaṃ kaḷevaraṃ, pupphaṃ yathā paṃsuni ātape kataṃ.

āvaṭṭaggāha →

bodhirasa

sucked in by a whirlpool

SN 35.241 paṭhama dārukkhandhopamasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, sace tumhe'pi na orimaṃ tīraṃ upagacchatha, na pārimaṃ tīraṃ upagacchatha, na majjhe saṃsīdissatha, na thale ussīdissatha, na manussaggāho gahessati, na amanussaggāho gahessati, na āvaṭṭaggāho gahessati, na antopūtī bhavissatha, evaṃ tumhe, bhikkhave, nibbānaninnā bhavissatha nibbānapoṇā nibbānapabbhārā.

āyataka →

bodhirasa

sudden, quick

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā, na āyataken'eva aññāpaṭivedho

āyatana →

bodhirasa

support, basis, grounds

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci ca abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

āyoga →

bodhirasa

devotion (to), practice (of), exertion (in), pursuit (of)

DHP 185 buddhavaggo

anūpavādo anūpaghāto, pātimokkhe ca saṃvaro, mattaññutā ca bhattasmiṃ, pantañ'ca sayanāsanaṃ, adhicitte ca āyogo, etaṃ buddhāna sāsanaṃ.

āyācana →

bodhirasa

begging, praying, imploring, entreating, supplication

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, api nu so puriso mahato janakāyassa āyācana-hetu vā thomanahetu vā pañjalikā anuparisakkanahetu vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyyā'ti? no hetaṃ, bhante.

āyācati →

bodhirasa

begs, prays, implores, entreats, calls on in supplication

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ mahā janakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya, ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū'ti.

īdisa →

bodhirasa

such

SN 1.50 ghaṭīkārasuttaṃ

gambhīraṃ bhāsasī vācaṃ, dubbijānaṃ sudubbudhaṃ, kassa tvaṃ dhammamaññāya, vācaṃ bhāsasi īdisan'ti.

ṭhiti →

bodhirasa

state, station, support, lit. standing

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

viññāṇa-ṭṭhitiyo sabbā, abhijānaṃ tathāgato, tiṭṭhantam'enaṃ jānāti, vimuttaṃ tapparāyaṇaṃ.

ṭhāna →

bodhirasa

fact, item, subject

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

tassa taṃ ṭhānaṃ abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhato yo yobbane yobbanamado so sabbaso vā pahīyati tanu vā pana hoti.

ṭhāna →

bodhirasa

suitable place, right point

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

kvaci c'ādese, paradvebhāvo ṭhāne'ti

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sarato parabyañjanassa ṭhāna-āsanna-vasā dvittaṃ.

ṭhāniya →

bodhirasa

founded on, supported by, based on, lit. could be stood on

AN 3.113 dutiyanidānasuttaṃ

atīte, bhikkhave, chandarāga-ṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha chando jāyati.

ṭhāniya →

bodhirasa

replacing, standing in, substituting, representing

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garu-ṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatth'assa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañ'ca gāravo ca.

ṭhānāsanna →

bodhirasa

substituted, lit. seated in place

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

i u icc'etesaṃ ṭhān'āsannā e o.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare lutte paro saro kvaci ṭhān'āsannaṃ dīghaṃ yāti.

abbuda →

dppn

A period of suffering in Avīci, the time taken to remove twenty cartloads of tila-seeds, taking one seed at the end of each century. Snp.p.126…

abhaya →

dppn

…Thag.98

Abhaya2Abhayarājakumāra

The son of King Bimbisāra and of Padumavatī, the belle of Ujjeni. When the boy was…

abhibhū →

dppn

…of the Tathāgata.

Abhibhū2

A class of devas belonging to the formless plane. MN.i.1 They live in the same plane as the Vehapphalā….

abhibhūta →

dppn

…to Abhibhū, chief disciple of Sikhī Buddha. In the Mahāparinibbāna Sutta DN.ii.121 the second and third verses are ascribed to the…

accutadevā →

dppn

A class of devas mentioned among those assembled on the occasion of the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

acelakassapa →

dppn

…are different.

Acelakassapa2AcelaKassapa

An old family friend of Cittagapahati. Having been for thirty years a paribbājaka, he…

aciravata →

dppn

…repeats this conversation to the Buddha who thereupon preaches the Dantabhūmi Sutta. MN.iii.128ff.

The novice is throughout addressed as…

aciravatī →

dppn

…DN.i.235–236 The Tevijjā Sutta was preached here, and the Aciravatī is used in a simile to prove the futility of sacrifices and prayers: it is…

addhariyā →

dppn

…evidently Adhvaryu…

aggikabhāradvāja →

dppn

…brahmin of Rājagaha, a fire-tender. He prepares a meal for sacrifice, and when the…

aggivessana →

dppn

…MN.i.229f. MN.i.237f. and also Dīghanakha Paribbājaka. MN.i.497f.

In the Dantabhūmi Sutta MN.iii.128f. the novice Aciravata is…

aggāḷave cetiye →

dppn

…Chabbaggiyā are censured here for a nissaggiya offence. Vin.iii.224 The Vaṅgīsa Sutta was preached there to Vaṅgīsa, on the…

ahaha →

dppn

…purgatories mentioned in the Sutta-Nipāta list. Snp.p.126 It is the name given to a period of suffering in Avīci and is equivalent in duration to…

ahiṃsakabhāradvāja →

dppn

…at Sāvatthī and the Buddha suggested to him the desirability of living up to his name by practising ahiṃsā. It is said that later he became an…

ahogaṅgā →

dppn

…arahants to discuss what measures should be taken against the Vesālī monks was also held there, and at the meeting were present monks from the…

ajapālanigrodha →

dppn

…DN.ii.267

The Brahmā Sutta SN.v.167 and the Magga Sutta, SN.v.185 both on the four satipaṭṭhāna, and another Brahmā Sutta SN.v.232f.

ajita →

dppn

…Theras. Vin.ii.305

Ajita2

A paribbājaka who visited the Buddha, and at whose instigation the Buddha preached to the Bhikkhus on…

ajitakesakambala →

dppn

…to the Sāmaññaphala Sutta, DN.i.55 where Ajātasattu describes a visit paid to Ajita, he taught the doctrine of “cutting off,” i.e….

ajitamāṇava →

dppn

…the Parāyana Vagga of the Sutta Nipāta. Snp.1221–1228

A verse attributed to Ajita-māṇava is found in the Theragāthā. Thag.20

The…

ajjuka →

dppn

…the estate of his lay-supporter, he was accused of partisanship by one of the parties concerned and was reported to Ānanda. The case went up…

ajātasattu →

dppn

…his son Viḍūḍabha usurped the throne, Pasenadi, finding himself deserted, went towards Rājagaha to seek Ajātasattu’s help, but on the…

akaniṭṭhā →

dppn

…who were born there as a result of the holy lives they had lived under various Buddhas.

In the Sakkapañha Sutta. DN.ii.286 Sakka speaks of them…

amalakīvana →

dppn

A grove in Cātumā where the Buddha preached the Kūṭadanta Sutta.

27.576667,83.0547223park

ambalaṭṭhikā →

dppn

…park in the brahmin village Khāṇumata. The Buddha went there during one of his tours through…

ambapālivana →

dppn

…everything up. In this sutta appears also the story of the teacher Sunetta, who, even after becoming the Great Brahma, is yet subject to old…

ambapālī →

dppn

…invitation and had, as a result, to refuse that of the Licchavis of Vesāli.

While returning from her visit to the Buddha, Ambapālī was so…

ambasaṇḍā →

dppn

…where the Sakkapañha Sutta was preached. On the occasion of the preaching, as Sakka with his retinue came to visit the Buddha, the village…

ambaṭṭha →

dppn

…the Sākyans, and had been insulted there. DN.i.91

Asked by the Buddha to what family he belonged, Ambaṭṭha replied that he came of the…

andhakavinda →

dppn

…she should be allowed to supply milk-rice to the monks throughout her life. Vin.i.293

During the same visit of the Buddha, a newly converted…

andhavana →

dppn

…was nibbāna.

The Vammika Sutta MN.i.143ff. was the result of questions put by an anāgami Brahma, his erstwhile colleague, to…

anejakā →

dppn

A class of devas mentioned as having been present on the occasion of the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.160

anopamā →

dppn

Daughter of the Treasurer Majjha of Sāketa. She was so called (’Peerless“) because of her beauty. When she grew up, all sorts of eminent men…

anupiya →

dppn

…at Anupiya and it was then that he preached the Pātika Sutta. DN.iii.1ff.

???2town

anuruddha →

dppn

…away to seek more congenial surroundings, it was to Pācīnavaṃsadāya that he repaired, where were Anuruddha, Nandiya and Kimbila. The…

anāthapiṇḍika →

dppn

…Jetavanārāma. As a result of this and of his numerous other benefactions in the cause of the Sāsana, Anāthapiṇḍika came to be…

aparājita →

dppn

One of the Pacceka Buddhas mentioned in the Isigili Sutta. MN.iii.70

appamāṇasubhā →

dppn

A class of devas of the Rupaloka belonging to the plane of third jhāna.

Beings are born there who are possessed of faith, virtue, learning, munificence and wisdom. MN.iii.102

aputtaka →

dppn

…garments.

In the next Sutta of the same Nikāya SN.i.91–93 the Buddha is reported as revealing the banker’s past. In a former birth he…

aranemi →

dppn

…AN.iii.373 The others were Sunetta, Mūgapakkha, Kuddālaka, Hatthipāla and Jotipāla. In the Aṅguttara AN.iv.135f. a seventh name is added,…

arati →

dppn

…him. In the end the Buddha told them that he was beyond temptation by the pleasures of the senses and they went back to their father…

ariṭṭha →

dppn

…every detail.

Ariṭṭha2

An upāsaka mentioned in the Aṅguttara Nikāya AN.iii.451 in a list of householders and upāsakas who…

ariṭṭhakā →

dppn

A class of devas who were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta.

They were like azure flowers in hue (ummāpupphanibhāsino). DN.ii.260

asamā →

dppn

A class of devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. They are mentioned together with the Yama twins. DN.ii.259

asibandhakaputta →

dppn

…to speed him heavenward. Surely the Buddha who is an arahant, etc., could make the whole world go to heaven thus if he chose. To this the Buddha…

asita →

dppn

…came. Snp.p.131–136

Asita2Devala

A sage (isi). His story is given in the Assalāyana Sutta. MN.ii.154ff. Once there were seven…

asokā →

dppn

…had been born, the Buddha says that she had been reborn spontaneously in the Suddhāvāsā, there to pass away, destined never to return. SN.v.358

assaji →

dppn

…and non-self.

Assaji2

One of the leaders of the Assaji-Punabbasukā, the other being Punabbasu. He was one of the Chabbaggiyā,…

assajipunabbasukā →

dppn

…word to the Assaji-Punabbasukas to prepare sleeping places for them. They sent answer that the Buddha was very welcome, but not Sāriputta and…

assaka →

dppn

…given in the Janavasabha Sutta. The capital of Assaka, was called Potana. DN.ii.235 The Assakas had settlements on the Godāvarī, and…

assalāyana →

dppn

…the brahmins to be the only superior class, the legitimate sons of Brahma.

The Buddha points out to him that such pretensions are baseless, and…

assapura →

dppn

…the kingdom of Aṅga. It was here that the Mahā Assapura and Cūḷa Assapura Suttas were preached by the Buddha. MN.i.271ff.

assatara →

dppn

A tribe of Nāgas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

assāroha →

dppn

…for the horse-trainer whose visit to the Buddha is recorded in the Assa Sutta. He is described as a gāmani (head man of a village)….

asura →

dppn

…is often referred to as Asurinda, several Asuras being credited with the role of leader, most commonly, however, Vepacitti SN.i.222…

asurindakabhāradvāja →

dppn

AsurindakabhāradvājaAsurindakaBhāradvāja

A brahmin, one of three brothers who had conversations with the Buddha and were converted. SN.i.163f.

atappādevā →

dppn

A class of devas whose company mortals long for.MN.i.289 MN.iii.103 They belong to the Suddhāvāsā. DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237

avanti →

dppn

…arahants obeyed the summons. Vin.ii.298–299

Even in the Buddha’s day there were rumours of the King of Avanti making preparations to…

avantiputta →

dppn

…who was staying in the Gundā Grove in Madhurā.

Their discussion is recorded in the Madhura Sutta. MN.ii.83–90

It is said that after…

avihā →

dppn

…of the rupa-worlds, the Suddhāvāsā.DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237 DN.iii.237 Anāgāmīs are born in Avihā and there attain arahantship. The Buddha…

avīci →

dppn

…the Cakkavatti-Sīhanāda Sutta of the Dīgha Nikāya, DN.iii.75 AN.i.159 but in this context there is no indication that the name refers to a…

ayujjhā →

dppn

…the other the Dārukkhandha Sutta, although the latter is said in some manuscripts to have taken place in Kosambī. SN.iv.179f. In both these…

añjanavana →

dppn

…were preached the Sāketa Sutta and the Jarā Sutta.

When Ānanda was staying there a nun of the Jaṭila persuasion visited him and questioned…

aññātakoṇḍañña →

dppn

…the Dhammacakkappavattana Sutta, Koṇḍañña won the Fruit of the First Path. As he was the first among humans to realise the Dhamma the…

aṅga →

dppn

…Sutta and the two Assapura Suttas. The Mahāgovinda Sutta seems to indicate that once, in the past, Dhataraṭṭha was king of Aṅga. But this,…

aṅgulimāla →

dppn

…an arahant. MN86

As a result of his deeds whole villages were deserted, and the king ordered a detachment of men to seize the bandit….

aṅguttarāpa →

dppn

…also was preached the Sela Sutta. Snp.102f. From Bhaddiya (in Aṅga) the Buddha went to Anguttārapa and thence to Āpaṇa….

aṅgīrasi →

dppn

…DN.ii.265

Aṅgīrasa2

One of the ten ancient seers who conducted great sacrifices and were versed in Vedic lore. The others…

aṭṭhaka →

dppn

…of Ṛg Veda 10.104 or else with Atri, author of Ṛg Veda 5.5.

Aṭṭhaka1

A Pacceka Buddha mentioned in a nominal list. MN.iii.70

aṭṭhama →

dppn

Pacceka Buddha, one of the names given in a list of such. MN.iii.70

baka →

dppn

…at Ukkaṭṭha in the Subhagavana, he read the thoughts of Baka, who had conceived the idea that this world was permanent and free from decay…

baliharaṇa →

dppn

…where the Buddha is said to have stayed. AN.i.274 AN.v.79 The Kinti Sutta was preached there. MN.ii.238

26.751742,83.8957213park

bandhumatī →

dppn

…city of birth of Vipassī Buddha. DN.i.7

5townBandhumatī2

Wife of King Bandhumā and mother of Vipassī Buddha….

belaṭṭhakaccāna →

dppn

…presented a pot of sugar to the monks. When the monks had shared as much of the sugar as they wished, much was left over, and the Buddha…

belaṭṭhasīsa →

dppn

…necessary therapeutic measures. Vin.i.202 Vin.i.295f.

At one time this Thera would lie in the forest where he kept a store of dried boiled…

beluva →

dppn

…in the Aṭṭhakanāgara Sutta. MN.i.349ff. AN.v.342ff.

Beluva was a small village, and when the Buddha was there the monks stayed in…

bhadda →

dppn

…entirely. DN.ii.92

Bhadda2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses tell how his parents with pride and compassion brought him to the Buddha…

bhaddavatikā →

dppn

…went to Ambatiṭṭha and subdued the Nāga, afterwards rejoining the Buddha at Bhaddavatikā. Vin.iv.108f.

The town is probably identical…

bhaddiya →

dppn

…SN.i.35 SN.i.60

Bhaddiya2Kāligodhāputta

Chief among monks of aristocratic birth. AN.i.23 He belonged to a family of the Sākyan…

bhaddā →

dppn

…Aṅga, Māgadha, Kāsi and Kosala, living on the people’s alms.

Bhaddā4Suriyavaccasā

Daughter of the Gandhabba Timbarū and…

bhaddāli →

dppn

…this action and preached to him the Bhaddāli Sutta.

bhaggavagotta →

dppn

…Sutta….

bhaggā →

dppn

…which case the Bhaggā were subject to Kosambī.

It was while sojourning in the Bhagga country that Moggallāna was attacked by Māra entering…

bhagu →

dppn

…AN.iii.224 AN.iv.61

Bhagu2

He was born in a Sākiyan family, and having left the world with his clansmen Anuruddha and Kimbila, he…

bhallika →

dppn

…by Bhallika when Māra tried to frighten him by assuming a hideous form.

bharata →

dppn

…and himself to declare their spiritual prowess to the Buddha. Thag.175–176

Bharata2

King of the Sovīras in the time of…

bharaṇḍukālāma →

dppn

…for the night, Mahānāma suggested that he should go to the hermitage of Bharaṇḍu. The Buddha acted on this suggestion and spent the night…

bhesakalāvana →

dppn

…the Buddhastayed, on Suṃsumāragiri. Nearby was the house in which lived Nakulapitā and Nakulamātā. AN.ii.61 AN.iii.295 SN.iii.1…

bhāradvāja →

dppn

…Thag.177–178

Bhāradvāja2

He was the eldest of a clan of Bhāradvājas living in Rājagaha and his wife was a Dhanañjāni…

bilaṅgika →

dppn

…for rage, sat on one side, sulking. The Buddha preached to him, and he was pleased and entered the Order, becoming an arahant in due course….

bimbisāra →

dppn

…to the Pabbajā Sutta Snp.405ff. the first meeting between the Buddha and Bimbisāra took place in Rājagaha under the…

bodhi →

dppn

…in the Bodhirājakumāra Sutta.

Bodhi was the son of Udena, king of Kosambi, and his mother was the daughter of Candappajjota. Bodhi was…

bodhisatta →

dppn

…after having left home, in such contexts as “in the days before my Awakening, when I was only a Bodhisatta”. MN.i.17 MN.i.114 MN.i.163…

brahmadatta →

dppn

…Vin.i.342ff.

Brahmadatta2

King of the Assakas and friend of Reṇu. When Mahāgovinda divided Jambudīpa into seven equal portions…

brahmāli →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of how even the gods envy one such as he, with senses tamed. Thag.205–206

brahmāyu →

dppn

…and told him of the result of his investigations. Brahmāyu folded his palms reverently and uttered the praises of the Buddha. Soon after,…

buddha →

dppn

…Awakened one, the founder and teacher of the Buddha-dhamma. His personal name was Siddhattha…

bāhiya →

dppn

…AN.i.24 Ud.i.10

Bāhiya2

A monk. He is said to have, come to the Buddha asking for a teaching in brief and the Buddha told him to…

bāhuna →

dppn

…released and emancipated. The Buddha enumerated ten such. AN.v.151f.

bārānasī →

dppn

…Surundhana; in that of the Sutasoma, Sudassana; in that of the Sonananda, Brahmavaddhana; in that of the Khandahāla, Pupphavatī; in that of the…

bāvarī →

dppn

…seeing his trouble, reassured him by saying that the brahmin knew neither the meaning of “head” nor of “the splitting of it.” “Who…

bījaka →

dppn

…not then been promulgated, Sudinna yielded to her importunities, thus prompting the Buddha to lay down the first Pārājika. The son was called…

cakkaratana →

dppn

…that is one of the seven treasures of a Wheel Turning Monarch (cakkavatti). The Cakkaratana is the Cakkavatti’s chief symbol of office; on its…

cakkavatti →

dppn

…with all classes of his subjects. The perfume of sandalwood issues from his mouth, while his body is like a lily. When the Cakkavatti is about…

cakkavāla →

dppn

The name given to a whole world-system, there being countless such systems.

1solar system

campā →

dppn

…the validity and otherwise of formal acts of the Saṅgha.

The Soṇadaṇḍa, the Dasuttara, the Kandaraka and the Kāraṇḍava Suttas were…

candana →

dppn

…SN.iv.280

Candana2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of how he was visited by his wife and child who hoped to win him…

candanaṅgalika →

dppn

…him which was the highest sensual pleasure. When the Buddha had answered their question, Candanaṅgalika obtained his permission and uttered averse…

candikāputta →

dppn

A discourse on the teaching of Devadatta, delivered by Candikāputta to the monks, is recorded in the Silāyūpa Sutta. AN.iv.402f.

candimā →

dppn

…was seized by Rāhu Asurinda, he invoked the Buddha in a verse and the Buddha asked Rāhu to set him at liberty, which request was granted….

cañcalikappa →

dppn

…see him, and on that occasion was preached the Saṅgārava Sutta. MN.ii.209f.

Kosala3town

caṅkī →

dppn

…is mentioned together with such eminent and wealthy brahmins as Tārukkha, Pokkharasādi, Jāṇussoṇi and Todeyya. MN.ii.202

Caṅkī lived in…

caṇḍappajjota →

dppn

…The king sent Kāka in pursuit, but Jīvaka gave Kāka a purgative and so delayed his return until the medicine had taken effect on the king….

caṇḍā →

dppn

…wandering begging food to survive. One day she met Paṭācārā who had just finished eating. Paṭācārā, seeing her pitiable condition, gave…

cetiya →

dppn

…The Janavasabha Sutta DN.ii.200 leads us to infer that the Buddha visited the Ceti country several times. The Saṃyutta Nikāya…

chabbaggiyā →

dppn

…leaders were Assaji, Punabbasu, Panduka, Lohitaka, Mettiya and Bhummaja hence their name.

There were also nuns in their following, who likewise…

channa →

dppn

…Buddha’s teaching.

Channa2

A monk. He once stayed at Gijjhakūṭa, dangerously ill and suffering much pain. He was visited by…

citrā →

dppn

The name of certain Supaṇṇas. DN.ii.259

citta →

dppn

…AN.ii.164 AN.iii.451

Citta2HatthirohaputtaHatthisāriputta

A monk, son of an elephant trainer, who, having entered the Order, studied…

cittapāṭali →

dppn

A tree in the Asurabhavana SN.v.238 which lives for a whole aeon.

cittasena →

dppn

…preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258 He is elsewhere DN.iii.204 mentioned as a Yakkha chieftain who should be invoked by the Buddha’s…

cunda →

dppn

…himself his follower.

Cunda2

The books appear to refer to two theras by the name of Cunda, the better known being Mahā-Cunda and the…

cātuma →

dppn

…Amalakīvana where the Buddha once stayed and preached the Cātuma Sutta. MN.i.456f.

27.576667, 83.0547222town

cātummahārājikā →

dppn

…assembly of the devas, they submit their report to the gods of Tāvatiṃsā, who rejoice or lament according as to whether men prosper in…

cūḷapanthaka →

dppn

…great admiration until after sunset, when they were unable to gain entrance to the city. The Buddha heard of this and warned Cūḷapanthaka not to…

dabbamallaputta →

dppn

…The Mettiya-Bhummajakā persuaded the Licchavi, Vaḍḍha, to make a similar charge against Dabba regarding his wife. Vin.ii.124f.

Dabba was…

dakkhiṇāgiri →

dppn

…beyond the hills that surrounded the city—hence its name. In the district was the brahmin village of Ekanālā.Snp.p.13 The Buddha…

dakkhiṇāpatha →

dppn

…etc.). It held also a large number of ascetics DA.i.265, and in the southern districts (Dakkhinesu janapadesu) people celebrated a feast called…

dasama →

dppn

…in the Aṭṭhakanāgara Sutta. Later, assembling the monks from Pāṭaliputta and Vesāli, he entertained them and presented each with two…

daṇḍakappaka →

dppn

…There he preached the Udāna Sutta in answer to a question by Ānanda, as to how the Buddha knew of the unregenerate wickedness of Devadatta….

devadatta →

dppn

…and Moggallāna preached to such effect that they persuaded the five hundred monks to return with them. Kokālika kicked Devadatta on the chest to…

devasūta →

dppn

One of the Yakkha chiefs mentioned in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta. DN.iii.204

dhamma →

dppn

…Vissakamma for Mahāsudassana, by order of Sakka. DN.ii.180ff.

5buildingDhamma2

The lake in front of the palace mentioned above….

dhammadinnā →

dppn

…given in the Cūḷavedalla Sutta. MN.i.299ff. Visākha reported this interview to the Buddha, who praised her great wisdom and commended her…

dhammika →

dppn

…the other, because the lay supporters of the lodgings could not tolerate his insulting ways. He therefore sought the Buddha and complained to him….

dhaniya →

dppn

…Snp.18ff.

Dhaniya2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses urge one who wants to live happily as a monk to be content. Thag.228–30…

dhataraṭṭha →

dppn

…Sutta.

Dhataraṭṭha2

There were two kings of this name, contemporaries and vassals of Reṇu. One of these two was king of…

dhīrā →

dppn

…bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verse speaks of the wise one who attains Nibbana. Thig.6

Dhīrā2Vīrā

A bhikkhunī whose…

dānaveghasā →

dppn

A class of Asuras, present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.259

dīghanakha →

dppn

…He visited the Buddha at Sūkarakhatalena and the Buddha preached to him the Dīghanakha Sutta, at the end of which he became a sotāpanna….

dūsī →

dppn

…the Mahā Niraya. The story is given in the Māratajjanīya Sutta MN.i.333ff. Thag.1187–1191

ekanāḷā →

dppn

…year of his ministry, the Buddha visited the village and preached to Kāsī-Bhāradvāja the sutta which bears his name and which converted…

ekapuṇḍarīka →

dppn

…monasteryEkapuṇḍarīka2

An elephant belonging to Pasenadi. It was while riding on this elephant that the king met Ānanda. The…

ekasālā →

dppn

…darken their intelligence, suggested to him that he should not teach others. The Buddha refuted the suggestion of Māra, who retired discomfited….

erāvaṇa →

dppn

In the Dhammika Sutta. Snp.379 Erāvaṇa is mentioned among the devas who visited the Buddha to pay him homage. He is also mentioned among the…

esukārī →

dppn

…by the brahmins, without consulting anybody else; all four castes alike can live the good life, which is the true service, and follow the Dhamma,…

gagga →

dppn

…Vin.ii.80f.

Gagga2

A brahmin, father of Aṅgulimāla. MN.ii.102 Gagga may have been a gotta-name. Thus when, after his…

gajaṅgala →

dppn

…Their conversation is recorded in the Indriyabhāvānā Sutta. MN.iii.298ff.

25.0489, 87.838031town

gandhabbā →

dppn

…musicians, and Pañcasikha, Suriyavaccasā and her father Timbarū are among their number. DN.ii.264

They wait on such devas as Sakka, and the…

gandhāra →

dppn

…list. MN.iii.69

Gandhāra2

One of the sixteen Great Nations.AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 One of the teeth of the Buddha was deposited in…

gandhāravijjā →

dppn

…all obstacles, through earth and water, and touch the sun and moon. DN.i.213

garuḷā →

dppn

GaruḷāGaruḍāSupannaSuvaṇṇa

A class of mythical birds generally mentioned in company with Nāgas.

gayā →

dppn

A town in India. It lay on the road between the Bodhi-tree and Benares. It was between the Bodhimanda and Gayā that the Buddha, on his way to Isipatana, met Upaka. Vin.i.8

The Buddha stayed at Gayā …

gayākassapa →

dppn

…of the Ādittapariyāya Sutta they all became arahants. Vin.i.33f. Gayā-Kassapa is reported Thag.345f. to have said that he used to bathe…

gayāsīsa →

dppn

…taught the Adittapariyāya Sutta . Vin.i.34f. SN.iv.19f. AA.i.57 PvA.21 Ud.i.9 DhA.i.72

When Devadatta managed to win over five hundred of…

gaṇaka-moggallāna →

dppn

…the Gaṇaka-Moggallāna Sutta, after which, it is said, he became the Buddha’s follower. MN.iii.1ff. His name and his teaching seem to…

geyya →

dppn

…scriptures were arranged before the development of the Tipiṭaka. It includes all the suttas composed in verse, especially the whole…

ghaṭāya →

dppn

A Sākiyan of Kapilavatthu, who built a monastery attached to the Nigrodhārāma. There the Mahā Suññatā Sutta was preached. MN.iii.110

ghaṭīkāra →

dppn

…having failed to persuade him to visit the Buddha, in the end took him by force. Jotipāla was converted and joined the Order, but…

ghoṭamukha →

dppn

…the king of Aṅga. Udena suggested that the money might be utilised to build an assembly-hall for the Order at Pāṭaliputta. The suggestion…

gijjhakūṭa →

dppn

…well-known suttas were preached on Gijjhakūṭa—e.g., the Māgha, Dhammika and Chaḷabhijāti Suttas, the discourse on the…

girimānanda →

dppn

…of his delight in meditating in his small hut while it rains. Thag.325–329

The Giri Sutta was preached in reference to Girimānanda, when he…

giñjakāvasatha →

dppn

…in the Janavasabha Sutta and the Giñjakāvasatha Sutta, SN.v.356f. which was preached at the same place, the Buddha is represented as…

godha →

dppn

A Sākiyan. A conversation between him and Mahānāma the Sākiyan is recorded in the Godha Sutta. SN.v.371

godhika →

dppn

…then he decided to commit suicide by cutting his throat. Māra saw this and reported it to the Buddha, but when the Buddha arrived it was too…

gopaka →

dppn

…at the Kukkuṭārāma in Pāṭaliputta, where he was given a set of robes. Vin.i.300

Gopaka3

A deva. A series of verses…

gosiṅgasālavanadāya →

dppn

…forest tract near Vesāli. When the Buddha was living in the Kūṭāgārasāla, in the Mahāvana, he…

gotama →

dppn

…was a Sākiyan, son of Suddhodana and of Mahā Māyā, Suddhodana’s chief consort, and he belonged to the Gotama-gotta. At age 29 he…

gotamadvāra →

dppn

…the Buddha left Pāṭaligāma, after having eaten there at the invitation of Sunidha and Vassakāra. Vin.i.230 Ud.viii.6…

gotamaka →

dppn

A class of ascetics, enumerated in a list of such classes. AN.iii.276

gotamakacetiya →

dppn

…several times. During one such stay, he laid down the rule which allowed monks the use of three robes; he himself felt cold during the night and…

govinda →

dppn

The steward or treasurer of King Disampati. He had a son, Jotipāla, who succeeded him after his death and came to be known as Mahā Govinda….

govindiya →

dppn

Evidently the title given to the High Treasurer. DN.ii.232

gulissāni →

dppn

…It was on his account that the Gulissāni Sutta was preached. MN.i.469

gundāvana →

dppn

…there and was visited by Avantiputta, king of Madhurā, to whom he preached the Madhurā Sutta, MN.ii.83f. and by the brahmin Kandarāyana….

guttā →

dppn

…the defliments that have long kept her trapped in suffering. Thig.163–168

haliddavasana →

dppn

…preached the Kukkuravatika Sutta to Puṇṇa-koliyaputta and Seniya Kukkuravatika. MN.i.387 Another Buddha is also mentioned as having preached…

harayodevā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

hatthaka →

dppn

…Vin.iv.1f.

Hatthaka2Āḷavaka

An eminent lay disciple of the Buddha declared foremost among those who gather a following by…

hemavata →

dppn

…need. DN.iii.204

He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.256

He was the friend of Sātāgira.

himavā →

dppn

…are never heated by the sun. AN.iv.101 The mountain is often used in similes; it is then referred to as pabbatarājā. SN.ii.137 SN.v.464…

hāliddakāni →

dppn

…visited him and consulted him at length on the subjects treated in Māgandiyapañha SN.iii.9f. and again on those of the Sakkapañha….

hāragajā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

hārita →

dppn

…Brahmās. DN.ii.261

Hārita2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of making body and mind straight. Thag.29

Hārita3

A…

iccānaṅgala →

dppn

…Sutta. DN.i.87 From this sutta, the village would seem to have been near Pokkharasādi’s domain of Ukkaṭṭha. It was the residence of…

inda →

dppn

…of the Four Quarters.

Inda2

The Pāḷi equivalent of the Vedic Indra. He is referred to only very seldom in the Nikāyas, but is…

indasālaguhā →

dppn

…him and asked him the questions recorded in the Sakkapañha Sutta. DN.ii.263

25.024766,85.5177681cave

isidatta →

dppn

…never returned.

Isidatta2

An equerry or chamberlain of Pasenadi, King of Kosala. Isidatta is always mentioned with…

isidāsī →

dppn

…in that life. As a result she was born in hell for a long time, and, in subsequent births became an ape, a goat, an ox, a hermaphrodite…

isigili →

dppn

…Cūḷa DukkhakKhaṇḍa Sutta it is said that a large number of Nigaṇṭhas lived at Kāḷasilā, never sitting down, undergoing paroxysms…

isipatana →

dppn

…AN.i.110f.

  • the two Pāsa Suttas SN.i.105f.
  • the Samaya Sutta AN.iii.320ff.
  • the Kaṭuviya Sutta AN.i.279f.
  • a discourse on the…

jambukhādaka →

dppn

…visits paid by him to Sāriputta at Nālakagāma and discussions between them on various topics, such as nibbāna, arahantship, the āsavas,…

janesabha →

dppn

…the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.204 he is mentioned as a Yakkha chieftain to be invoked by the Buddha’s followers in time of need.

He…

jatukaṇṇī →

dppn

…and the Buddha’s answer are found in the Jatukaṇṇi Sutta Snp.1007 Snp.1096–1100

jayasena →

dppn

…is recorded in the Bhūmiya Sutta. In this case we are told that Jayasena was pleased with the discourse and entertained Bhūmiya to his own dish…

jaṭābhāradvāja →

dppn

…goes to the Buddha and asks him the questions given in the Jaṭā Sutta. The Buddha gives the same answer. SN.i.165

jenta →

dppn

…of life. Thag.111

Jenta2Purohitaputta

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of his former pride and arrogance and how these have…

jeta →

dppn

…which he decorated with much grandeur. Vin.ii.158f.

Jeta2

A Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70

jetavana →

dppn

…the latter, seeking a suitable place for the Buddha’s residence, discovered this park belonging to Jeta. Anāthapiṇḍika built in the…

jotipāla →

dppn

…brahmin, son of Govinda, chaplain of Disampati. Jotipāla was a friend of Disampati’s son, Reṇu, who…

jāliya →

dppn

…According to the Pātika Sutta, when Jāliya heard that Pātika could not come to hold a discussion with the Buddha at Vesāli, he went to the…

jātiyāvana →

dppn

…likewise. AN.iii.36f.

The Sutta Vibhaṅga Vin.iii.37f. contains the story of an arahant on whom a woman committed a misdemeanour while he was…

jāṇussoṇi →

dppn

…him on many topics, such as: results of actions, AN.i.56 Nibbana here and now, AN.i.157 brahmins and the threefold knowledge, AN.i.166…

jīvaka →

dppn

…the purgative acted, and suddenly remembered that he had omitted to ask the Buddha to bathe in warm water to complete the cure. The Buddha read…

jīvakambavana →

dppn

…stayed several times. On one such occasion Ajātasattu visited the Buddha and the Sāmaññaphala Sutta was preached….

kaccāna →

dppn

Kaccāna1

See Mahā-Kaccāna, Pakudha-Kaccāna, Pubba-Kaccāna, Sambula-Kaccāna, Sabhiya-Kaccāna, etc. See also…

kajangala →

dppn

…Their conversation is recorded in the Indriyabhāvānā Sutta. MN.iii.298ff.

25.0489,87.838032town

kakkaṭa →

dppn

Kakkaṭa2

An eminent monk mentioned, with Cāla, Upacāla, Kaḷimbha, Nikata and Kaṭissaha, as staying with the Buddha at the…

kakudha →

dppn

…entirely. DN.ii.92

Kakudha2

A deva who visited the Buddha at the Añjanavana in Sāketa, and asked him whether he experienced feelings…

kakudhā →

dppn

…him by Cundaka; there he reassured Cunda, telling him that no blame attached to him for having provided the Buddha with the meal which was to be his…

kakusandha →

dppn

…and Samaṇa, Nandā and Sunandā were his most eminent lay-supporters. DN.ii.7 In Kakusandha’s time a Māra, named Dūsī (a previous birth…

kalandagāma →

dppn

KalandagāmaKalandaKalaṇḍaka

A village near Vesāli; it was the birthplace of Sudinna. Vin.iii.11

26.008658,85.2676393town

kamboja →

dppn

…the Assalāyana Sutta MN.ii.149 it is stated that in Yona and in Kamboja, and also in the neighbouring countries, there were, in the…

kammāsadhamma →

dppn

…the Mahāsatipaṭṭhāna Sutta, DN.ii.290 MN.i.55 and the Ānañjasappāya Sutta. MN.ii.26 The Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.ii.107f. contains a…

kandaraka →

dppn

…remained standing. Surveying the assembly of monks gathered round the Buddha and observing their great silence, Kandaraka expressed his…

kapilavatthu →

dppn

…the Buddha preached the Mahāsuññata Sutta. MN.iii.109

Mahānāma was the Buddha’s most frequent visitor; to him was preached the…

kappa →

dppn

…Snp.1092–1095

Kappa2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of the unattractiveness of the body. Thag.567–576 In the…

karatiya →

dppn

…in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta as being one of the chief Yakkhas who should be invoked by followers of the Buddha when they need protection….

karerikuṭikā →

dppn

A building in the Jetavana where the Mahāpadāna Sutta was taught. DN.ii.1ff.

Jetavana3building

karerimaṇḍalamāḷa →

dppn

…a hall with a thatched roof supported by wooden pillars, but with no walls.DN.ii.1 The monks seem to have been in the habit of sitting out here and…

kassapa →

dppn

…for Ghaṭīkāra.

Kassapa2

A monk whose admonition by his mother is recorded in the Theragāthā. Thag.82

Kassapa3

A…

kassapagotta →

dppn

…Vin.i.312ff.

Kassapagotta2

A monk living in Pankadhā in the Kosala country. He heard the Buddha preach a sermon, but was not…

kasībhāradvāja →

dppn

…the Buddha begging for alms, suggests that the Buddha should work for his living—plough and sow just as he does. The Buddha answers that he, too,…

katamorakatissa →

dppn

…was expressed to the Buddha, by the two Pacceka-brahma, Subrahmā and Suddhāvāsa. S.i.148.

kaṇha →

dppn

…displayed his supernatural powers he gained the princess. DN.i.96f.

Kaṇha2

A Pacceka Buddha, mentioned in the Isigili Sutta….

kaṇḍakīvana →

dppn

…is given in the Kantakī Sutta. SN.v.298f. The Buddha also stayed in this grove, and a sermon preached by him to the monks is recorded in the…

kaṇṇakatthala →

dppn

…the Kassapasīhanāda Sutta, DN.i.161 and again by Pasenadi, king of Kosala; to him he preached the Kaṇṇakatthala Sutta….

kaṭissaha →

dppn

…they left the monastery and retired to places of solitude, such as Gosiṅgasālavana. AN.v.133

kesamutta →

dppn

…there, on which occasion he preached the Kesaputtiya Sutta. AN.i.188

Kosala3town

kevaṭṭa →

dppn

…him. The interview is recorded in the Kevaṭṭa Sutta. DN.i.211ff.

keṇiya →

dppn

…to the Sutta Nipāta Snp.p.104 MN.ii.146f. it was owing to the elaborate preparations made by Keṇiya for the meal to the…

khara →

dppn

…the Buddha on his doctrine, as recorded in the Sūciloma Sutta. SN.i.207f. Snp.p.47f.

khattiyānī →

dppn

…who waited on the Bodhisatta when he was once a mighty king Mahāsudassana of Kusāvatī. SN.iii.146 DN.ii.188

khaṇḍasumana →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that he made an offering of one flower, dwelt in heaven a long period, then became enlightened. Thag.96

khema →

dppn

…the Order. DN.ii.7

Khema2

A devaputta who visited the Buddha at Jetavana and spoke several verses on the desirability of leading…

khemaka →

dppn

…there still clings to him a subtle remnant of the “I” conceit. It is said that as a result of the sermon Khemaka himself and sixty others…

khemaṅkara →

dppn

…constant attendant of Sikhī Buddha. DN.ii.6

Khemaṅkara2KhemaKhemākara

The king of Khema or…

khemiyambavana →

dppn

A mango grove near Benares. Udena once stayed there and preached the Ghoṭamukha Sutta. MN.ii.157

25.26829, 82.941283park

khemiyā →

dppn

A class of gods, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

khemā →

dppn

…but rejecting the pleasures of the senses. Thig.139–144

Once when Khemā was at Toraṇavatthu, between Sāvatthī and Sāketa, Pasenadi,…

khitaka →

dppn

…feels. Thag.104

Khitaka2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of one who stands firm like a rock among painful experiences….

khiḍḍāpadosikā →

dppn

…laughter and in sport of sensual lusts. In consequence their self-possession is corrupted and they fall from their state. DN.i.19 They were…

khāṇumata →

dppn

…pleasance, and there he preached the Kūṭadanta Sutta. DN.i.127

Māgadha3town

kimbila →

dppn

…preached the Naḷakapāna Sutta in the Palāsavana at Naḷakapāna. MN.i.462ff.

In three different places in the Aṅguttara Nikāya…

kimilā →

dppn

…in a bamboo grove where the Buddha stayed and where the Kimbila and Kimbilā Suttas were preached. AN.iii.247 SN.iv.181f. SN.v.322

Ayojjhā3park

kinnughaṇḍu →

dppn

…in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta, to be invoked when disciples of the Buddha are worried by evil spirits. DN.iii.204 He is one of the vassals of…

kirapatika →

dppn

…hearing of it, made an order to the monks prohibiting such conduct. Vin.iv.75f.

kokanuda →

dppn

…a series of questions, such as whether the world is eternal, whether the Tathāgata lives after death, etc., all of which, Ānanda says, are…

kokālika →

dppn

…allowed himself to be persuaded on hearing the scheme explained.Vin.ii.196 Vin.iii.171 When the monks blamed Devadatta for his misdeeds,…

komudi →

dppn

The full-moon day of the fourth month, Kattika, usually found in the phrase Komudi Cātumāsini. Vin.i.155 Vin.i.176f. DN.i.47 MN.iii.79 MN.iii.80

korabya →

dppn

…a large banyan tree named Suppatiṭṭha. According to the Raṭṭhapāla Sutta, MN.ii.65 Thag.776.ff. in the Buddha’s day, too, the ruler…

korakkhatta →

dppn

…up food with his mouth only. Sunakkhatta saw him and greatly admired him, but the Buddha prophesied that Korakkhatta would, in seven days, die of…

kosala →

dppn

…was king of Kāsi-Kosala. AN.v.59

27.517073, 82.0506191janapadaKosala2

A Pacceka Buddha, mentioned in a list of names. MN.iii.70

kosambī →

dppn

…the west. Vin.i.277

The usual route from Rājagaha to Kosambī was up the river. This was the route taken by Ānanda when he went with five…

kosiya →

dppn

…Kassapa. Ud.iii.7

Kosiya2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses emphasize the importance of listening to a teacher and being reflective…

koḷiyā →

dppn

…body of officials, presumably police, who wore a distinguishing headdress with a drooping crest (lambacūḷakābhaṭā) They bore a bad…

kulavaddhaka →

dppn

Given as a name used ironically to insult another. Vin.iv.8

kumbhaṇḍa →

dppn

A class of spirits mentioned with Yakkhas, Asuras and Nāgas. They live in the South and Virūḷha is their king. DN.ii.257 DN.iii.198

kumbhīra →

dppn

…outside Rājagaha. He was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta with a train of over one hundred thousand. DN.ii.257

kumuda →

dppn

A hell, or a period of suffering. It is equal to twelve Padumas. The Kokālika monk was born in Kumuda hell.SN.i.152f. Snp.p.126

5hell

kumārakassapa →

dppn

…the preaching of the Vammika Sutta. MN.i.143ff.

Two verses of deep significance ascribed to Kumāra-Kassapa are found in the Theragāthā….

kuru →

dppn

…Sutta, the Anañjasappāya Sutta, the Sammosa Sutta and the Ariyavasā Sutta. All these were preached at Kammāssadhamma, which is described as a…

kusinārā →

dppn

…and the “Kinti” Sutta. MN.ii.238f. A third Kusinārā Sutta he preached while staying at Upavattana. AN.ii.79 Ud.iv.2

The people of…

kuvera →

dppn

KuveraKubera

King of Uttarakuru. His royal residence is Āḷakamandā and his citadel Visāṇā. His messengers are Tatolā, Tattolā, Tatotalā, Ojasi, Tejasi, Tatojasī, Sūra, Rāja, Ariṭṭha and Nemi. His lot …

kuṇālā →

dppn

The name of a river which flows out of the Kuṇāladaha. It dries up when, at the end of the aeon, the fourth sun rises.AN.iv.101

4river

kuṇḍadhāna →

dppn

…food tickets. AN.i.24

Kuṇḍadhāna was among those to whom the Buddha preached the Naḷakapāna Sutta, and was therefore probably a friend…

kuṇḍadhānavana →

dppn

…in this monastery that Suppavāsā gave birth to Sīvali, after prolonged labour pains, which only ceased after she received the Buddha’s…

kuṭeṇḍu →

dppn

A vassal of the Cātummahārājikas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

kuṭivihārī →

dppn

…monk was so called because he obtained insight in a hut. Thag.56

Kuṭivihārī2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse is an…

kālakañjakā →

dppn

…are the very lowest of the Asura groups, and the Buddha warns Sunakkhatta that Korakkhattiya will, after his death from epilepsy, be born among…

kālakhemaka →

dppn

…there. On this occasion the Buddha preached the Mahā-Suññatā Sutta. MN.iii.109

kāliṅga →

dppn

…SN.v.358f.

Kāliṅga2

A country. It is one of the seven political divisions mentioned in the time of the mythical king Reṇu…

kālāma →

dppn

Kālāma1

The name of a family. Mention is made of a town belonging to them in Kosala, which was called Kesaputta. The sermon preached by…

kāmabhū →

dppn

…recorded in the Kāmabhū Sutta. SN.iv.165 Two other suttas bearing the same name record visits paid to Kāmabhū by Cittagahapati at…

kāmaseṭṭha →

dppn

…the Mahāsamaya Sutta DN.ii.258 he is mentioned among the vassals of the Four Great Kings-versed in craft, hoodwinking wizards, clever…

kāpathika →

dppn

…detailed in the Caṅkī Sutta. At the end of the discussion the youth declared himself a disciple of the Buddha. MN.ii.168ff. In the Sutta…

kāsi →

dppn

…very frequently mentioned as such in the Jātakas and elsewhere. Kāsi was once ruled by the Bhāratas, one of whom, Dhataraṭṭha, was its king…

kāḷasilā →

dppn

…company of monks. On one such occasion the Buddha is said to have given Ānanda an opportunity of asking him to continue to live for a whole…

kāḷī →

dppn

…AN.v.46f.

Kāḷī2

Maidservant of Videhikā of Sāvatthī. Videhikā was reputed to be gentle and meek, but Kāḷī, who was…

kīṭāgiri →

dppn

…of Assaji and Punabbasu, who lived there, behaving in a shameless and wicked manner. A certain monk, on his way to Jetavana, passed through…

kūṭadanta →

dppn

…to be successful, he consulted the Buddha on the holding of sacrifices. The Buddha preached to him the Kūṭadanta Sutta. At the end of the…

kūṭāgārasālā →

dppn

…of monks had committed suicide as a result of a sermon he had preached to them before his retreat on the un-loveliness of the body. He then…

lakkhaṇa →

dppn

…Moggallāna related his vision, some of the monks blamed him for claiming superhuman powers, but the Buddha declared him free from blame….

lambītakā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

laṭṭhivana →

dppn

…of Rājagaha. In it was the Supatiṭṭha cetiya, where the Buddha stayed during his first visit to Rājagaha from Gayāsīsa, after the…

licchavī →

dppn

…rough and greedy fellows; such presents as are sent by the members of their tribe sugar cane, jujubes, sweet cakes, sweetmeats, etc. they loot…

lohicca →

dppn

…SN.iv.117ff.

Lohicca2

A brahmin of Sālāvatikā. He once conceived the idea that a samaṇa or recluse who had reached a good…

lohitavāsī →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

lomasakaṅgiya →

dppn

…him on the Bhaddekaratta Sutta. When Lomasakaṅgiya again confessed his ignorance, Candana taught him the verses, and then the former packed…

lumbineyya →

dppn

…the Buddha was born. In the Sutta Nipāta Snp.683 it is stated that the Buddha was born in a village of the Sākyans, in the Lumbineyya…

lāmaseṭṭhā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

macchikāsaṇḍa →

dppn

…of whom was Mahānāma.

Sudhamma Thera also lived there, and the place was visited by Sāriputta and Moggalāna and also by Acela Kassapa….

macchā →

dppn

A country, with its people, included in the traditional list of the sixteen Great Nations AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN.iv.256 AN.iv.260

The Macchā country lay to the south or south west of Indraprastha and …

maddakucchi →

dppn

…it severely. As the Buddha suffered much from loss of blood, the monks took him on a litter to Maddakucchi, and from there to the Jīvakambavana,…

madhurā →

dppn

…capital of Surasena, situated on the Yamunā. Its king, soon after the death of Bimbisāra, was Avantiputta, MN.ii.83 who, judging…

magadhakhetta →

dppn

…Ānanda did this very successfully, and this pattern has been adopted for the robes of members of the Order ever since….

maghadevaambavana →

dppn

…during his stay there with Ānanda he preached the Makhādeva Sutta. MN.ii.74

26.71985, 85.944673park

mahesā →

dppn

…to the Mahāgovinda Sutta DN.ii.220.ff. it was the capital of Avanti and was founded at the same time as Campā.

22.019453,75.3570562town

mahājanapadā →

dppn

The books mention the sixteen Mahājanapadas or Great Nations, which existed in the time of the Buddha. AN.i.213 AN.iv.252 AN.iv.256 AN.iv.260 They are Kāsī, Kosala, Aṅga, Māgadha, Vajji, Mallā, Cetiya …

mahākaccāyana →

dppn

…followers and those who consulted him were Sonakutikanna, Isidatta, Avantiputta, Lohicca, Ārāmadaṇḍa, and Kandarāyana.

He often stayed in…

mahākassapa →

dppn

…does not know his own measure.“ Ānanda, annoyed at being called “boy,” protests “Surely my head is growing grey hairs, your…

mahākoṭṭhita →

dppn

…SN.ii.112f. the Sīla Sutta on religious discipline, SN.iii.165ff. three suttas on the nature of arising, two on satisfaction,…

mahākāla →

dppn

…large swarthy woman sitting surrounded by bones in the charnel ground, evidently a practitioner of asceticism. He expresses the wish to never be…

mahāli →

dppn

…as to the teachings of Pūraṇa Kassapa. SN.iii.68 This conversation resulted from Mahāli having heard the Sakkapañha Sutta.

mahāmoggallāna →

dppn

…He was also consulted by those, such as Vacchagotta, SN.iv.391ff. and Vappa, AN.ii.196ff. eager to learn from him the teachings of…

mahānāma →

dppn

…AN.iii.451

Mahānāma2

A Licchavi. One day while walking about in the Mahāvana in Vesāli he saw some young Licchavis paying…

mahāpajāpatī →

dppn

…Buddha he refused it, and suggested it should be given to the Order as a whole. Pajāpatī was greatly disappointed, and Ānanda intervened. But…

mahāpurisa →

dppn

…explained in the Mahāpurisa Sutta SN.v.158 and the Vassakāra Sutta. AN.ii.35f.

Bāvarī had three Mahāpurisalakkhaṇā; he could touch his…

mahāpāragā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.26

mahāsarā →

dppn

…and dry up only when four suns appear in the world. These seven lakes are Anotattā, Sīhapapātā, Rathakāra, Kappamundā, Kuṇālā,…

mahāsubhaddā →

dppn

Chief queen of Mahāsudassana. DN.ii.169ff. Aii.189 SN.iii.145

mahāsudassana →

dppn

The Bodhisatta born as king of Kusāvati. DN.ii.169ff.

mahāvana →

dppn

…wood near Kapilavatthu. In this wood was preached the Mahāsamaya Sutta and the Madhupiṇḍika…

mahāvijita →

dppn

A king of long ago, whose exemplary sacrifice, held under the direction of his chaplain, is narrated in the Kūṭadanta Sutta.

mahāviyūha →

dppn

…made of silver….

makhādeva →

dppn

…is told in the Makhadeva Sutta. MN.ii.74ff. He was a righteous king who observed the uposatha, together with his people. When a grey hair…

makkhali →

dppn

…with such loss to many folk, such discomfort, such sorrow to devas and men, as Makkhali, the infatuate. AN.i.33 The Buddha also considered his view…

mallikā →

dppn

…was a girl; but the Buddha assured him that women were sometimes wiser than men. SN.i.86f.

Only one instance is on record of Mallikā asking a…

mallā →

dppn

…capital of Kusa and Mahāsudassana. They were regarded, together with the Vajjis, as a typical example of a republic. MN.i.231 The chief Mallas…

manasākaṭa →

dppn

…The Buddha stayed in the mango grove to the north of the village, and, during one such stay, preached the Tevijja Sutta. DN.i.235

in…

mantāvatī →

dppn

The capital city where King Koñca lived, whose daughter was Sumedhā Therī. Thig.450

4town

manāpakāyikā →

dppn

…that in a trice they could assume any colour they desired, produce any sound, and obtain any happiness. Anuruddha tested their claims and found them…

medakathalikā →

dppn

…shoulder. Then the master suggested that they should watch and look after each other during their performances. But Medakathalikā said that each…

medāḷupa →

dppn

…the Buddha was there and visited him. On this occasion was preached the Dhammacetiya Sutta. This was the last time that Pasenadi saw the…

meghiya →

dppn

…however, Meghiya was consumed by evil thoughts and returned to the Buddha. The Buddha preached to him on the five things which make the heart…

metteyya →

dppn

…Tissa of the Tissa Metteyya Sutta. His personal name, too, was Tissa, but he was better known by his clan name of Metteyya. In a verse in the…

mettiyabhummajakā →

dppn

…They, therefore, persuaded a nun named Mettiyā to go to the Buddha and accuse Dabba of having violated her chastity. The charge was…

mettākāyikā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

meṇḍasira →

dppn

MeṇḍasiraMeṇḍasīsa

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of realizing release from suffering after many lifetimes. Thag.78

migalandika →

dppn

…him in the river and assured him he was doing a service to the monks by helping them to commit suicide. This encouraged him, and he put to…

migāra →

dppn

…on his immense wealth. But the Buddha reminds him that Migāra’s treasure is not real treasure in that it is subject to various dangers fire,…

migāramātupāsāda →

dppn

…Moggallāna was left to supervise the work with five hundred other monks. Moggallāna made use of his iddhi powers in order to expedite and…

missakā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

mithilā →

dppn

…there the Makhādeva Sutta MN.ii.74 and the Brahmāyu Sutta. MN.ii.133

It was also in Mithilā that the Therī Vāsetthī Thig.135 first…

moranivāpa →

dppn

…and the Culla Sakūladāyi Suttas were preached there. DN.iii.36ff. MN.ii.1 MN.ii.29

The Moranivāpa was on the bank of the Sumāgadhā and the…

moḷiya →

dppn

…and preached the Kakacūpama Sutta. MN.i.122ff.

In the Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.ii.12f. is recorded a discussion between Moliya Phagguna and the…

moḷiyasīvaka →

dppn

…Buddha explains to him that suffering arises from various causes—bile, phlegm, wind, bodily humour, change of season, stress of untoward…

mucalinda →

dppn

…the Buddha’s body and holding his hood over the Buddha’s head. Vin.i.3 Ud.ii.1

Mucalinda2

One of the chief Yakkhas to be…

mukheluvana →

dppn

A grove in Kajaṅgalā. It was there that the Buddha preached the Indriyabhāvanā Sutta. MN.iii.298

25.041438,87.836182park

muttā →

dppn

…being freed. Thig.2

Muttā 2

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verse speaks of being freed from three crooked things. Thig.11

Muttā…

muṇḍa →

dppn

…Treasurer, Piyaka, consulted the Elder Nārada who lived at Kukkuṭārāma in Pāṭaliputta and persuaded him to visit the king. Nārada…

māgadha →

dppn

…Candappajjota of Ujjeni was suffering from jaundice, Bimbisāra sent him his own personal physician, Jīvaka.

In Māgadha was the real birth of…

māgaṇḍiya →

dppn

…desiring.

Māgaṇḍiya2

A Paribbājaka. The Buddha was once staying in the fire hut of the brahmin Bhāradvājaggotta at…

māluṅkyāputta →

dppn

…the Majjhima Nikāya are two suttas—the Cūḷamālunkyā MN.i.426ff. and the Mahāmālunkyā MN.i.432ff. —both evidently preached before…

mānatthaddha →

dppn

…Mānatthaddha became the Buddha’s follower. SN.i.177f.

Mānatthaddha2

A Pacceka Buddha mentioned in a nominal list. MN.iii.71

māra →

dppn

…as given in the Padhāna Sutta. They assume numerous forms of varying age and charm, full of blandishment, but their attempt is vain, and they…

mātali →

dppn

…the Mahāsamaya Sutta, DN.ii.258 Mātali is described as a Gandhabba chief, while in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.204 he is…

mātula →

dppn

MātulaMatula

A village in Māgadha, where the Buddha stayed and where he preached the Cakkavattisīhanāda Sutta. Aiii.58

Māgadha3town

māyā →

dppn

…of the Buddha, and wife of Suddhodana of the Sakyan clan. DN.ii.52 Thag.534 Thig.162 She died seven days after giving birth to the Buddha in…

nagaraka →

dppn

…for in the Cūḷa-Suññatā Sutta, Ānanda is reported as reminding the Buddha that once, while staying at Nagaraka, the Buddha had…

nagaravinda →

dppn

A brahmin village in Kosala where the Buddha once stayed during a tour and where he preached the Nagaravindeyya Sutta. M.iii.290

Kosala3town

nakulamātā →

dppn

…his children. She spoke with such conviction that Nakulapitā regained his composure of mind and grew well. Later he visited the Buddha and told him…

nakulapitā →

dppn

…his children. She spoke with such conviction that Nakulapitā regained his composure of mind and grew well. Later he visited the Buddha and told him…

nanda →

dppn

…Sutta. MN.i.238

Nanda2

The Buddha’s half-brother. He became a monk, but was dissatisifed due to longing for his beautiful…

nandaka →

dppn

…in due season.

Nandaka2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of how a horse might stumble but then recovers and stands firm….

nandana →

dppn

…satisfied. SN.i.62

Nandana2Nandanavana

The chief of the parks in Tāvatiṃsā, where the inhabitants of Tāvatiṃsā, headed by…

nandavatī →

dppn

A nun, sister of Thullanandā. Her other two sisters were Nandā and Sundarīnandā. Vin.iv.211 Vin.iv.259

nandiya →

dppn

…such as he. Thag.25

Nandiya2

A Sakyan layman. He visited the Buddha at the Nigrodhārāma in Kapilavatthu and had a discussion with him…

nandā →

dppn

…Vin.iv.259

Nandā2

Declared by the Buddha AN.i.25 to be foremost among nuns in jhāna. She is evidently to be identified…

navakammika bhāradvāja →

dppn

…tree and asked him what pleasure he found in his contemplations. When the Buddha explained to him how he had found liberty, the Brahmin was pleased…

naḷakapāna →

dppn

…preached the Naḷakapāna Sutta. MN.i.462 There were two groves near the village, the Ketakavana and the Palāsavana; in the latter, Sāriputta…

nemi →

dppn

Nemi1

A servitor of Kuvera. DN.iii.201

Nemi2

A Pacceka Buddha, perhaps the same as Nimi. MN.iii.70

nerañjarāya →

dppn

…him, and, later, Brahmā persuaded him to preach the Dhamma. Vin.i.1ff. Snp.425ff. SN.i.103f. SN.i.122 SN.i.136ff. SN.v.167 SN.v.185…

nigaṇṭha nāṭaputta →

dppn

…Nāṭaputta tries, without success, to dissuade Sīha, general of the Licchavis, from visiting the Buddha. AN.iv.180ff. Sīha goes and is…

nigrodha →

dppn

…joy, but this is not mentioned in the Udumbarika Sīhanāda. DN.iii.57

Nigrodha2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of…

nigrodhārāma →

dppn

…grove in Rājagaha. The Buddha says that there he once gave Ānanda the chance of asking him to live for…

nikata →

dppn

…DN.ii.91f.

Nikata2

One of several eminent theras mentioned as staying in the Kūṭāgārasāla in Vesāli. When the Buddha…

nirabbuda →

dppn

A hell, or a period of suffering. Equal to twenty Abbudas. Snp.p.126 SN.i.149

40.25264,58.439415hell

niraya →

dppn

…Aṅguttara Nikāyas and the Sutta Nipāta contain a list of hells: Abbuda, Nirabbuda, Ababa, Aṭaṭa, Ahaha, Kumuda, Sogandhika, Uppala,…

nādikā →

dppn

The Mahā Parinibbāna Sutta DN.ii.72ff. gives a list of the places at which the Buddha stopped during his last journey along that…

nāga →

dppn

…of snakes, though they can assume human form at will. The Vinaya Vin.ii.109 contains a list of four royal families of Nāgas (Ahirājakulāni):…

nāgasamāla →

dppn

…breached the Mahāsīhanāda Sutta. MN.i.83

One day, when entering the city for alms, he saw a nautch girl gaily dressed, dancing to the…

nāgita →

dppn

…verse speaks of the unique efficacy of practicing the Buddha’s path. Thag.86

Nāgita2

For some time the personal attendant of…

nālāgiri →

dppn

…who had to make use of his supernatural power to remove him from his place. The Buddha spoke to him, suffusing him with all the love at his…

nārada →

dppn

…everything else, and his treasurer, Piyaka, suggested that he should visit Nārada. The king agreed, and Nārada preached to him on the inevitable…

nāḷandā →

dppn

…to the Kevaṭṭa Sutta, DN.i.211 in the Buddha’s time Nāḷandā was already an influential and prosperous town, thickly populated,…

nāṭasuriyā →

dppn

NāṭasuriyāNātapuriya

A city in Uttarakuru. DN.iii.200

5town

nīta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse asks when the lazy fool will ever escape suffering. Thag.84

odātagayhā →

dppn

A class of eminent devas among those present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

okkāka →

dppn

…to the Brāhmaṇa-Dhammika Sutta, Snp.p.52ff. it was during the time of Okkāka that the brahmins started their practice of slaughtering animals…

opamañña →

dppn

…MN.ii.200

Opamañña2

A Gandhabba chieftain, who was among those present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258 He…

oṭṭhaddha →

dppn

…and the Buddha is recorded in the Mahāli Sutta. DN.i.150ff.

paccekabrahmā →

dppn

…as Paccekabrahmā—e.g., Subrahmā, Suddhāvāsa and Tudu. I have not come across any explanation of this term. It may designate a Brahmā who…

paccekabuddha →

dppn

…a religion. In the Isigili Sutta MN.iii.68ff. appears a long list of Pacceka Buddhas who dwelt on the Isigili Mountain, and after whom the…

pahārāda →

dppn

An Asura chief. DN.ii.259 At the Nalerupucimaṇḍa in Verañja he visited the Buddha. In answer to a question, Pahārāda tells the Buddha that…

pajjanika →

dppn

…to have stayed there….

pajjunna →

dppn

…he was present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

pajāpati →

dppn

…mentioned with Brahmā, as distinct from him. MN.i.140 MN.i.327 MN.i.329

In the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.204 he is mentioned among the…

pakudha →

dppn

…between seven elementary substances. In other words, there is no such act as killing, or hearing, or knowing, etc.; no conceptions of, or…

palāsavana →

dppn

…The Buddha stayed there, AN.v.122 and it was there that the Naḷakapāna Sutta was preached. MN.i.462

near Naḷakapāna in Kosala3park

panāda →

dppn

…DN.iii.204 He is also mentioned in the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.258

paranimmitavasavattī →

dppn

…the highest stage of the sensuous universe.

They are described AN.i.210 SN.v.410 SN.v.423 DN.ii.91 DN.iii.218 as “beings who desire the creation…

paribbājakā →

dppn

…discussed in the Brahmajāla Sutta, for instance, and described as those of “Eel wrigglers” and “Hair splitters”, were undoubtedly truly…

paripuṇṇaka →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of the superiority of the taste of Dhamma over all other flavors. Thag.91

parisuddhābhā →

dppn

…are born among them as a result of absorbing the idea of untarnished brilliancy.MN.iii.102 MN.iii.147 They belong to the plane of the third…

parittasubhā →

dppn

A class of devas belonging to the Subha Devas. MN.iii.102 Beings are born among them after attaining the third jhāna.

pañcakaṅga →

dppn

…him the Samaṇamaṇḍikā Sutta. MN.ii.23ff.

The Anuruddha Sutta MN.iii.144ff. contains a discussion between Anuruddha and Abhiya Kaccāna,…

pañcasāla →

dppn

A brahmin village of Māgadha. For an episode connected with it see Piṇḍa Sutta. SN.i.113

Māgadha3town

pañcavaggiyā →

dppn

…At first they refused to pay heed to him, but gradually his powers of persuasion won their hearts and they became his first disciples.

pañcālacaṇḍa →

dppn

…is probably this same deva who is mentioned as a Mahāyakkha in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.205 who is to be invoked by the Buddha’s…

paṇḍuputta →

dppn

…days. In the Anaṅgaṇa Sutta, MN.i.31f. Moggallāna tells Sāriputta that, one day, when begging alms in Rājagaha, he came to the house of…

pessa →

dppn

…is recorded in the Kandaraka Sutta. When Pessa had left, the Buddha is reported to have said that he was a man of great understanding, and that had…

phagguna →

dppn

…illness by the Buddha on the suggestion of Ānanda. The Buddha found Phagguna in bed and grievously ill, and he talked to him and comforted him….

pilindavaccha →

dppn

…different occasions Pilinda suffered from various ailments and the Buddha had to give permission for the provision of suitable remedies….

pilotika →

dppn

…led to the preaching of the Cullahatthipadopama Sutta. MN.i.175ff.

pippaliguhā →

dppn

…for alms, Sakka, with Sujātā, waited for him in the guise of a weaver, and his wife gave him a meal. When Kassapa discovered this, he asked…

piṅgalakoccha →

dppn

…He visited the Buddha at Jetavana and the Buddha preached to him the Cūḷasāropama Sutta, at the end of which he declared himself the Buddha’s…

piṅgiya →

dppn

…as recorded in the Piṅgiya Sutta, Snp.1120–1123 because of his feebleness, he failed to reach any attainment. Thereupon he praised the Buddha…

piṇḍola →

dppn

…list. MN.iii.69

Piṇḍola2Bhāradvāja

An arahant who announced before the Buddha his readiness to answer the questions of any…

pokkharasāti →

dppn

…his pupil. Snp.594 In the Subha Sutta, MN.ii.200ff. Subha Todeyyaputta, another disciple, is reported to have said that Pokkharasāti—here…

potaliputta →

dppn

…his hasty reply.

For details see Mahākammavibhaṅga Sutta. MN.iii.207ff.

poṭṭhapāda →

dppn

…in the Poṭṭhapāda Sutta. Poṭṭhapāda, accepting the Buddha’s views, was jeered at by his companions for doing so. Two or three days…

pukkusa →

dppn

…in comparison with the deep gold of the Buddha’s body. DN.ii.130ff.

Pukkusa2

The name of a caste, classified among the…

pukkusāti →

dppn

…the Dhātuvibhaṅga Sutta. Pukkusāti recognised the Buddha at the end of the sermon and begged his forgiveness for not having paid him due…

punabbasu →

dppn

…Yakkha. SN.i.210

Punabbasu2

One of the Chabbaggiyā. His followers were called Panabbasukā, and, together with the followers of…

punabbasumātā →

dppn

…One evening towards sunset, when the Buddha was at Jetavana, she, with her daughter Uttarā on her hip and the boy’s hand in hers, came…

purāṇa →

dppn

…Vin.ii.189f.

Purāṇa2

A chamberlain of Pasenadi. He was the brother of Isidatta and the father of Migasālā. In his later years…

puṇḍarika →

dppn

A hell; it is a period of suffering in Avīci, equal to twenty Uppalakā. SN.i.152 Snp.p.126

5hell

puṇṇa →

dppn

…virtue. Thag.70

Puṇṇa2

A servitor who held the oblation ladles for the seven sages, mentioned in the Assalāyana Sutta MN.ii.157…

puṇṇaka →

dppn

…Snp.1043–1048

Puṇṇaka2

A Yakkha chief mentioned in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.204 among those to be invoked by followers…

puṇṇamāsa →

dppn

…and wise one knows the rise and passing away of the world. Thag.10

Puṇṇamāsa2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of…

puṇṇikā →

dppn

Puṇṇikā2

A slave girl of Pokkharasāti. MN.ii.201

puṇṇā →

dppn

…moon. Thig.3

Puṇṇā2Puṇṇikā

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses argue that bathing cannot purify oneself….

pālileyya →

dppn

…found that he could not persuade the Kosambī monks to refrain from quarrelling, he left Kosambī alone and unattended, and passing through…

pārāsariya →

dppn

…Thag.116

Pārāsariya2

A brahmin teacher mentioned in the Indriyabhāvanā Sutta. He is said, by his pupil Uttara, to have taught…

pārāyana →

dppn

…It consists of sixteen suttas preceded by an introduction. The introduction describes how Bāvarī first heard of the coming of the Buddha…

pātaligāma →

dppn

…Ajātasattu’s ministers, Sunīdha and Vassakāra, were engaged in building fortifications there in order to repel the Vajjīs. The Buddha…

pātikaputta →

dppn

…and thereby much impressed Sunakkhatta. Pātikaputta had prophesied that, after death, the Licchavi general Ajita would be born in Mahā Niraya,…

pātimokkha →

dppn

…rules are included, in the Sutta Vibhaṅga, which contains besides the rules themselves, an old Commentary explaining them and a new Commentary…

pāveyyakā →

dppn

…Yasa Kākandakaputta and Sumana. Vin.ii.301ff. In this connection the Pāveyyakā are also described as “Pacchimikā” in opposition to the…

pāvā →

dppn

…to the Saṅgīti Sutta, at the time the Buddha was staying at Pāvā, the Mallas had just completed their new Mote hall, Ubbhataka, and,…

pāvārikambavana →

dppn

…mango grove at Nāḷandā where the Buddha stayed when on a visit there. DN.ii.81 It was there that he…

pāyāsi →

dppn

…Pāyāsi appointed him to supervise the distribution. After death, Pāyāsi was born among the Cātummahārājika gods while Uttara was born in…

pūraṇa kassapa →

dppn

…in the Sāmmaññaphala Sutta, DN.i.53 AN.iii.383 is attributed to Makkhali Gosāla.

His gotta name was Kassapa. He had a following of five…

rakkhasā →

dppn

…Some of them live in the sea. Thag.931…

rakkhita →

dppn

…cool. Thag.79

Rakkhita2Rakkhitavanasaṇḍa

A forest tract near the village of Pārileyya. There the Buddha retired and lived at…

raṭṭhapāla →

dppn

…in the Raṭṭhapāla Sutta. MN.ii.54ff.

The Vinaya Vin.iii.148 contains a stanza quoted by the Buddha, in which Raṭṭhapāla’s…

revata →

dppn

…path. Thag.645–658

Revata2Kaṅkhārevata

The Buddha declared him chief of the monks who practised jhāna.AN.i.24 Ud.v.9 Thag.3…

reṇu →

dppn

Son and successor of King Disampati. On the death of his father Reṇu, with the advice and co operation of his chief steward Jotipāla, who was also…

rohinī →

dppn

Rohinī1

The Therīgāthā Thig.271–290 contains a set of verses spoken by her in exaltation, when, after becoming an arahant, she…

rohitassa →

dppn

…ocean to the eastern. With such a stride, he had travelled for one hundred years, and yet failed to reach the world’s end, where there was no…

rohīnī →

dppn

Rohīnī2

A small river dividing the Sākyan and Koliyan countries. A dam was constructed across the river, and the people on the two…

rojā →

dppn

…Ānanda had need of it, and accepted it with the Buddha’s permission. Vin.i.296

Rojā2

A class of devas, present at the preaching of…

rucirā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

rādha →

dppn

…contains a large number of suttas preached by the Buddha in answer to Rādha’s questions on various topics.

If the reference is to this same…

rāhu →

dppn

…the four “stains” of the Sun and the Moon, preventing them from shining in all their glory.AN.ii.53 Vin.ii.295 He is further mentioned as one of…

rāhula →

dppn

…the Mahā Rāhulovāda Sutta. Two other suttas, also called Rāhulovāda, one included in the Saṃyutta and the other in the Aṅguttara,…

rāhulamātā →

dppn

…name, generally given in the texts, of Rāhula’s mother Vin.i.82 and Gotama’s wife.

On the…

rājagaha →

dppn

…to Rājagaha, by way of the usual places. The Mahā Parinibbāna Sutta DN.ii.72ff. gives a list of the places at which the Buddha stopped during…

rājāyatana →

dppn

…the foot of which the Buddha received a gift of wheat and honey from the merchants Tapassu and Bhallika in the eighth week after the Enlightenment….

sabbakāma →

dppn

…years of age, and was consulted by Yasa, Soreyya Revata, and others, in connection with the Vajjiputta heresy at the Second Council. He was, at…

sabbamitta →

dppn

Sabbamitta

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of the suffering inherent in relationships. Thag.149–150

sadāmattā →

dppn

A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sahabhū →

dppn

A class of Devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sahadhammā →

dppn

A class of Devas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sahajāti →

dppn

…Revata, whom he wished to consult regarding the Ten Points raised by the Vajjiputtakas. Revata had gone there from Soreyya, and Yasa followed him,…

sahali →

dppn

…Sutta. DN.ii.259

Sahali2

A devaputta, follower of Makkhali Gosāla. He visited the Buddha at Veḷuvana, in the company of…

sahampati →

dppn

…from Sahampati the assurance that all the Buddhas of the past had also had no other teacher than the Dhamma discovered by them. Similar…

sakka →

dppn

…because he married the Asura maiden Sujā

Elsewhere DN.ii.270 MN.i.252 Sakka is addressed as Kosiya.

He is also spoken of as Yakkha. MN.i.252…

sakuladāyī →

dppn

…and the Culla Sakuladāyī Suttas record two conversations between him and the Buddha in the Paribbājakārāma at Moranivāpa in Rājagaha.

He…

sakulā →

dppn

…eye. Thig.97–101

Sakulā2

Sister of Somā. They were both wives of Pasenadi and followers of the Buddha. Once, when Pasenadi was…

sambhūta →

dppn

…Thag.6

Sambhūta2Sānavāsī

When the Vajjiputtaka heresy arose, his help was sought by Yasa Kākandakaputta. At that time…

samiddhi →

dppn

…of the Mahākammavibhaṅga Sutta. MN.iii.207 In the sutta the Buddha speaks of Samiddhi as a foolish man, and Samiddhi is also teased by…

samitigutta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of experiencing the suffering caused by kamma in the past. Thag.81

samuddadatta →

dppn

A monk whom Devadatta persuaded to join him in trying to bring about schism in the Order.Vin.ii.196 Vin.iii.171 He was a favourite of Thullanandā….

samānā →

dppn

A class of Devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

samīti →

dppn

…In the Aṅgaṇa Sutta, Moggallāna tells Sāriputta how he once saw Samīti shaping a felloe; by his side, Paṇḍuputta was watching,…

sanaṅkumāra →

dppn

…preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

In the Janavasabha Sutta, Janavasabha describes to the Buddha an occasion on which Sanaṅkumāra…

sandha →

dppn

…preached to him the Sandha Sutta. AN.v.323f.

It is, perhaps, the same monk who is mentioned as Saddho Kaccāyano. SN.ii.153 He asks the Buddha…

sandhāna →

dppn

…with the Paribbājaka Nigrodha that led to the preaching of the Udumbarika Sīhanāda Sutta.

In the Aṅguttara he is mentioned in a list of…

sappadāsa →

dppn

…was unable to develop concentration. This so distressed him that he was about to commit suicide, when, inward vision suddenly expanding, he attained…

sarabhaṅga →

dppn

…MN.iii.70

Sarabhaṅga2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of living in a hut of reeds he built himself. By practicing the…

satullapakāyikā →

dppn

…questions on different…

sayaṃpabhā →

dppn

A class of Devas, among whom virtuous men, such as those that maintain their parents and engage in harmless trades, are born. Snp.404

sañjaya →

dppn

…any hate. Thag.48

Sañjaya2

In the Kaṇṇakatthala Sutta Viḍūḍabha tells the Buddha that it was Sañjaya who started the story…

sañjīva →

dppn

…lived in cells, caves, etc., sustaining himself on samādhi. One day, when in a state of trance in a forest, woodmen, thinking him dead, burnt his…

saṅgārava →

dppn

…SN.v.121f. contains a sutta in which the brahmin Saṅgārava visits the Buddha and asks him why he can remember certain mantras with great…

seniya →

dppn

…like a dog. After his visit to the Buddha, as recorded in the Kukkuravatika Sutta, he joined the Order and, in due course, became an…

serissaka →

dppn

…DN.iii.205

Serissaka1Serīsaka

A vimāna in the Cātummahārājika world, which was occupied by Pāyāsi during his life…

serī →

dppn

…class at one gate, and the result was that his gifts were not given at all. He then decreed that out of all his revenues one half should be given…

setabyā →

dppn

…was the Siṃsapāvana, where Kumāra Kassapa lived, and where he preached the Pāyāsi Sutta to the brahmin Pāyāsi, who held a royal fief…

seyyasaka →

dppn

A monk of Sāvatthī who was found guilty of various Vinaya offences, and was therefore subjected to the Nissayakamma. Udāyī (Lāludāyi) was his friend and his evil genius. Vin.iii.110f.

sikhaḍḍī →

dppn

…by Pañcasikha….

sikhī →

dppn

…Sirivaḍḍha and Canda among men,

  • and Cittā and Suguttā among women.

sineru →

dppn

SineruMahāneruMeruSumeruHemameru

A mountain, forming the center of the world. MN.i.338 DN.iii.199 It is eighty thousand leagues broad….

sirimā →

dppn

…speak of remaining still in mind amid praise and blame. Thag.159–160

Sirimā2

Sirimā is mentioned in a list of eminent…

sirivaḍḍha →

dppn

…Thag.41

Sirivaḍḍha2

A minister of Pasenadi, who once sent a message through him to Ānanda….

siṃsapāvana →

dppn

…83.34133parkSiṃsapāvana2Sīsapāvane

A grove in Kosambī, where the Buddha once stayed. SN.v.437

25.37131,…

sobhita →

dppn

…Buddha. MN.iii.71

Sobhita2

A monk who was foremost among those who could remember past births. AN.i.25 Thag.165–166

He was once…

sogandhika →

dppn

A hell, or a period of suffering in Avīci. SN.i.102 Snp.126

5hell

soma →

dppn

…Pajāpati and Yama. DN.i.244 DN.ii.259

In the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta DN.iii.204 he is spoken of as a Yakkha chief.

somā →

dppn

…SN.i.129 Thig.60–62

Somā2

Sister of Sakulā and queen of Pasenadi. She was a devout follower of the Buddha. MN.ii.125 She is…

sopāka →

dppn

…only child. Thag.33

Sopāka2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says that he walked with the Buddha when aged seven, and answered his…

sovīra →

dppn

…in the Mahāgovinda Sutta. DN.ii.235

In the time of King Reṇu, Bharata was king of Sovīra, and Roruka was its capital.

Eder,…

soṇa →

dppn

…Thag.365–369

Soṇa2KoḷivisaSukhumāla

A monk, foremost in those who strive energetically. AN.i.24 His hands and feet were…

soṇadaṇḍa →

dppn

…in the Soṇadaṇḍa Sutta. At the end of the discourse, Soṇadaṇḍa expressed his appreciation of the Buddha and his doctrine, and…

soṇā →

dppn

…Buddha. AN.iv.348

Soṇā2Bahuputtikā

A Therī. She was declared foremost among nuns for capacity of effort. She had ten sons and…

subha →

dppn

…Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70

Subha2TodeyyaputtaBhāradvāja

A young brahman student. He once visited the Buddha in Sāvatthī, asking…

subhadda →

dppn

Subhadda1

When the Buddha died and the monks stood weeping, Subhadda asked them to rejoice instead, saying— “We are well rid of the…

subhagavana →

dppn

…he preached the Brahmanimantanika Sutta MN.i.326 SN.i.142 It was under a sāla tree in Subhagavana that the Mūlapariyāya Sutta was preached….

subhakinnā →

dppn

SubhakinnāSubhakiṇṇāSubhakiṇhā

A class of Brahmas who occupy the ninth Rūpa-world; a division of the Subha devā.MN.iii.102 DN.ii.69…

subhā →

dppn

Subhā1

A group of Brahmās; the group includes the Parittasubhā, the Appamāṇasubhā and the Subhakiṇhā….

subhūta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of how, when someone lives the wrong way they blame their bad luck, and praises one who only speaks about what they actually do. Thag.320–324

subhūti →

dppn

He was declared chief of those who lived remote and in peace, and of those who were worthy of gifts. AN.i.24 The Buddha also praised his skill in meditation. Ud.vi.7

A verse attributed to him is incl …

subrahmā →

dppn

Subrahmā1

A devaputta. He visits the Buddha at Veḷuvana and tells him that his heart is full of dismay. The Buddha replies that the…

subāhu →

dppn

Subāhu1

He was the son of a seṭṭhi family of Benares, and was the friend of Yasa. When Yasa and his companions joined the Order…

sucimukhī →

dppn

…denial. He lived neither by such low arts as divination, nor by star gazing, going errands, or palmistry. Sucimukhī understood, and went about…

sucitti →

dppn

An Asura, one of the Dānaveghasas, present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.259

sudassana →

dppn

Nephew of Pasenadi. The Buddha taught him a stanza to recite whenever Pasenadi sat down to a meal, in order that the king might observe moderation in eating. For this service Pasenadi paid him one hun …

sudassā →

dppn

A Brahma world; one of the Suddhāvāsā. Five kinds of Anāgāmīs are born there. MN.i.289 DN.ii.52 DN.iii.237

sudassī →

dppn

A Brahma world, one of the Suddhāvāsā. The inhabitants of this world are friendly with those of Akaniṭṭhā. DN.ii.52 MN.i.259 DN.iii.237…

sudatta →

dppn

…SN.i.53

Sudatta3SudantaKumāputtassa therassa sahāyaka

A monk whose Theragāthā verse criticizes those who wander unrestrained….

suddhanā →

dppn

An eminent lay woman disciple of the Buddha. AN.iv.347

suddhavāsa →

dppn

A Pacceka Brahmā who, with Subrahmā, went to visit the Buddha, but, finding him in meditation during the noonday heat, went to see a certain…

suddhikabhāradvāja →

dppn

SuddhikabhāradvājaSuddhikaBhāradvāja

A brahmin who visited the Buddha at Jetavana and stated that a man can be purified only by knowledge of the…

suddhodana →

dppn

…had also a daughter called Sundarī Nandā. When the Buddha ordained both Rāhula and Nanda, Suddhodana was greatly distressed lest other parents…

suddhāvāsakāyikādevā →

dppn

SuddhāvāsakāyikādevāSuddhāvāsakāyikā

A group of devas, inhabitants of the Suddhāvāsā, who appeared before the Buddha and recited three…

suddhāvāsā →

dppn

…Avihā, Atappā, Sudassā, Sudassī and Akaniṭṭhā. DN.iii.237

There anāgāmīs are born, and there they attain arahantship.

The Buddha is…

sudhamma →

dppn

Sudhamma1

He lived in Macchikāsaṇḍa, in a monastery (the Ambātakārāma) provided by Citta. Citta used to invite Sudhamma to his…

sudinna →

dppn

…wealth for want of an heir. Sudinna agreed, and had intercourse three times with her. She became pregnant, and in due course a son was born, who…

sudāṭha →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha in a nominal list. MN.iii.70

sugandha →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of going forth after one rainy season, then attaining the Dhamma. Thag.24

suhemanta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse cryptically speaks of 100 signs. Thag.106

sujāta →

dppn

A monk who the Buddha commended on his spiritual and physical beauty. SN.ii.278f.

sujātā →

dppn

Sujātā1

The foremost laywoman in being first to go for refuge. DN.ii.135 AN.i.26

Sujātā2

A lay woman of Ñātikā. The…

sukkā →

dppn

Sukkā1

A bhikkhunī who was famous as a teacher of Dhamma, to the extent that a spirit went Rājagaha about praising her and exhorting…

suleyyā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

sumana →

dppn

Sumana1

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of having accomplished all that he was aksed to do….

sumanā →

dppn

Sumanā1Sumanārājakumārī

She was the daughter of the king of Kosala and sister of Pasenadi. She is included among the eminent…

sumaṅgala →

dppn

Sumaṅgala1

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of being well rid of three crooked things, and exhorts himself to meditation….

sumaṅgalamātā →

dppn

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses celebrate her freedom from household drudgery and her brutal husband. Thig.23–24

sumbha →

dppn

Sumbha1

A Pacceka Buddha. MN.iii.70

Sumbha2

A country in which was Desaka, where Udāyi visited the Buddha during a stay,…

sumedhā →

dppn

She was the daughter of King Koñca of Mantāvatī. Her Therīgāthā verses, of which she has the greatest number of any of the nuns, speak of the emptiness of the home life and the advantages of going for …

sumukha →

dppn

A Yakkha chief, to be invoked in time of need by followers of the Buddha. DN.iii.205

sumāgadhā →

dppn

…in Queen Udumbarika’s park. The Buddha was walking about in the open air near Sumāgadhā, just before he preached the…

sunakkhatta →

dppn

…Sutta. MN.i.68ff. The Sunakkhatta Sutta MN.ii.252ff. was evidently preached to Sunakkhatta before he joined the Order, while the Pātika…

sundara →

dppn

…into her mouth. A doubt arose in his mind as to whether any blame attached to him and he consulted the Buddha, who said that as Sundara had not…

sundarasamudda →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses tell of how he was tempted by a courtesan. She showed herself to him, decked and adorned and wearing golden slippers, and invited him in with seductive manner. But seein …

sundarika →

dppn

…between the Buddha and Sundarika is given in the Sutta Nipāta too, Snp.p.79f. but there the details differ greatly, though the topic of…

sundarikā →

dppn

…SN.i.167…

sundarī →

dppn

…Roar.

Sundarī1Sundarikā

A Paribbājikā. She listened to the persuasions of her colleagues, the heretics, and would be seen in…

sundarīnandā →

dppn

Sundarīnandā1

Younger sister of Thullanandā; she had two other sisters, Nandā and Nandavatī. Sāḷha Migāranattā seduced her, and…

sunetta →

dppn

…various other worlds. Then Sunetta, seeing that some among his disciples were as good as himself, developed mettā to a much greater degree; but…

sunidha →

dppn

A minister of Māgadha, who, with Vassakāra, was in charge of the fortifications of Pāṭaligāma, built in order to repel the Vajjīs. These two are always mentioned together. They invited the Buddha to a …

sunimmita →

dppn

A devaputta, king of the Nimmānaratī world. SN.iv.280 AN.iv.243

sunāga →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of one who understands the mind, practicing jhāna happily. Thag.85

sunāparanta →

dppn

…permission, he returned to Sunāparanta. The people of Sunāparanta were reported as being fierce and violent. MN.iii.268…

sunīta →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verses speak of his humble origins and how he bowed and scaped before many people, until he was lifted up by the Buddha. Practcing in the forest he realized the Dhamma, so that …

supabbā →

dppn

An upāsikā of Rājagaha. She held the view that one who offered herself for sexual intercourse gave the supreme gift. Vin.iii.39

supatiṭṭhita →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha mentioned in a nominal list. MN.iii.70

suppabuddha →

dppn

…in the world would change Suppabuddha. Soon after, Suppabuddha visited the Buddha, and, having worshipped him, was on his way to the city when he…

suppagedha →

dppn

A Yakkha, to be invoked by followers of the Buddha in time of need. DN.iii.205

suppatiṭṭha cetiya →

dppn

Suppatiṭṭha CetiyaSupatiṭṭhacetiya

A shrine near the Latthivanuyyāna in Rājagaha. Vin.i.35

near the Latthivanuyyāna3shrine

suppatiṭṭhita →

dppn

…Koravya visited Sakka and consulted him. Sakka sent a squall to punish the deva and made the deva appear before him full of repentance. Then Sakka…

suppavāsā →

dppn

SuppavāsāKoliyadhītā

A lay woman who lived in the Koliyan village of Sajjanela, where the Buddha visited her and preached to her on the efficacy…

suppiya →

dppn

Suppiya1

A Paribbājaka. He was the teacher of Brahmadatta. It was the discussion between these two, in the Ambalaṭṭhikā park,…

suppiyā →

dppn

Suppiyā1

The name of the inhabitants of Rājagaha in the time of Kassapa Buddha. At that time Vepulla was called Supassa….

suriya →

dppn

…the sun or the god of the sun. Once, when he was seized by Rāhu, lord of the Asuras, he invoked the power of the Buddha, and the Buddha enjoined…

suriyavaccasā →

dppn

SuriyavaccasāBhaddā

A Gandhabba maiden, daughter of Timbaru.

When she went to dance before Sakka, Pañcasikha saw her and fell in love with her,…

surādha →

dppn

A monks whose Theragāthā verses speak of attaining the goal of the spiritual life. Thag.135–136

susumāragiri →

dppn

SusumāragiriSuṃsumāragiri

A city in the Bhagga country, of which it was probably the capital. Near the city was the Bhesakalāvana where the…

susārada →

dppn

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of the advantages of associating with good people. Thag.75

susīma →

dppn

Susīma1

A devaputta. Once, when Ānanda utters high praise of Sāriputta, Susīma, who is present, reflects on it and confirms all…

sutanu →

dppn

A stream at Sāvatthī. Anuruddha is mentioned as having stayed near by. SN.v.297

Sāvatthī3river

sutanā →

dppn

SutanāSudhanā

An eminent upāsikā. AN.iv.347

sutavā →

dppn

Sutavā1

A Pacceka Buddha mentioned in a nominal list. MN.iii.69

Sutavā2

A wanderer who visited the Buddha on Gijjhakūṭa…

suvidehā →

dppn

The name of a country and its inhabitants. MN.i.225

It is that part of Videha which is opposite Māgadha, on the other side of the Ganges.

that part of Videha which is opposite Māgadha, on the other …

suvīra →

dppn

…and asked him to fight the Asuras. Suvīra agreed to do this, but was very lazy about it. This happened three times. Sakka admonished him after the…

suyāma →

dppn

devaputta, chief of the Yāma-devas. AN.iv.242 DN.i.217

Suyāma2Suyāmana

A monk whose Theragāthā verses…

sāgata →

dppn

…Sāgata was endowed with supernatural power, and the overseers, who went to visit the Buddha at Gijjhakūṭa, were very impressed by his…

sāketa →

dppn

…Bhūta Thera was born in a suburb of Sāketa.

The Vinaya Vin.i.270f. mentions another seṭṭhi of Sāketa. His wife had suffered for seven…

sākya →

dppn

…states, in the Aggañña Sutta, that the Sākyans were vassals of King Pasenadi of Kosala. D.iii.83 (Sakyā … Pasenadi-Kosalassa anuyuttā…

sālavatikā →

dppn

SālavatikāSālavatī

A Kosalan village, given by Pasenadi to the brahmin Lohicca. There the Lohicca Sutta was preached. DN.i.224

Kosala3town

sālā →

dppn

…brahmin village of Kosala, its inhabitants were called Sāleyyakā. The Apaṇṇaka Sutta and the Saleyyaka Sutta were preached there. MN.i.285…

sāmagāma →

dppn

…according to the Pāsādika Sutta, DN.iii.117 the Buddha was in the mango grove of the Vedhaññā Sākiyans when the news, as given in the…

sāmā →

dppn

…Thig.37–38

Sāmā2Aparasāmā

A bhikkhunī whose Therīgāthā verses speak of how, despite having gone forth for 25 years,…

sānu →

dppn

…thus to ensure for him supreme happiness. Sānu lost his intellectual discernment and grew distraught and longed to go roaming. His former…

sāriputta →

dppn

…by the other monks, and often praised by the Buddha. He features in many Suttas as a teacher. He passed away shortly before the Buddha.

sātapabbata →

dppn

…whom were present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.257

4hill

sāti →

dppn

…and the assembled monks the Mahātaṇhāsaṅkhaya Sutta. MN.i.256ff.

sātāgira →

dppn

A Yakkha. He persuaded his friend Hemavata to visit the Buddha on an uposatha day. Hemavata then asked the Buddha a series of questions….

sāvatthī →

dppn

…and the vast bulk of all Suttas are set there.

His first visit there was at the invitation of Anāthapiṇḍika. The chief patrons of the…

sāḷha →

dppn

…Vin.iv.211f.

Sāḷha2

A Licchavi, who once visited the Buddha at the Kūṭāgārasālā. AN.ii.200

Sāḷha3

A…

sīha →

dppn

…the Buddha set forth.

Sīha2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse speaks of remaining vigilent by day and night….

sīhā →

dppn

…years she tried, without success, to concentrate her mind. Then she tied a noose round her neck and fastened the end to a tree, and in this…

sīsupacalā →

dppn

Māra once tempted her with thoughts of sensual pleasures, but she sent him away discomfited Thig.190–203 SN.i.133f.

sītavana →

dppn

…trembling. But he was reassured by a friendly Yakkha, Sīvaka. Vin.ii.155f. When the Buddha was staying there, Māra asked him to die….

sīvaka →

dppn

…of need. DN.iii.205

Sīvaka2

A monk whose Theragāthā verse says his preceptor, Vanavaccha, asked him to go from here, and that though…

sūciloma →

dppn

…asked him a question regarding the origin of various persuasions, and the Buddha answered him.

sūkarakha →

dppn

…he preached the Dīghanakha Sutta to Dīghanakha. Sāriputta was also present, and the sutta led to his attainment of arahantship. MN.i.497…

sūra →

dppn

A messenger of Kuvera. DN.iii.201

sūrambaṭṭha →

dppn

An eminent lay disciple, declared by the Buddha foremost among his followers in unwavering loyalty. AN.i.26 AN.iii.451

sūrasena →

dppn

One of the sixteen Great Nations. It is mentioned with Maccha, and was located in the south of the Kuru country. Its capital was Mathurā. It is famous in the Epics and the Purānas because of its conne …

tagarasikhī →

dppn

…his way to a park, spoke insultingly to him, and, as a result, was born as a leper in this birth. Ud.v.3

The Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.i.92f.

tapodārāma →

dppn

…said DN.ii.116 that on one such occasion the Buddha gave Ānanda the chance of asking him to live for a whole kappa, but Ānanda failed to make…

tapussa →

dppn

TapussaTapassu

A merchant of Ukkalā. He and his friend, Bhalluka, while on their way to Rājagaha, saw the Buddha at the foot of the Rājāyatana…

tavakaṇṇika →

dppn

…Nibbāna from knowledge of the Tathāgata. He is mentioned in a list of such householders, but nothing further is known of him. AN.iii.451

tavakinnoka →

dppn

…Nibbāna from knowledge of the Tathāgata. He is mentioned in a list of such householders, but nothing further is known of him. AN.iii.451

tavannika →

dppn

…Nibbāna from knowledge of the Tathāgata. He is mentioned in a list of such householders, but nothing further is known of him. AN.iii.451

tekicchakārī →

dppn

…verses speak of how, by recollecting the triple Gem and the four immeasurables, he overcomes lack of food and comfort. Thag.381–386

thullanandā →

dppn

…and gave vent to her displeasure at what she considered Kassapa’s presumption. But we are told that soon after that she left the Order….

thūlū →

dppn

…The village of Uttarakā belonged to them, and when the Buddha was staying there with Sunakkhatta, the latter was greatly taken up with the…

timbaru →

dppn

A chieftain of the Gandhabbas and father of Suriyavaccasā. DN.ii.266 DN.ii.268

He was present at the Mahāsamaya. DN.ii.258

tissa →

dppn

…Buddha. DN.ii.4

Tissa2

A monk who was reborn as a Brahmā with great iddhi-powers. Moggallāna visited him soon after his…

todeyya →

dppn

…of Rāmaputta.

Todeyya2

A disciple of Bāvarī. Snp.1006 He visited the Buddha, and his questions, with the answers given by the…

tuṭṭha →

dppn

A lay disciple of Ñātika who died and was reborn in the Suddhāvāsa, there to attain Nibbāna. SN.v.358 DN.ii.92

tālaputa →

dppn

…end allowed himself to be persuaded, and told Tālapuṭa that those who induce sensual states in others will be reborn in purgatory. Tālapuṭa…

ubbhataka →

dppn

…It was on this occasion that Sāriputta recited the Saṅgīti Sutta. DN.iii.207ff.

Pāvā3building

udaya →

dppn

…Buddha. SN.i.173f.

Udaya2

A brahmin, pupil of Bāvarī. When his turn came to question the Buddha, he asked him to explain…

uddaka →

dppn

…he had no justification for such a claim.

Again, in the Pāsādika Sutta DN.iii.126–127 the Buddha tells Cunda that when Uddaka said “seeing,…

udena →

dppn

…Buddha. SN.iv.110f.

Udena2

A thera. He once stayed, after the Buddha’s death, in the Khemiyambavana near Benares. There the brahmin…

udāyibhadda →

dppn

…was— “Would that my son, Udāyibhadda, might have such calm as this.”. DN.i.50

udāyī →

dppn

…to him. AN.iii.184

Udāyī2

There were at least two monks called Udāyī, and it is not always possible to be sure which one is meant….

ugga →

dppn

…veneration. AN.ii.180

Ugga2

A householder of Hatthigāma of the Vajji country. Among householders he was declared by the Buddha to be…

uggaha →

dppn

…to be married. The Buddha preached to them the Uggaha Sutta. AN.iii.36ff.

uggatasarīra →

dppn

…the Buddha at Jetavana to consult him as to the efficacy of the sacrifice. Three times he told the Buddha that he had heard that the laying down of…

ujjaya →

dppn

…Sutta. MN.iii.70

Ujjaya2

A monk whose verse is in the Theragāthā. Thag.67

Ujjaya3

A brahmin. He once went to the…

ukkacelā →

dppn

…of the loss the Order had sustained by their death. SN.v.163f.

The Cūḷagopālaka Sutta was also preached at Ukkacela….

ukkaṭṭha →

dppn

…that the Mūlapariyāya Sutta MN.i.1ff. was preached.

In the Brahmanimantika Sutta MN.i.326 SN.i.142 the Buddha says that it was while he…

ummāpupphā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.260

upacālā →

dppn

…tried to arouse in her sensual desires, but she vanquished him and became an arahant. This account is found in both the Therīgāthā and the…

upaka →

dppn

…born in Avihā.

Upaka2Maṇḍikāputta

He once visited the Buddha at Gijjhakūṭa and stated before him his view that whoever…

upananda →

dppn

…later. Vin.i.83

Upananda2

Four Pacceka Buddhas, mentioned in the Isigili Sutta….

upanīta →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha, mentioned in the Isigili Sutta. MN.iii.70

upasīdarī →

dppn

A Pacceka Buddha, mentioned in the Isigili Sutta. MN.iii.70

upavatta →

dppn

…the Buddha, in order to disabuse his mind, preached to him the Mahā Sudassana Sutta. DN.ii.169f.

26.73012,83.898632park

upavāna →

dppn

…on which Upavāna consulted the Buddha on matters of doctrine, once regarding the arising of suffering SN.ii.41–2 and once on the…

uposatha →

dppn

The name of the Elephant Treasure of the Cakkavatti Mahāsudassana. He was “all white, sevenfold firm (sattappatiṭṭha), wonderful in power,…

uppala →

dppn

Uppala1

A Pacceka Buddha mentioned in the Isigili Sutta. MN.iii.70

Uppala2

A hell realm. SN.i.152 Snp.p.126

5hell

uppalavaṇṇā →

dppn

…Uppalavaṇṇā are the measure of his women disciples, and that the believing nun, if she would aspire perfectly, should aspire to be like them….

upāli →

dppn

…dwell in solitude.

Upāli2

A lad of Rājagaha. His parents, wishing him to live a life of ease, did not have him instructed in any of…

uruvelakappa →

dppn

…the householder Tapassu arrived and told Ānanda that be could not understand how young men in the prime of life found any attraction in…

uruvelā →

dppn

…came to the Buddha and assumed various wondrous shapes, beautiful and ugly. Another time Māra tried to fill the Buddha’s mind with doubt as…

uruvelākassapa →

dppn

…The Buddha asked him to consult with his pupils, and they cut off their hair and threw it with their sacrificial utensils into the river and were…

uruññā →

dppn

…the Kaṇṇakatthala Sutta. MN.ii.125ff.

It was here too that Nigaṇṭha Kassapa came to see the Buddha. This visit is recorded in the…

usabha →

dppn

…insight. Thag.110

Usabha 2

After entering a town for alms while riding an elephant, he became ashamed and attained enlightenment….

uttamā →

dppn

…Thig.42–44

Uttamā2

A bhikkhunī whose verses in the Therīgāthā tell of how, as a daughter of the Buddha, she has developed…

uttara →

dppn

…Thag.121–122

Uttara2

A monk whose verse are recorded in the Theragāthā. Thag.161–162

Uttara3

A devaputta who…

uttarakuru →

dppn

…in the Āṭānāṭiya Sutta. DN.iii.199ff. The men who live there own no property nor have they wives of their own; they do not have to…

uttarakā →

dppn

Uttarakā2

A village of the Thūlūs. The Buddha once stayed there and Sunakkhatta was in his company. At that time Korakkhattiya was…

uttaramātā →

dppn

…as she passed Jetavana at sunset looking for food, with her daughter on her hip and holding her son by his finger, she saw the assembly, intently…

uttarā →

dppn

…awakening. Thig.15

Uttarā2

The Therīgāthā contains seven verses uttered by her after becoming an arahant, the result of her…

uttarāpatha →

dppn

…and horses were brought down for sāle from there to such cities as Benares.

???3region

uttiya →

dppn

…Buddha’s answers.

Uttiya2

One of four monks with similar Theragāthā verses, the others being Godhika, Subāhu and Valliya. The…

uvāla →

dppn

…confessed it, then denied it again, and made counter-charges and spoke lies, knowing them to be such. The Buddha requested the monks to carry out…

uṇṇābha →

dppn

…desire by means of jhāna, suggests that it would be a task without end. But Ānanda, by means of an illustration, explains how the task does come…

vacchagotta →

dppn

…were chiefly concerned with such mythical questions as to whether the world is eternal, the nature of life, the existence or otherwise of the…

vajirapāṇi →

dppn

…duty to frighten such people by appearing before them in the sky, armed with a thunderbolt, which he was ready to hurl if necessary. He…

vajirā →

dppn

Vajirā2

The Saṃyutta Nikāya SN.i.134f. relates that one day, when she was meditating in Andhavana at Sāvatthī, Māra questioned…

vajjiyamāhita →

dppn

…austerity and asceticism; such penances as led to the destruction of evil states and the promotion of good states, he welcomed and encouraged….

vajjī →

dppn

…the Vajjian country, the usual route being through Kosala, Malla, Vajji, Kāsi, Māgadha, and thus back, SN.v.348 and he preached to the people,…

vakkali →

dppn

…He questioned Vakkali, who assured him that he had no cause to reprove himself with regard to morals; his only worry was that he had not been able…

valāhaka →

dppn

The horse of Mahāsudassana. He is all white, with a crow black head and a dark mane. DN.ii.174 SN.iii.145

vappa →

dppn

…Theragāthā. Thag.61

Vappa2

A Sākiyan, disciple of the Nigaṇṭhas. He visits Moggallāna and they talk of the āsavas. The…

varuṇa →

dppn

…SN.i.219

In the Tevijja Sutta. DN.i.244 Varuṇa is mentioned with Indra, Soma, Isāna, Pajāpati, Yamaand Mahiddhi, as the gods invoked by…

varuṇā →

dppn

A class of deities present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta.DN.ii.259 DN.ii.260 They probably form the retinue of Varuṇa.

vasabha →

dppn

…verses speak of one who kills himself and others, and then address a certain Sujampati, saying that a brahmin has color on the inside….

vasavattī →

dppn

…practised in past births, he surpasses the devas of his world in ten things: divine life, beauty, happiness, pomp and power, divine shapes, sounds,…

vassakāra →

dppn

…the Gopaka Moggallāna Sutta, MN.iii.8ff. Vassakāra is represented as arriving in the middle of a conversation, which Gopaka Moggallāna…

vasū →

dppn

A class of devas of whom Sakka is the chief. DN.ii.260

vaḍḍha →

dppn

…Vaḍḍhamāna.

Vaḍḍha2

A monk whose Theragāthā verses express thanks to his mother and sister for encouraging him in the…

vaṃsa →

dppn

…of Bhagga, in which was Suṃsumāragiri, seems to have been subject to the Vaṃsa in the Buddha’s time, for we find Udena’s son, Bodhi, living…

vaṅgīsa →

dppn

…by the Buddha—e.g., the Subhāsita Sutta, Thag.1227–1230 a sutta on Nibbāna, Thag.1238–1245 and a sutta preached at the Pavāraṇā…

vebhāra →

dppn

One of the five hills surrounding Rājagaha. MN.iii.68 In this hill was the Sattapaṇṇiguhā, where the first Convocation was held. Vin.ii.76 The…

vedhaññā →

dppn

…to them that the Pāsādika Sutta was preached. DN.iii.17 From the Sāmagāma Sutta MN.ii.244 it would appear that these Sākiyans lived in…

vediyaka →

dppn

…Buddha on the occasion of the preaching of the Sakkapañha Sutta. DN.ii.263 DN.ii.264

???1hill

veghanasā →

dppn

A class of devas present at the preaching of the Mahāsamaya Sutta. DN.ii.261

vehapphala →

dppn

…128…

vejayanta →

dppn

…him.

5buildingVejayanta2

A chariot owned by Sakka, with Mātali as charioteer. SN.i.224

Vejayanta3

The chief of the…

vekaliṅga →

dppn

…Jotipāla, and there he himself preached the Ghaṭīkāra Sutta. MN.ii.45ff.

Kosala3town

velāmikā →